WO2014042389A1 - Inducer for vertically aligning liquid crystals and liquid crystal display device manufactured using same - Google Patents

Inducer for vertically aligning liquid crystals and liquid crystal display device manufactured using same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014042389A1
WO2014042389A1 PCT/KR2013/008055 KR2013008055W WO2014042389A1 WO 2014042389 A1 WO2014042389 A1 WO 2014042389A1 KR 2013008055 W KR2013008055 W KR 2013008055W WO 2014042389 A1 WO2014042389 A1 WO 2014042389A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
lipophilic
group
crystalline
vertical alignment
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2013/008055
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
강신웅
김선수
김진욱
이명훈
이승희
Original Assignee
전북대학교산학협력단
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020130056088A external-priority patent/KR101976215B1/en
Application filed by 전북대학교산학협력단 filed Critical 전북대학교산학협력단
Publication of WO2014042389A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014042389A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56Aligning agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133742Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers for homeotropic alignment
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/13378Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation
    • G02F1/133788Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation by light irradiation, e.g. linearly polarised light photo-polymerisation

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer and a liquid crystal display device manufactured using the same.
  • FIG. 1 is a process diagram schematically illustrating a manufacturing process of a liquid crystal display device using a polyimide thin film for vertical alignment of a conventional liquid crystal.
  • the electrodes 2, 2 ' are patterned and formed on the first and second substrates 1, ⁇ as transparent conductive films for applying an electric field (S1), and polymer orientation thereon.
  • a liquid crystal was injected to form a liquid crystal layer 4 to manufacture a liquid crystal display (S3).
  • the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 4 are arranged perpendicularly to the substrate surface under the influence of the polymer alignment agent.
  • the conventional method of manufacturing a vertically aligned liquid crystal display device separates the process of forming alignment layers on both substrates before forming the liquid crystal layer between the first and second substrates to control the alignment of the liquid crystals. It must be done.
  • An object of the present invention is to induce vertical alignment of liquid crystals without a substrate alignment process, and to stabilize the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal to improve the performance and reliability of the liquid crystal display device. It is to provide a composition for.
  • the present invention provides a liquid crystal display device capable of exhibiting optical characteristics, and a method of manufacturing the liquid crystal display device in a simplified process as compared to the prior art without the pre-alignment process of the substrate.
  • a lipophilic crystalline region including a chemically high affinity for the liquid crystal host and a non-lipophilic crystalline region including a non-lipophilic crystalline group having a low affinity for the liquid crystal host
  • One or more lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds, and at least one of the lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds includes at least one lipophilic crystalline group having 8 or more carbon atoms in the lipophilic crystalline region
  • liquid crystal vertical alignment inducers having a non-liquid crystalline ratio ( ⁇ ′) calculated from 1 to 0.5 to 6.
  • n is a kind of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer Is an integer of 1 or more indicating the number of,
  • X is a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is calculated according to Equation 1-1 below.
  • Y is a weight ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, and is calculated according to the following formula 1-2.
  • the total lipophilic crystalline group of the compounds is a linear, branched or cyclic substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted C8-C30 heteroalkyl group, heterocycle group, and heteroaromatic group containing 1 or more hetero atoms selected from the group which consists of ⁇ , 0, ⁇ , S, and Si in a molecule
  • the non-lipophilic crystalline group is alcohol, polyhydric alcohol, amine, polyamine, carboxylic acid, polycarboxylic acid, silane compound, siloxane compound, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene oxide, fluorinated carbon compound, thiol, polyvalent thiol , Selected from the group consisting of sulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphonic acid, and phosphoric acid Functional groups derived from the compound.
  • the non-lipophilic group is 1-ol (l-ol), 1,2-diol (l, 2-diol), glycerol (glycerol), glucose (glucose), dextrose (sorbate) sorbitol, pentaerythr i tol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythr it ol, sorbitan, fluctose, Compounds selected from the group consisting of sucrose, gallic acid, glucopyranoside, ascorbic acid, mannide and maltos i de It may be a functional group derived from.
  • the non-lipophilic group is 1-amine (l-amine), 1,2-diamine (1,2-diamine), 1, 3-diamine (1, 3-di amine), ethylene diamine ), Diethylene diamine, tris (2-aminoethyl) amine
  • non-lipophilic group is tris (trimethylsiloxy) silane
  • tris (trimethylsiloxy) may be a functional group derived from.
  • the non-lipophilic crystalline group may be a functional group derived from a linear, branched or cyclic siloxane compound containing 1 to 10 siloxy groups of Formula 1 below:
  • Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a siloxy group, and a combination thereof, and m is an integer of 1 to 10)
  • the non-lipophilic crystalline group is an ethylene oxide group It may be a functional group derived from a linear polyoxyethylene having 4 to 40 carbon atoms of the formula (2a) containing 2 to 20 or a cyclic polyethylene ether (crown ether) having 4 to 10 carbon atoms of the formula (2b):
  • n is an integer of 2 to 5
  • the non-lipophilic crystalline group may be a functional group which is a perfluoroalkyl group or a perfluoroaryl group derived from a fluorocarbon compound having 4 to 20 carbon atoms containing 9 to 41 fluoro groups.
  • the non-lipophilic crystalline group is 1-thiol (1-thiol) ⁇ 1,2-dithiol (1,2-dithiol), thioglycerol (thioglycerol), thiopentaerythrite
  • (thiopentathiopentaerythritol) and dithiothreyl may be a functional group derived from a compound selected from the group consisting of (di thiothrei tol).
  • the non-lipophilic group is 1-carboxylic acid (1-carboxylic acid), 1,2-dicarboxylic acid (1,2-dicarboxylyc acid), 1,3-dicarboxylic acid (1,3 di carboxy lyc acid, benzenecarboxylic ic acid, benzenedicarboxylic acid, 1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid, benzene Tricarboxylic acid (benzene tri carboxy 1 ic acid), malic acid (maleic acid), maleic acid (taric acid), tartar acid (citric acid), maleamic acid (tnaleamic acid), gluta Consisting of glutamic acid, agaric acid, aconit ic acid, tricarballyl ic acid, and amino acid (amino acid,
  • the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound may be selected from the group consisting of the compounds of the following formulas 3a to 3i and combinations thereof:
  • X 1 ( X 2 , X 5 , X 7> X 8 and ⁇ 9 are each independently, -0-, -S-, -COO- ( -C0NH-, -C 6 H 4 0-, -C 6 H 4 C00-, -C 6 H 4 C0NH- and selected from the group consisting of a single bond,
  • 3 ⁇ 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of a single bond, -0- and -C 6 H 4 0-,
  • X 6 is a single bond, ⁇ 0 ((-, -CH 2 CH 2- , -C 6 H 4 0C CH 2- , -C 6 H 4 C00CH 2 CH 2 -and-(SiRaRb) -CH 2 CH 2-
  • Ra and Rb are each hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • PA, PAm, PS, PEO, FC, PT, CA, and SP are non-lipophilic crystalline groups which form covalent bonds with R 9 , respectively, directly or through a linking group of the above to 3 ⁇ 4, and PA is a carbon number containing 1 to 8 hydroxyl groups.
  • PAm is a functional group derived from an amine or a polyvalent amine having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 1 to 6 amine groups,
  • PS is a functional group derived from a silane compound having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 2 to 10 silyl groups, or from a linear, branched or cyclic siloxane compound containing 1 to 10 siloxy groups. It is a small container that is induced,
  • PE0 is a functional group derived from linear polyoxyethylene having 4 to 40 carbon atoms of Formula 2a or cyclic polyethylene glycol having 4 to 10 carbon atoms of Formula 2b including 2 to 20 ethylene oxide groups,
  • FC is a perfluoroalkyl group or a perfluoroaryl group derived from a fluorocarbon compound having 4 to 20 carbon atoms containing 9 to 41 fluoro groups,
  • PT is a thiol having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 1 to 8 thiol groups (-SH) and And that approach derived from tieul ⁇ functionalities,
  • CA is a functional group derived from a carboxylic acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and a polyvalent carboxylic acid containing 1 to 4 carboxylic acid groups (-C00H),
  • Al to a9 and bl to b9 are numbers representing the number of functional groups, and are each independently an integer of 1 to 3.
  • the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound may be selected from the group consisting of the following compounds:
  • Hexadecanoic acid (Hexadecanoic acid, Palmitic acid);
  • the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound may further include a photobanung group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
  • the photo-banung group may be selected from the group consisting of an acryl group, methacryl group, cinnamate group, coumarin group, chacon group, vinyl group, thiol group, en group, diene group, thiol group, and acetylene group.
  • the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound is a photo-banung lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound further comprising a photobanung group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
  • Photoreactive Hydrophilic Crystal-Mirrored The liquid crystalline compound may be selected from the group consisting of the following compounds:
  • Pentaerythritol diacrylate monostearate (Pentaerythritol di aery 1 at e monost earat e);
  • Pentaerythritol monopentathritol monoacrylate monostearate
  • Glucosyl methacrylate (methacryloctyloxyphenolglucose) or derivatives thereof;
  • the photo-banung lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound may be included in an amount of 3 to 100% by weight based on the total weight of the liquid crystal vertical alignment derivative.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent may further include a photoreactive Cg-2 non-lipophilic crystalline compound selected from the group consisting of the following compounds: pentaerythritol triacrylate (pentaerythritol triacrylate); Tetraacrylate (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate); poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacrylate (poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacry 1 ate);
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer may further include a second lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound selected from the group consisting of the following compounds:
  • a liquid crystal host According to another embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal host
  • a lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound comprising a lipophilic crystalline region including a lipophilic crystalline group having a high chemical affinity for a liquid crystal host and a non-lipophilic crystalline region including a non-lipophilic crystalline group having a low affinity for a liquid crystal host.
  • at least one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds include at least one lipophilic crystalline group having 8 or more carbon atoms in the lipophilic crystalline region, and a non-lipophilic crystal calculated according to Equation 1 below.
  • n is an integer of 1 or more indicating the number of types of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer
  • X is a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is calculated according to Equation 1-1 below.
  • ⁇ of the corresponding compound is the weight ratio of any one of the lipophilic crystalline-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, and is calculated according to the following formula 1-2. do.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent may be present dispersed in the liquid crystal host in the form of a microassembly stabilized by self-assembly,
  • the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound may further include a photobanic group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent may be included in an amount of 0.01 to 5% by weight based on the total weight of the liquid crystal layer forming composition.
  • the liquid crystal layer forming composition is a liquid crystal host
  • a lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound comprising a lipophilic crystalline region including a lipophilic crystalline group having a high chemical affinity for a liquid crystal host and a non-lipophilic crystalline region including a non-lipophilic crystalline group having a low affinity for a liquid crystal host.
  • At least one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds include at least one lipophilic crystalline group having 8 or more carbon atoms in the lipophilic crystalline region, and It provides a liquid crystal display device manufacturing method comprising a liquid crystal vertical alignment guide having a liquid crystalline ratio (? ') Of 0.5 to 6.
  • n is an integer of 1 or more indicating the number of types of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer
  • X is a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is calculated according to Equation 1-1 below.
  • the molecular weight ⁇ of the H3 ⁇ 4-compound is the weight ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is represented by the following formula 1-2. Is calculated accordingly.
  • the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer may be present in the liquid crystal host in the form of a microassembly stabilized by the self-assembly liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent.
  • the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound may further include a photobanung group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide may be included in an amount of 0.01 to 5 wt 3 ⁇ 4> based on the total weight of the composition for forming the liquid crystal layer.
  • the manufacturing method may further include applying an electric field between the first substrate and the second substrate after the manufacture of the assembly, and irradiating light.
  • the first substrate and the second substrate which are located facing each other; First and second electrodes formed on opposite surfaces of the first substrate and the second substrate, respectively; And a liquid crystal layer positioned between the first substrate and the second substrate— interposed therebetween.
  • the liquid crystal layer includes a liquid crystal host and a non-liquid crystalline region including a lipophilic crystalline region having a chemically high affinity for a liquid crystal host and a non-lipophilic crystalline group having a low affinity for a liquid crystal host.
  • At least one lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound, at least one of the lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds includes at least one lipophilic crystalline group having at least 8 carbon atoms in the lipophilic crystalline region,
  • liquid crystal display comprising a positive alignment guide.
  • is an integer of 1 or more indicating the number of types of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent
  • X is a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is calculated according to Equation 1-1 below.
  • Y is a weight ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, and is calculated according to the following formula 1-2.
  • a lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound is a photoreactive lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound further comprising a photobanung group in at least one of the lyophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
  • the liquid crystal layer may further include a photopolymer of the photo-reflective lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound.
  • the liquid crystal display may further include a vertical alignment and a light stabilization layer of a liquid crystal including a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent between the liquid crystal layer and the first or second electrode. Either or both of the electrodes may be patterned.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent forms a fine assembly by self-assembly to form a vertical alignment of the liquid crystal having an alignment stability by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host. Provide a way to induce.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer of light reflection is formed by the self-assembly to form a microassembly that is uniform in the liquid crystal host. It provides a method for inducing vertical alignment and photo stabilization of the liquid crystal using a liquid crystal layer forming composition which is dispersed.
  • a photoreactive liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer forms a microassembly by self-assembly and applies an electric field to the liquid crystal layer forming composition uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host.
  • a method of forming an insulating liquid crystal vertical alignment and light stabilization layer between the liquid crystal layer and the electrode layer By irradiating, there is provided a method of forming an insulating liquid crystal vertical alignment and light stabilization layer between the liquid crystal layer and the electrode layer.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment induction agent according to the present invention can be uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host by forming a self-assembled microassembly in the liquid crystal host, and induces vertical alignment of the liquid crystal host without the pre-treated alignment layer when forming the liquid crystal layer Also, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal can be stabilized. As a result, the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display can be simplified and the performance and reliability of the liquid crystal display can be improved. Brief description of the drawings
  • FIG. 1 is a process diagram schematically showing a manufacturing process of a conventional liquid crystal display device.
  • Figure 2a is a schematic diagram showing a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 2b is a schematic diagram showing the structure of the microassembly dispersed in the composition
  • Figure 2c is a lipophilic crystal contained in the composition Schematic diagram showing the structure of non-liquid crystalline compounds.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart schematically illustrating a manufacturing process of a liquid crystal display according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4A is a photograph of the liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal display device manufactured in Example 1 under a polarization microscope under an orthogonal polarizer.
  • FIG. 4B is a conoscopic image of FIG. 4A.
  • FIG. 5A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 1
  • FIG. 5B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an electric field is applied
  • FIG. 5C Is a photograph observing the change in the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules with the passage of time after application of the electric field.
  • FIG. 6A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after an electric field application and light irradiation to a liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in the liquid crystal display according to Example 1, and FIG. 6B is a liquid crystal array immediately after voltage application. 6C shows the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules over time after voltage application. This picture shows changes in the
  • FIG. 7A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 2
  • FIG. 7B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an electric field is applied
  • FIG. 7C Is a photograph observing the change in the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules with the passage of time after application of the electric field.
  • FIG. 8A is a photograph of the liquid crystal array after the electric field application and the light irradiation to the liquid crystal layer and before the voltage application in the electroless state in the liquid crystal display device manufactured in Example 2, and FIG. 8B is a liquid crystal array immediately after voltage application.
  • Figure 8c is a photograph observing the switching
  • Figure 8c is a photograph observing the change in the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules over time after voltage application.
  • FIG. 9A is a photograph observing the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before applying an electric field to the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 3, and FIG. 9B is a photograph observing the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after the electric field is applied.
  • FIG. 10A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer and irradiating light to the liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in FIG. This is an observation of the switching.
  • FIG. 11A is a photograph observing an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 4, and
  • FIG. Lib is a photograph observing an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an electric field is applied.
  • FIG. 12A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after applying an electric field to the liquid crystal layer and irradiating light to the liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in FIG. It is a photograph observing switching.
  • FIG. 13A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 5, and FIG. 13B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an electric field is applied.
  • FIG. 14A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer and irradiating light to the liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in FIG. This is an observation of the switching.
  • FIG. 15A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 6, and FIG. 15B is an electric field It is a photograph observing the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after.
  • FIG. 16A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer and irradiating light to the liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in the liquid crystal display according to Example 6, and FIG. 16B illustrates a liquid crystal array after applying voltage. This is an observation of the switching.
  • FIG. 17A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 7, and FIG. 17B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an electric field is applied.
  • FIG. 18A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer and irradiating light in the liquid crystal display according to Example 7 and before applying voltage in an electroless state
  • FIG. 18B is a liquid crystal array after applying voltage. This is a photograph of the switching alley.
  • FIG. 19A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 8
  • FIG. 19B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an electric field is applied
  • FIG. 19C Is a photograph observing the change in the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules over time after applying the electric field.
  • FIG. 20A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after an electric field application and light irradiation to a liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in the liquid crystal display according to Example 8, and FIG. 20B illustrates a liquid crystal array immediately after voltage application.
  • FIG. 20C is a photograph of observing a change in arrangement of liquid crystal molecules with time after voltage is applied.
  • FIG. 21A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 9
  • FIG. 21B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an electric field is applied
  • FIG. 21C Is a photograph observing the change in the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules over time after applying the electric field.
  • FIG. 22A is a photograph of the liquid crystal array after the electric field application and light irradiation to the liquid crystal layer and before the voltage application in the electroless state in the liquid crystal display according to Example 9, and FIG. 22B is a liquid crystal array immediately after voltage application.
  • FIG. 22C is a photograph of observing a change in arrangement of liquid crystal molecules with time after applying voltage.
  • FIG. 23A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 10
  • FIG. 23B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an application of an electric field
  • FIG. 23C After applying the electric field It is a photograph observing the change of the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules over time.
  • FIG. 24A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer and irradiating light to the liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in the liquid crystal display according to Example 10, and
  • FIG. 24B illustrates a liquid crystal array immediately after voltage application.
  • FIG. 24C is a photograph of observing a change in arrangement of liquid crystal molecules over time after voltage application.
  • FIG. 25A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 11, and FIG. 25B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an application of an electric field.
  • FIG. 26A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer and irradiating light on the liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in the liquid crystal display according to Example 11, and FIG. 26B is a liquid crystal array after applying voltage. This picture shows the switching of.
  • FIG. 27 is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules using a polarizing microscope before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer including nucleus gallate in Test Example 1.
  • FIG. 27 is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules using a polarizing microscope before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer including nucleus gallate in Test Example 1.
  • FIG. 28 is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules using a polarizing microscope before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer including decyl gallate in Test Example 1.
  • FIG. 28 is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules using a polarizing microscope before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer including decyl gallate in Test Example 1.
  • FIG. 29 is a photograph of the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules using a polarizing microscope before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer including octadecane in Test Example 1.
  • FIG. 29 is a photograph of the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules using a polarizing microscope before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer including octadecane in Test Example 1.
  • FIG. 30A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules using a polarizing microscope before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer including 1-octadecanol in Test Example 1, FIG. 30B. Is a picture of a constipation observation.
  • FIG. 31 is a photograph of liquid crystal alignment observation observed using a polarizing microscope before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer of Example 2-1 in Test Example 2.
  • FIG. 32 is a photograph of liquid crystal alignment observation observed using a polarizing microscope before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer of Example 2-4 in Test Example 2.
  • Example 33 shows the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer of Example 2-5 in Test Example 2
  • the liquid crystal orientation observation photograph was observed using the polarizing microscope before the full-applied application to the liquid crystal display device manufactured.
  • FIG. 34 is a photograph of liquid crystal alignment observation observed using a polarizing microscope before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer of Example 2-6 in Test Example 2.
  • FIG. 35A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer of Example 2-6 in Test Example 2, and FIG. 35B is a view of liquid crystal molecules immediately after application of an electric field. It is a photograph observing the arrangement, Figure 35c is a photograph observing the change in the arrangement of the liquid crystal molecules over time after applying the electric field.
  • 36A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array state after applying an electric field and irradiating light to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer of Example 2-6 in Test Example 2 before applying voltage in an electroless state.
  • 36B is a photograph observing the switching of the liquid crystal array immediately after the voltage is applied, and
  • FIG. 36C is a photograph observing the change of the liquid crystal molecule arrangement with time after applying the voltage.
  • the term "lipophilic crystalline region” is a compound group having a chemical composition composed of elements similar to the elements constituting the liquid crystal compound in the compound and chemically compatible with the liquid crystal material due to similar chemical properties to the liquid crystal host.
  • Liquid crystal is chemically similar to hydrocarbon because liquid crystal is a hydrocarbon compound mainly composed of carbon and hydrogen atoms and has some hetero atoms as substituents.
  • the lipophilic group which may be included in the lipophilic region may be a hydrocarbon composed of carbon and hydrogen atoms, and may include a hetero atom at a very small portion.
  • lipophilic group examples include saturated hydrocarbon groups, unsaturated hydrocarbon groups, Aromatics, rigid-core in liquid crystal compounds A functional group used as a linking group of the d-core portion, and a mesogen group indicating the characteristics of the liquid crystal may be included.
  • non-liquid crystalline region' refers to a functional group having a property that does not mix well or dissolve with a liquid crystal host due to a difference in chemical composition with the liquid crystal host due to a difference in chemical composition with the liquid crystal host. It means a portion containing a chemical group having a chemical affinity with.
  • Non-liquid crystalline regions with different chemical properties from hydrocarbons consist mainly of chemical groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, fluorine, sulfur and phosphorus atoms.
  • the non-lipophilic crystalline groups corresponding to (1) and (4) have a higher polarity and dielectric constant than hydrocarbons and liquid crystals, so they are well mixed with compounds having high polarity and dielectric constant such as water, ethylene glycol and glycerol. have. That is, it is a functional group that has a characteristic of dissolving well in a solvent having a high dielectric constant but insoluble in a hydrocarbon compound such as liquid crystal.
  • an "alkyl group” means a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group includes a primary alkyl group, a secondary alkyl group, and a tertiary alkyl group. Specific examples of the alkyl group include, but are not limited to, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, and the like.
  • alkenyl' is a divalent atomic group obtained by subtracting two hydrogen atoms from alkanes, and may be represented by the general formula _C n H 2n- (n is an integer of 2 or more).
  • alkynyl refers to a divalent atomic group obtained by subtracting two hydrogen atoms from an alkene, and may be represented by the general formula -C n H n- (n is an integer of 2 or more).
  • '-ene group' means a functional group including a carbon carbon double bond in a functional group
  • '-diene group' refers to a carbon carbon double bond in a functional group.
  • 'substituted' means that a hydrogen atom is a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a thio group, a methylthio group, an alkoxy group, an aldehyde group, an epoxy group, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, Acetal group, ketone group, alkyl group, perfluoroalkyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocycloalkyl group, allyl group, benzyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof It means.
  • the present invention provides a liquid crystal vertical alignment which can be uniformly dispersed by forming a microassembly by self-assembly of molecules in a liquid crystal host by controlling the molecular weight ratio of the non-liquid crystalline group included in the compound, that is, the non-liquid crystalline ratio. It is characterized in that the induction agent is provided, wherein the liquid crystal vertical alignment induction agent induces the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal without using a separate alignment layer forming process by using a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host. And further including a photoreactive group in at least one of the liquid-liquid crystalline region and the non-liquid crystalline region of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent includes a non-liquid crystal having a low affinity for the liquid crystal host and a liquid crystalline region including a lipophilic group having a high chemical affinity for the liquid crystal host in one molecule.
  • At least one lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound comprising a non-lipophilic crystalline region including a penile group, wherein at least one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds has a C8 or higher lipophilic crystal in the lipophilic crystalline region It contains one or more genital groups, and the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer is 0.5 to 6 non-liquid crystalline ratio (? ') Calculated according to the following formula (1).
  • n is an integer of 1 or more indicating the number of types of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer
  • X is a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is calculated according to Equation 1-1 below.
  • Molecular weight ⁇ of the compound is the weight ratio of any one of lipophilic crystalline-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, and is calculated according to the following formula 1-2. do.
  • X ' is close to 0, the mixture becomes more mixed with the liquid crystal, and thus the microassembly cannot be formed.
  • the microcapsule may not form a liquid crystal composition in which the microassembly is evenly dispersed due to macroscopic phase separation.
  • the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal may be induced according to the molecular weight ratio of the non-liquid crystalline group included in the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, that is, the non-liquid crystalline ratio, and thus the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent usable in the present invention is represented by Equation 1
  • the non-liquid crystalline ratio (X ′) which is calculated to be included in the range of 0.5 to 6, and at the same time comprises a lipophilic crystalline group having at least 8 carbon atoms as a lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide.
  • At least one lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound (hereinafter simply referred to as 'first lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound') should be included.
  • the affinity with the liquid crystal is too high to induce the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal, or the vertical alignment inducing effect is low.
  • the affinity with the liquid crystal host is insufficient when the composition for forming the liquid crystal layer is formed, so that it is difficult to form a uniform mixture with the liquid crystal.
  • the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal cannot be induced or the vertical alignment is induced.
  • the effect is low. More preferably, it is 0.7 to 5.5, and even more preferably 1.3 to 5 may exhibit a better vertical alignment induction effect for the liquid crystal host.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent may be composed of the above-mentioned first lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound alone, or at least two kinds of the first lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds satisfying the above-mentioned lipophilic group conditions.
  • Ordinary lipophilic-non-lipophilic qualities that do not satisfy the carbon number conditions of the lipophilic crystalline groups together with the first lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds that include or satisfy the conditions of the lipophilic groups described above. It may further comprise a compound (hereinafter simply referred to as 'second lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound').
  • the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of the first lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound itself should be included in the range of 0.5 to 6.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer comprises a mixture of two or more compounds including the first lipophilic ⁇ non-liquid crystalline compound described above
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment induction agent is suitably adjusted by adjusting the mixing ratio between the compounds. It should be included within the non-lipophilic ratio range.
  • the non-liquid crystalline ratio of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound. It is the same as, and can be calculated according to the following equation (2).
  • the molecular weight is 202.3 g / mole and the molecular weight of -CH (0H) CH 2 0H, which is a non-lipophilic group, is 61 g in the case of 1,2-dodecanediol of the following structural formula (1) / mole, so the non-lipophilic ratio ( ⁇ ') is 3.02.
  • the molecular weight of the gallic acid ester group having a molecular weight of 338.4 g / mole and a non-lipophilic group is 169 g / mole, thus the non-lipophilic qualitative ratio becomes 5.0. .
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer is a mixture containing two or more lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds
  • the ratio of non-liquid crystallinity ( ⁇ ′) of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is expressed as shown in Equation 1 above. The value obtained by multiplying the fractions by the ratio of the liquid crystals of each compound is obtained.
  • the conditions in which the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer must contain a lipophilic crystalline group having 8 or more carbon atoms are simultaneously satisfied. If the non-liquid qualitative ratio is met, the carbon number condition of the lipophilic group cannot be met. In other words, when the carbon number of the lipophilic group is less than 8, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal is not induced or the induction effect is insignificant.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing effect of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is due to self-assembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent. That is, the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent which satisfies the above conditions forms a spherical microassembly by self-assembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide molecule when added to the liquid crystal host.
  • Figure 2a is a schematic diagram showing the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer comprising a liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 2b is a fine assembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent dispersed in the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer
  • Figure 2c is a schematic diagram showing the structure of the liquid crystal crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound contained in the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide.
  • 2A to 2C are only examples for describing the present invention, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the lipophilic crystalline non-biological liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent (B) In the compound, the strong affinity between the non-liquid crystalline groups and the non-affinity between the non-liquid crystalline group and the liquid crystal cause fine phase separation.
  • the non-liquid crystalline groups agglomerate with each other, and the liquid-crystalline lipophilic groups with good affinity are located on the surface separated from each other to form spherical fine granules of several nanometers to several hundred nanometers in diameter as shown in FIG.
  • the first lipophilic crystalline region includes a lipophilic crystalline group having 8 or more carbon atoms and has a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of 0.5 to 6 as calculated according to Equation 1 above.
  • Liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer comprising a liquid crystalline non-liquid crystalline compound, or two or more compounds of the first lipophilic crystalline non-liquid crystalline compound described above, or the first lipophilic crystalline-non-liquid crystal described above It is preferable to use a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer in which the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of the mixture satisfies the above conditions when the mixed compound and the second lipophilic non-lipophilic crystalline compound are used.
  • the liquid crystal layer forming composition in which the microassembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer is uniformly dispersed is injected between two substrates to form a liquid crystal layer, the microassembly is adsorbed on the interface between the newly formed substrate surface and the liquid crystal layer. Form a thin film.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer modifies the substrate surface.
  • the liquid crystal molecules present at the top are arranged in the direction perpendicular to the surface on the modified surface.
  • the formed thin film can improve the reliability of the device by preventing the performance degradation of the device that can occur when the transparent conductive film and the liquid crystal layer is in direct contact with the insulating layer.
  • Induction of vertical alignment of the liquid crystal by surface adsorption of the microassembly is possible without limitation to the kind of the compound forming the solid surface.
  • vertical alignment can be induced on the surface of various organic polymer compounds such as polyimide, polystyrene, polyacrylate, polyvinyl alcohol, as well as various inorganic oxides and nitrides.
  • organic polymer compounds such as polyimide, polystyrene, polyacrylate, polyvinyl alcohol, as well as various inorganic oxides and nitrides.
  • a change in characteristics may appear depending on the magnitude of the interfacial tension at the interface between the liquid crystal and the liquid crystal.
  • the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound usable in the present invention includes a lipophilic region including a lipophilic crystalline group having a high chemical affinity for a liquid crystal host and a non-lipophilic crystalline group having a low affinity for a liquid crystal host in one molecule.
  • At least one lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound comprising a non-lipophilic crystalline region, wherein at least one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds has at least 8 lipophilic crystalline groups in the lipophilic crystalline region.
  • Any compound containing at least one of (ie, a first lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound) can be used without particular limitation.
  • the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound (b) usable in the present invention includes a lipophilic crystalline region (bl2) and a non-lipophilic crystalline region (bll).
  • the regions are each shown to include one lipophilic group and a non-lipophilic group, but each region may include at least one lipophilic group or a non-lipophilic group, preferably the parent group.
  • the liquid crystal-non-lipophilic crystalline compound may include 1 to 3 lipophilic crystalline groups or non-lipophilic crystalline groups.
  • the lipophilic region refers to a part including a lipophilic group, which is similar in chemical composition to a liquid crystal compound and exhibits affinity for the liquid crystal host, that is, a chemical group that mixes well with the liquid crystal.
  • Liquid crystals are chemically similar to the characteristics of hydrocarbons because liquid crystals are mainly hydrocarbon compounds consisting of carbon and hydrogen atoms and have some hetero atoms as substituents. Accordingly, the lipophilic crystalline group which may be included in the lipophilic region may be a hydrocarbon composed of carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms and may include a hetero atom at a very small portion thereof. However, the lipophilic crystalline region has at least 8 carbon atoms, preferably at least one lipophilic crystalline group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably
  • the lipophilic group is a linear, branched or cyclic substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, or 1 selected from the group consisting of N, 0, P, S and Si in the molecule.
  • hydrocarbon group examples include substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, alkenylalkyl groups, alkynylalkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups or arylalkyl groups, and the like. It may be substituted with a logen atom, preferably a fluorine atom.
  • the lipophilic group may have a structure similar to that of the compound constituting the liquid crystal host to increase affinity with the liquid crystal host, that is, a structure consisting of a rigid-core group and a flexible chain group.
  • the lipophilic group may be a liquid crystal group or mesogen group exhibiting the properties of the liquid crystal.
  • the liquid crystalline group is CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 0-C 6 H 4 -C00-
  • liquid crystal groups such as -YWWY 'or -YZWY'.
  • ⁇ , ⁇ and r are each independently an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms (for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, etc.), a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms (for example, a cyclonuclear group, etc.) ), Heterocycle group containing one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, 0 P in the ring (for example, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, pyrazine, etc.), -coo- and combinations thereof It may be selected from the group consisting of, Y, Y 'and Y "is F, Br, CN, alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and 1 selected from the group thereof
  • the mesogenic group may be selected from
  • the non-lipophilic crystalline region is different in chemical properties from the liquid crystal and has a low affinity for the liquid crystal host, so that the functional group does not mix well or dissolve with the liquid crystal host, that is, It means a portion containing a chemical group having a chemical incompatibility with the liquid crystal.
  • Non-liquid crystalline regions which differ in chemical properties from hydrocarbons, consist mainly of non-lipophilic crystals containing heteroatoms such as oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, fluorine, sulfur and phosphorus atoms.
  • the non-lipophilic crystalline group is alcohol, polyhydric alcohol, amine, polyvalent amine, carboxylic acid, polycarboxylic acid, silane compound, siloxane compound, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene oxide, fluorinated carbon compound, thiol And, a functional group derived from polyhydric thiol, sulfonic acid, sulfonic acid, phosphonic acid, or phosphoric acid, and the like, and the non-lipophilic qualitative region may include a single group or a combination group of two or more thereof. Can be.
  • non-lipophilic crystalline group examples include, but are not limited to, functional groups derived from the following compounds:
  • Amine l-amine, 1, 2-diamine, 1,3-diamine, ethylene diamine, diethylene Diamine
  • Siloxane a functional group derived from a linear, branched, or cyclic siloxane compound containing 1 to 10 siloxy groups of the formula (1);
  • R a and R b are each independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a siloxy group, and a combination thereof, and m is an integer of 1 to 10.
  • Polyoxyethylene derived from linear polyoxyethylene having 4 to 40 carbon atoms of Formula 2a containing 2 to 20 ethylene oxide groups or cyclic polyethylene glycol having 4 to 10 carbon atoms of Formula 2b Functional group;
  • n is an integer of 2 to 5
  • Fluorocarbon-based compound Perfluoroalkyl group or perfluoroaryl group derived from the C4-C20 fluorocarbon compound containing 9-41 fluoro groups;
  • Thiols 1-thiol, 1,2-dithiol, 1,2-dithiol, thioglycerol, thiopentaerythr i tol or dithiotray Functional groups derived from tee and dgathiyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 1 to 8 thiol groups (-SH), such as (dithiothreitol);
  • Carboxylic acid 1-carboxylic acid, 1,2- Dicarboxylic acid (1,2-dicarboxylyc acid), 1,3-dicarboxylic acid (1,3-dicarboxylyc acid), benzenecarboxylic acid (benzenecarboxyl ic acid), benzenedicarboxylic acid, 1, 2, 3-tricarboxylic acid (1,2,3— tricarboxylic acid), benzenetr i car boxy 1 ic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, Tartar acid, citric acid, maleamic acid, glutamic acid, agaric acid. (agaric acid), aconi tic acid, tricarballylic acid, or amino acid
  • Sulfuric acid a functional group derived from a sulfuric acid or a polyvalent sulfuric acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms containing 1 to 3 sulfuric acid groups (-0SO0) 2 0H);
  • the lipophilic crystalline group and the non-lipophilic crystalline group may be directly connected by a single bond, or -0-, ⁇ S-, -C00-, -C0NH-, -C 6 H 4 0—, -C 6 H 4 C00— ,-C 6 H 4 C0NH-, -OCH2CH2-, -CH 2 CH 2- , — C 6 H 4 0CH 2 CH 2- , -C 6 H 4 C00CH 2 CH 2 -or-(SiRaRb)- It may be connected via a linking group, such as CH 2 CH 2- (wherein Ra and Rb are each a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms). More specifically, the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound may be selected from the group consisting of the compounds of Formulas 3a to 3i and combinations thereof:
  • Xi, X 2 , X 5 , X 7 , X 8 and X 9 are each independently, -0-, -S-, -COO-, -C0NH-, -C 6 H 4 0-, -C 6 H 4 C00-, -C 6 H 4 C0NH- and selected from the group consisting of a single bond,
  • X 3 and X 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of a single bond, -0- and -C 6 H 4 0-,
  • X 6 is a single bond, -0CH 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2- , -C 6 H 4 0C3 ⁇ 4CH 2- , -C 6 H 4 C00CH 2 CH 2 -and-(SiRaRb) -CH 2 CH 2-
  • Ra and Rb are each hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • PA, PAm, PS, PEO, FC, PT, CA, and SP are non-lipophilic crystalline groups which form covalent bonds with R 9 , respectively, directly or through a linking group of to 3 ⁇ 4, respectively, wherein PA comprises 1 to 8 hydroxy groups.
  • PAm is a functional group derived from an amine or a polyvalent amine having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 1 to 6 amine groups, the same as exemplified above,
  • PS is a functional group derived from a silane compound having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 2 to 10 silyl groups, or from a linear, branched or cyclic real specialty compound containing 1 to 10 siloxy groups. It is a small container that is guided, same as exemplified above,
  • PE0 is a functional group derived from a linear polyoxyethylene having 4 to 40 carbon atoms of Formula 2a or a cyclic polyethylene glycol having 4 to 10 carbon atoms of Formula 2b including 2 to 20 ethylene oxide groups. Same as
  • FC is a perfluoroalkyl group or a perfluoroaryl group derived from a fluorocarbon compound having 4 to 20 carbon atoms containing 9 to 41 fluoro groups;
  • PT is the same as exemplified above with a functional group derived from a thiol and a polyvalent thiol having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 1 to 8 thiol groups (-SH),
  • CA is a functional group derived from a carboxylic acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and a polyvalent carboxylic acid containing 1 to 4 carboxylic acid groups (-C00H), and is the same as exemplified above.
  • a i to a9 and bl to b9 are numbers representing the number of functional groups, and are each independently an integer of 1 to 3, preferably, The non-liquid crystalline ratio ( ⁇ ') of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound calculated according to
  • examples of the lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound which can be induced by liquid crystal vertical alignment even alone may include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
  • Sorbitan monolaurate (Sorbi tan monolaurate, Span ® 20 );
  • Sorbitan monopalmitate (Span ® 40); Sorbitan monostearate (Span® 60); Sorbitan tristearate (Span ® 65); Sorbitan monooleate (Span ® mono) Span ® 80);
  • Sorbitan sesquioleate (Span ® 83); sorbitan trioleate (Span ® 85);
  • Polyoxyethylenesorbitan tristearate (Tween ® 65);
  • Polyoxyethylene sorbitan stearate Polyoxyethylenesorbitan stearate, Tween ® 61
  • Dihexadecanoyl glycerol dipalmit in; Dioctadecanoyl glycerol;
  • Dodecanoic acid (Dodecanoic acid);
  • Hexadecanoic acid (Palmetic acid);
  • Polyoxyethylenesorbitane tr istearate (Tween ® 65);
  • the lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound according to the present invention stabilizes the pretilt angle along with the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal through a photopolymerization reaction after inducing the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal, and forms a solid insulating solid film, thereby improving the performance and reliability of the liquid crystal display device.
  • the photoreactant group may be further included in one or both of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
  • the photobanung group is a functional group capable of causing a photoreaction by light irradiation, specifically, an acryl group, a methacryl group, a c innamate group, a coumarin group ( coumar in group), chakongi
  • the photo-banung compounds may be selected from the group consisting of compounds of the formula 4a to 4i and their mixtures:
  • Ri 'to R 9 ', ⁇ 'to V, ⁇ ', PAm ', PS', PEO ', FC, PT', AC and SP ' are the above defined in the formula 1 to 9 to R 9 , Xi to X 9 , Same as PA, PAm, PS, PEO, FC, PT, AC and SP,
  • At least one of the light is selected from the group consisting of an acrylate group, methacrylate group, cinnamate group, coumarin group, chacon group, vinyl group, thiol group, en group, diene group, thiene group and acetylene group
  • al 'to a9' and bl 'to b9' are numbers representing the number of functional groups, each independently an integer of 1 to 3, preferably a non-lipophilic liquid crystal calculated according to Equation 1
  • the sex ratio (? ') Is determined within the light
  • examples of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound further comprising a photoreactive group capable of inducing liquid crystal vertical alignment even by use alone include, but are not limited to:
  • Pentaerythritol monopentathritol monoacrylate monostearate
  • Glucosyl methacrylate (methacryloctyloxyphenolglucose) or derivatives thereof;
  • the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio ( ⁇ ′) calculated according to Equation 1 is 0.5 to 6, preferably 0.7 to 5.5, more preferably 1.3 to 5.
  • the photopolymerization reaction is performed in a state where the liquid crystal molecules form a specific arrangement.
  • the formed photopolymer can induce vertical alignment and orientation stabilization of the liquid crystal host in the liquid crystal layer at the same time by an action mechanism for storing the specific surface arrangement of the liquid crystal.
  • the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound including the photoreactive group described above has a ratio of the photo-banung compounds forming the photopolymer by photoirradiation so that the liquid crystal vertical alignment and the alignment stabilization layer have an appropriate surface density. It is preferably included to be 3 to 100% by weight relative to the total weight of the derivative.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer according to the present invention may optionally contain a liquid crystalline-non-liquid crystalline having or without a photobanic group as described above under conditions of satisfying the non-liquid crystalline ratio range of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer.
  • a common lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound ie, a lipophilic crystalline region including a lipophilic crystalline group and a non-lipophilic crystalline region including a lipophilic crystalline group, are included together with the compound. It may also comprise a lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound of type 2 that does not contain a lipophilic group.
  • the lipophilic group and the non-lipophilic group included in the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region are the same as described above, and the second lipophilic crystalline-virin
  • the liquid crystal compound may further include an optical semi-animal group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region or the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
  • examples of the second lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound that do not include the photoreactive group include, but are not limited to:
  • second lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound including the photo-banung group may include, but are not limited to:
  • Pentaerythritol tr iacrylate pentaerythritol tetraacrylate
  • poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacr late poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacr late
  • the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal can be induced.
  • the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound molecules constituting the inducing agent form a microassembly that is stabilized by self-assembly and is uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host.
  • the orientation defect by the low dispersibility or aggregation of the conventional liquid crystal aligning agent can be significantly reduced.
  • the microassembly dispersed in the liquid crystal host can induce vertical alignment of the liquid crystal host without the alignment treatment pre-treated when forming the liquid crystal layer, and the formed microassembly is an insulating liquid crystal on the electrode layer.
  • the vertical alignment induction and stabilization layer is formed and then stabilized through solidification by light irradiation, thereby improving reliability of the liquid crystal display.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent constituting the microassembly further includes an optical reflector
  • the liquid crystal pretilt in a specific arrangement state is formed by forming a photopolymer according to the photopolymerization reaction through light irradiation while applying an electric field.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide according to the present invention induces vertical alignment of the liquid crystal without a line alignment treatment process, stabilizes the inclination angle of the liquid crystal, and forms an insulating liquid crystal vertical alignment and alignment stabilizer layer on the electrode layer. This excellent liquid crystal element can be produced.
  • composition for forming a liquid crystal layer comprising the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide.
  • composition for forming a liquid crystal layer includes the liquid crystal vertical alignment induction agent together with the liquid crystal host.
  • the liquid crystal host may be used without particular limitation as long as it is generally used in a liquid crystal display device. Specifically, a nematic liquid crystal having negative dielectric anisotropy can be used.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide is the same as described above.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent may be included in an amount of 0.01 to 5% by weight, and more preferably 0.05 to 3% by weight, based on the total weight of the liquid crystal layer forming composition. good.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is dispersed in the liquid crystal host in the form of a microassembly stabilized by self-assembly.
  • the size of the microassembly formed may vary depending on the characteristics and types of the lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer.
  • the minimum diameter of the microassembly is the lipophilic crystalline-non-liquid crystal used. It can be limited by the length of the compound and cannot be less than twice the average length of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound.
  • Diameter of the microassembly of the dispersed phase in the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer according to the present invention Silver can be present in a wide range from several nanometers to several tens of microns.
  • the diameter of the microassembly is too small, it is difficult to form the microassembly itself.
  • the diameter of the microassembly is too large, a large number of defects may occur to deteriorate the liquid crystal alignment characteristics. Therefore, the diameter of the microassembly that can be used for the purpose of controlling the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal is preferably 2nm to 800nm, more preferably 3nm to 600nm, even more preferably 3nm to 400nm.
  • the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer may further include a monomer capable of photopolymerization in order to induce vertical alignment of the liquid crystal and to stabilize the alignment and the pretilt angle.
  • the photo-reflective monomer is used to prepare a liquid crystal display using a substrate pre-treated with a vertical alignment polymer film and a liquid crystal layer forming composition containing a small amount of reactive liquid crystal (reactive mesogen), and to stabilize the alignment under the application of an electric field. It acts similar to the function of reactive liquid crystals.
  • the photoreactive monomer is not involved in the formation of microassembly by self-assembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, and only a compound capable of stabilizing the orientation of a specific state after the vertical alignment induction of the liquid crystal by the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is used. It is preferable.
  • 4,4'-biphenol diacrylate, 4,4'-biphenol dimethacrylate, 1,4-bis [4- (6-acryloyloxynucleooxy) benzoyloxy] -2-methylbenzene (l, 4-bisS- [4— (6-acryloyl oxyhexyloxy) benzoyl oxy] -2-methyl benzene), or 1,6 'dicarboxylic acid diacrylate (l, 6-hexanediol diacrylate) etc. can be used.
  • composition for forming a liquid crystal layer may further include a conventional photo-initiaror for inducing photo reaction of the surface reaction together with the liquid crystal host.
  • a liquid crystal display device manufactured using the liquid crystal layer shape composition including the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent and a method of manufacturing the same.
  • the liquid crystal display according to the embodiment of the present invention, the first substrate and the second substrate which are located facing each other; First and second electrodes formed on opposite surfaces of the first and second substrates, respectively; And a liquid crystal layer interposed between the first substrate and the second substrate, wherein the liquid crystal layer includes the liquid crystal host and the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide.
  • the liquid crystal layer is then an optional light step for stabilizing the liquid crystal alignment
  • the microassembly present in the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer is solidified by forming a passivation layer on the electrode layer, the liquid crystal vertical alignment and light stabilization layer including the microassembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide (see FIGS. 14 and 24 of FIG. 3). ) May be further included.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide in the liquid crystal layer includes a lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound including a photobanung group or includes a photoreactive compound
  • the liquid crystal layer is subjected to an electric field applied after inducing vertical alignment of the liquid crystal.
  • the compound having the photoreactive group may further include a photopolymerized photopolymerized polymer.
  • the photopolymer may be a homopolymer formed by photopolymerization of one photoreactive compound, or may be a copolymer formed by photopolymerization of two or more photoreactive compounds.
  • any one or both of the first and second electrodes may be patterned.
  • the first substrate and the second substrate including the first and second electrodes, respectively, are bonded to each other so that the electrodes face each other, and then the liquid crystal layer forming composition is injected into the space between the first and second substrates.
  • the liquid crystal layer is formed by dropping the liquid crystal layer forming composition under vacuum with respect to either the first substrate or the second substrate including the first and second electrodes, respectively, to form a liquid crystal layer, and then the other substrates are separated from each other.
  • the manufacturing method may further include selectively irradiating light after applying an electric field between the first substrate and the second substrate of the assembly after fabrication of the assembly.
  • 3 is a process diagram schematically illustrating a manufacturing process of a liquid crystal display according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention. 3 is only an example for describing the present invention and the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Step 1 is a step of forming the first and second electrodes 12 and 22 for the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 21, respectively (S11).
  • the first and second substrates 11 and 21 may be used without particular limitation as long as they are generally used in liquid crystal displays, and specifically, glass or plastic substrates may be used.
  • first substrate 11 has a common electrode (or transparent field) as the first electrode 12. Poles) and pixel electrodes as second electrodes 22 are formed on one surface of the second substrate 21, respectively.
  • first substrate and the second substrate, and the common electrode and the pixel electrode are divided according to the position and the function thereof.
  • the common electrode may be formed on the second substrate or the pixel electrode may be formed on the first substrate.
  • the first and second electrodes 12 and 22 may be manufactured according to a conventional electrode forming method, and the first and second electrode forming materials may be particularly limited as long as they are materials used for forming electrodes of a liquid crystal display device. Can be used without Specifically, the first and second electrodes 12 and 22 may include one selected from the group consisting of metal oxides, carbon-based electrically conductive materials, and mixtures thereof.
  • metal oxides Preferably, indium tin oxide (ITO), zinc oxide (Z0), indium zinc oxide (IZO), tin oxide (TO), indium oxide ( indium oxide, 10), aluminum oxide (A1 2 0 3 , AO), silver oxide (AgO), titanium oxide (Ti0 2 ), fluorine-doped tin oxide
  • FTO fluorine-doped tin oxide
  • AZO zinc indium tin oxide
  • ZITO zinc indium tin oxide
  • NiO nickel oxide
  • NZTO nickel zinc tin oxide
  • NTO nickel titanium oxide
  • NTO nickel tin oxide
  • graphene graphene oxide
  • graphene oxide graphene oxide, GO
  • AZO zinc indium tin oxide
  • ZITO zinc indium tin oxide
  • NiO nickel oxide
  • NZTO nickel zinc tin oxide
  • NTO nickel titanium oxide
  • NTO nickel tin oxide
  • graphene graphene
  • graphene oxide graphene oxide, GO
  • first and second electrodes 12 and 22 may be formed over the entire surface of the substrates 11 and 21, or may be patterned into predetermined shapes such as islands, sprites, and fishbones through a separate patterning process. (Not shown). Accordingly, according to another embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal display device in which at least one of the first and second electrodes 12 and 22 is patterned is provided.
  • At least one of the first and the second electrodes 12 and 22 with respect to at least one of the first and second substrates 11 and 21 before the electrode forming step or after the formation of the electrode may be further performed on the step, or the step of forming the electrically insulating compound charge may be performed both before and after the electrode formation step.
  • the formation of such an electrically insulating compound layer is more preferable when the electrode in the liquid crystal display device is patterned.
  • an electrically insulating compound layer acting as a passivation layer or insulating layer
  • an electrically insulating compound layer may be formed on both the upper and lower portions of the electrode by performing a process of forming an electrically insulating compound layer before and after forming the electrode. Accordingly, according to another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a liquid crystal display device having an electrically insulating compound layer formed above, below, or both of at least one of the first and second electrodes 12 and 22. do .
  • the electrically insulating compound layer may include an organic insulating material, a nonmetal oxide, or a non metal nitride.
  • the electrically insulating compound layer may be a single layer composed of silicon oxide (SiOx) or silicon nitride (SiNx), or a double layer or multilayer structure composed of a silicon oxide layer and a silicon nitride layer.
  • step 2 the first and second substrates 11 and 21 including the first and second electrodes 12 and 22 are joined to each other so that the electrodes face each other, and thereafter, between the first and second substrates.
  • the liquid crystal layer-forming composition 13a is injected into a space of the liquid crystal layer or under vacuum with respect to any one of the first and second substrates 11 and 21 including the above U and second electrodes 12 and 22. After dropping the composition 13 for forming a liquid crystal layer, the remaining substrates are bonded to each other so that the electrodes face each other (S12).
  • composition 13 for forming a liquid crystal layer is the same as described above.
  • any one used in a liquid crystal display device may be used without particular limitation. Specifically, a nematic liquid crystal having negative dielectric anisotropy can be used.
  • composition for forming a liquid crystal layer including the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer as described above may further include a conventional photo-initiaror for inducing photo reaction of the surface reaction together with the liquid crystal host.
  • pouring or dripping process of the liquid crystal layer formation composition 13 can be carried out according to a conventional method.
  • the liquid crystal is vertically oriented even without coating of a conventional alignment layer. It is faced (S12).
  • the nematic of the mixture of the liquid crystal host and the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is heated to 10 to 20 ° C higher silver than the isotropic phase transition temperature After inducing the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal to be cooled at a rate of 0.1 to 10 ° C. per minute may be further carried out.
  • optionally applying an electric field between the first substrate and the second substrate (11, 21) of the assembly may be further performed to manufacture a liquid crystal display by light irradiation (S13) .
  • the electric field applying process is preferably performed under a condition of applying a direct current or an alternating electric field such that the light transmittance of the liquid crystal display becomes 5% (T 05 ) to 100% ( ⁇ 100 ) of the maximum transmittance under a cross polarizer.
  • a specific optical state is induced for the liquid crystal in the assembly by applying an electric field, and then light of a wavelength capable of chemically reacting a photoreactive group is irradiated with ultraviolet rays.
  • irradiating ultraviolet light in the wavelength range of 200 nm to 400 nm at three groups of 100 mW / cm 2 to 50yW / cm 2 for 1 to 60 minutes may improve the photostabilization efficiency of the photoreactive group in the photoreactive compound. It is good because it can maximize and obtain the surface stabilization effect of liquid crystal orientation.
  • the light irradiation step may be carried out in two or more steps by varying the electric field to be applied or the intensity of light to be irradiated.
  • the light irradiation process is preferably performed after applying an electric field and waiting for the defect to be minimized before the arrangement of the liquid crystals becomes stable.
  • the liquid crystal layer is a passivation layer formed by the microassembly and the liquid crystal vertical alignment and light stabilization layers 13b and 13b. ') May be further included.
  • the compound forming the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is a photo-reflective compound including a photo-neutral group
  • the photo-reflective group of the photo-reflective compound causes a photoreaction to form a photopolymer by the light irradiation process as described above.
  • the arrangement and optical state of the liquid crystal can be further stabilized, and the surface pretilt angle induction of the liquid crystal and the surface stabilization in pixel units can be realized.
  • the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, and thus transmittance is achieved. Will increase. LCD Since the molecules do not have a pretilt angle in a specific direction, the rotation direction of the liquid crystal occurs irregularly according to the portion of the liquid crystal cell. Therefore, the defect of the liquid crystal array is generated, which acts as a cause of deterioration of the characteristics of the device.
  • the liquid crystal host has the liquid crystal pretilt direction of the surface. Is transferred to a vertical alignment state that stores. As such, the alignment of the liquid crystal is stabilized to have a pretilt angle, thereby eliminating defects, thereby improving the reaction properties of the liquid crystal and the brightness and contrast ratio of the device.
  • the contrast ratio can be improved and the switching speed of the liquid crystal can be increased.
  • the manufacturing method according to the present invention has an optimized non-lipophilic crystalline ratio, and when mixed with a liquid crystal host, forms a fine assembly by self-assembly in the liquid crystal host, thereby using a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer that can be uniformly dispersed.
  • the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal can be induced without the application of the polymer alignment film and the high temperature baking process.
  • the manufacturing method is different from the conventional liquid crystal display device manufacturing method of achieving alignment stabilization by mixing and reacting a reactive liquid crystal as a liquid crystal host in a liquid crystal cell treated with an alignment agent to achieve an alignment stabilization.
  • the liquid crystal array due to stabilization of the liquid crystal array, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of defects in the liquid crystal generated when driving the device and improve the reaction speed, thereby improving the performance and reliability of the device.
  • the process temperature is significantly lower than the firing temperature of the conventional polymer alignment layer, and the process is simple. As a result, not only a high-quality liquid crystal display device using a glass substrate, but also a flexible substrate Flexer with It is useful for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device having a high temperature process such as a liquid crystal display device.
  • the liquid crystal display according to the present invention manufactured by such a manufacturing method is stabilized liquid crystal arrangement, it is possible to induce the pre-tilt angle of the pixel unit, minimize the defects appearing when driving the device and improve the reaction speed is improved optical, Electro-optic properties. As a result, it can be applied to electro-optical device products using liquid crystal, especially flat panel displays, such as TV, 3D-TV, monitor, tablet PC, and various mobile devices.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent forms a fine assembly by self-assembly to form a vertical alignment of the liquid crystal having an alignment stability by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host.
  • the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer includes the liquid crystal vertical alignment induction agent together with the liquid crystal host, each of which is the same as described above.
  • the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer includes the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer together with a liquid crystal host, wherein the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent includes a photoreactive group in at least one region of the lipophilic crystalline region or the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
  • a lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound comprising a lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound and including the photobanung group is the same as described above.
  • a method of forming an insulating liquid crystal vertical alignment and a light stabilization layer between an electrode layer and a liquid crystal layer in a simplified process as compared to the prior art without a line coating treatment of the substrate.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment and light stabilization layer forming method includes a liquid crystal host and a liquid crystal layer forming composition in which a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent of photoreactive liquid crystal is uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host by forming a microassembly by self-assembly. After injection into the can be applied by applying an electric field and light irradiation.
  • the fine granules present in the liquid crystal layer-forming composition are solidified to form the liquid crystal vertical alignment and the light stabilization layer as a passivation layer on the electrode layer.
  • the liquid crystal host and the photoreactive liquid crystal vertical alignment guide and the light irradiation process are the same as described above.
  • the unpatterned transparent electrode IT0 and the patterned pixel electrodes IT0K12 and 12 ' are formed on the first and second substrates 11 and 1 ⁇ , respectively. After ultrasonic cleaning in distilled water, and then washed with acetone and isopropyl alcohol, respectively, and dried.
  • the photo-banung lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound is a compound in which two photoreactive groups (ie, acryl groups) and one lipophilic hydrocarbon chain are substituted with a non-liquid crystalline polyhydric alcohol pentaerythri, The pentaerythri containing one hydroxyl group forms a non-lipophilic crystalline region.
  • the gap between the first substrate and the second substrate was maintained at 4.2 / gram when the assembly was formed, and the injection process of the liquid crystal layer forming composition was performed at 8 (rc), which is an isotropic temperature of the liquid crystal layer forming composition.
  • the assembly After injecting the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer, the assembly is cooled at a rate of 5 ° C. per minute, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal is observed using a polarizing microscope and a conoscopy. It was. As a result, it was confirmed that the liquid crystal is arranged in a direction perpendicular to the substrate inside the liquid crystal cell without a separate alignment treatment process.
  • an alternating electric field was applied between the first and second substrates of the manufactured liquid crystal display device under a T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance) condition to confirm that defects were minimized and the arrangement of the liquid crystals was stable.
  • This applied liquid crystal display device was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 365 nm wavelength at 30 mW / cm 2 intensity for 10 minutes to form a liquid crystal layer. Photoreaction was induced to induce the surface pretilt angle of the liquid crystal and to surface stabilize the alignment of the liquid crystal.
  • the liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal display device was observed with a polarizing microscope, and the results are shown in FIG. 4A.
  • the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules was observed through conoscopy images, and the results are shown in FIG. 4B.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display showed a completely quenched state under a quadrature polarizer, and confirmed that the liquid crystal molecules were arranged perpendicularly to the surface of the substrate through a conoscopy image.
  • the liquid crystal display device has an intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance) of the liquid crystal display before the electric field is applied to the liquid crystal layer and the liquid crystal display device before performing the alignment stabilization process through light irradiation.
  • T 80 80% transmittance to maximum transmittance
  • a liquid crystal layer vertically aligned with respect to a substrate exhibits an extinction state as shown in FIG. 5A under a quadrature polarizer.
  • liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field to increase transmittance.
  • the rotation direction of the liquid crystal occurs randomly at the portion of the liquid crystal cell.
  • FIG. 5B a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array are generated, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display device.
  • the defect shown in FIG. 5B is slowly removed and transitions to a uniform brightness state as shown in FIG. 5C.
  • the stabilization process of FIG. 6B eliminates defects and increases reaction speed, thereby improving electro-optical characteristics of the device by stabilization. It can be seen that.
  • Glucosyl methacrylate derivative represented by the following structural formula as a liquid crystalline host having a negative dielectric anisotropy with respect to the total weight of the liquid crystal layer forming composition and a photophilic lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound (2) was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except for forming a liquid crystal layer using a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer uniformly mixed at a ratio of 0.1% by weight to prepare a liquid crystal display device.
  • Example 1 the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules was observed after applying an electric field having an intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance versus maximum transmittance) between the first substrate and the second substrate.
  • the results before and after applying the electric field are shown in FIGS. 7A to 7C, respectively.
  • FIG. 7A in general, the liquid crystal layer vertically aligned with respect to the substrate exhibits an extinction state under a quadrature polarizer.
  • the electric field is applied thereto, the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field to increase transmittance.
  • the stabilization process of FIG. 8B eliminates the occurrence of defects and increases the reaction speed, thereby improving the electro-optical characteristics of the device by the stabilization process. It can be seen.
  • the liquid crystal display device was manufactured according to the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 3, using the unpatterned transparent electrode ( ⁇ ) and the pixel electrode ( ⁇ ) as the first and second substrates, respectively.
  • the unpatterned transparent electrode IT0 and the pixel electrodes IT0K12 and 12 ' are formed on the first and second substrates 11 and 11', respectively, and then a cleaning agent is used. After ultrasonic cleaning in distilled water, the mixture was washed with acetone and isopropyl alcohol, respectively, and dried.
  • a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer was injected. At this time, the thickness of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer, that is, the cell gap was set to 10 mm 3.
  • composition for forming a liquid crystal layer is tetraacrylate of a pentaerythride of the following structural formula as 99.9% by weight of a liquid crystal host having a negative dielectric anisotropy relative to the total weight of the composition and a photoreactive lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound.
  • the manufactured liquid crystal display device Before performing the alignment stabilization process through the light irradiation, the manufactured liquid crystal display device corresponds to T 80 (80% transmittance relative to the maximum transmittance) between the first substrate and the second substrate in the same manner as in Example 1, After the electric field of intensity was applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules was observed. The results before and after applying the electric field are shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B, respectively.
  • Example 1 the liquid crystal display device manufactured according to Example 1 was subjected to the stabilization process according to the electric field application and the light irradiation in the same manner as in Example 1, and the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during the on-off switching of the device. Observed. The results are shown in FIGS. 10A and 10B.
  • FIG. 10B when comparing FIG. 9B with no stabilization and FIG. 10B with stabilization, the stabilization process of FIG. 10B eliminates the occurrence of defects and speeds up the reaction rate, thereby stabilizing the electro-optical characteristics of the device. It can be seen that it can be improved.
  • the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without a conventional alignment layer treatment process, thereby exhibiting an quenched state under orthogonal polarizers.
  • the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing the transmittance.
  • FIG. Lib prior to light irradiation, as shown in FIG. Lib, a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array are generated, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display device. This defect occurs because the liquid crystal molecules do not have a linear inclination angle in a specific direction, which means that the alignment is not stabilized before photopolymerization.
  • the stabilization process of FIG. 12b eliminates the occurrence of defects and the reaction rate is faster, so that the electro-optical characteristics of the device are stabilized. It can be seen that it can be improved.
  • the liquid crystal display device was produced in the same manner as in Example 3.
  • the compound (7) includes a silane (trisiloxy silane) group in which one photoreactive group (that is, methacryl group) is substituted in the lipophilic region and has three siloxy groups as the non-lipophilic region.
  • Photophilic lyophilic crystalline-non-liquid crystalline compound calculated by Equation 1, non-lipophilic ratio Od ⁇ l
  • the liquid crystal display device manufactured above corresponds to ⁇ 80 (80% transmittance relative to maximum transmittance) between the first substrate and the second substrate in the same manner as in Example 1.
  • ⁇ 80 80% transmittance relative to maximum transmittance
  • the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without a conventional alignment layer treatment process, thereby exhibiting an quenched state under a cross polarizer.
  • the liquid crystal molecules are dilute in the direction perpendicular to the electric field and the transmittance increases.
  • FIG. 13B prior to light irradiation, as shown in FIG. 13B, a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array occur, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display. This defect occurs because the liquid crystal molecules do not have a linear inclination angle in a specific direction, which means that the alignment is not stabilized before the photopolymerization.
  • the liquid crystal display device prepared above was observed in the same manner as in Example 1 after the stabilization treatment due to the application of electric field and light irradiation, and the occurrence of liquid crystal defects when switching on / off ( ⁇ -Off) of the device was observed. It was.
  • the results are shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B.
  • FIG. 14A when an electric field of an intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance) is applied in the same way as above, the liquid crystal reacts to change the arrangement state. It was observed that the optical axis of was formed at an angle of 45 degrees to the transmission axis of the polarizer on the substrate surface, thereby transitioning to the bright state as in FIG. 14b without generating the liquid crystal defect.
  • the stabilization process of FIG. 14B eliminates the occurrence of defects and increases the reaction speed. It can be seen that it can be improved.
  • the compound (9) is a lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound containing a sorbitan group in which three stearates are substituted in the lipophilic region, and a polyoxyethylene group is substituted as the non-lipophilic crystalline region,
  • the non-lipophilic ratio 00, calculated according to 1, is 5.3.
  • the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without a conventional alignment layer treatment process, and the light axis was exhibited under an orthogonal polarizer.
  • the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing the permeability.
  • FIG. 15B prior to light irradiation, as shown in FIG. 15B, a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array are generated, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display. This defect occurs because the liquid crystal molecules do not have a pretilt angle in a specific direction, which means that the alignment is not stabilized before the photopolymerization.
  • Example 2 the liquid crystal display device was observed in the same manner as in Example 1 after the stabilization treatment due to electric field application and light irradiation, and the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during on / off switching of the device. The results are shown in FIGS. 16A and 16B.
  • stabilization of FIG. 16B eliminates the occurrence of defects and increases the reaction speed, thereby improving the electro-optical characteristics of the device by stabilization. It can be seen that it can be improved.
  • the compound (11) is a glycerol derivative in which an acryl group and a methacrylate group are each substituted one by one, and the compound (12) is a sulfonic acid as a non-lipophilic crystalline region as a dodecylbenzene group without a photoreactive group. It is a lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound containing (sulfonic acid).
  • the non-lipophilic ratio of the photoreactive lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound and the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound was calculated according to equation (2).
  • the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without a conventional alignment layer treatment process, thereby exhibiting an quenched state under orthogonal polarizers.
  • the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing the transmittance.
  • FIG. 17B prior to light irradiation, as shown in FIG. 17B, a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array occur, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display. This defect occurs because the liquid crystal molecules do not have a linear inclination angle in a specific direction, which means that the alignment is not stabilized before the photopolymerization.
  • Example 2 the liquid crystal display device was observed in the same manner as in Example 1 after the stabilization treatment due to electric field application and light irradiation, and the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during on-off (0n-0ff) switching of the device. The results are shown in FIGS. 18A and 18B.
  • T 80 approximately transmittance of 80 3 ⁇ 4 of the maximum transmittance of the intensity of the electric field corresponding to the intensity of the liquid crystals react to change the arrangement state, accordingly the optical axis of the liquid crystal
  • the transition to the bright state as shown in Figure 18b without the formation of liquid crystal defects, which was induced by the liquid-crystal crystalline—non-liquid crystalline compound that induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal
  • This photoreflector causes the liquid crystal molecules to form a pretilt angle in a specific direction through the light irradiation process, resulting in surface stabilization of the liquid crystal, thereby improving the reaction velocity of the liquid crystal and It can be seen that the brightness and contrast ratio are improved.
  • stabilization of FIG. 18B eliminates the occurrence of defects and speeds up reaction speed, thereby improving the electro-optical characteristics of the device by stabilization. It can be seen that it can be improved.
  • liquid crystal display device was manufactured by the same method.
  • the compound (13) includes a photoreactive lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound as a lipophilic crystalline region and a semi latent liquid crystal group and a gal late derived group as the lipophilic crystalline region.
  • This defect occurs because the liquid crystal molecules do not have a linear inclination angle in a specific direction, which means that the alignment is not stabilized before the photopolymerization.
  • the defect shown in FIG. 19B is removed as time goes by and transitions to a uniform brightness state as shown in FIG. 19C, thereby adversely affecting not only the visibility of the display device but also the reaction speed.
  • the photoreactor containing the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound that induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal causes the liquid crystal molecules to form a pretilt angle in a specific direction on the inner surface of the cell through a light irradiation process.
  • Surface stabilization is a phenomenon that can be seen that through this improves the reaction speed of the liquid crystal and the brightness and contrast ratio of the device.
  • FIG. 20B when comparing FIG. 19B with no stabilization and FIG. 20B with stabilization, the stabilization process of FIG. 20B eliminates the occurrence of defects and increases the reaction speed, thereby improving the electro-optical characteristics of the device. It can be seen that it can be improved.
  • a liquid crystal display device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the liquid crystal layer was formed using the combined composition for forming a liquid crystal layer. ⁇
  • a liquid crystal layer arranged perpendicularly to a substrate generally exhibits an extinction state under a quadrature polarizer.
  • the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing transmittance.
  • FIG. 21B a plurality of defects of the liquid crystal array were generated, thereby transitioning to the bright state of FIG. 21C. do.
  • the reaction speed of the liquid crystal display device is slowed, leading to deterioration of visibility.
  • liquid crystal display device was observed in the same manner as in Example 1 after the stabilization treatment due to the electric field application and light irradiation, the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during On-Off switching of the device.
  • the results are shown in Figs. 22A to 22C.
  • stabilization of FIG. 21B eliminates the occurrence of defects and increases the reaction speed, thereby improving the electro-optical characteristics of the device by stabilization. When improving It can be seen that.
  • liquid crystal display device was fabricated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that hydroxy butyl acrylate was added at a ratio of 0.1% by weight to form a liquid crystal layer using a uniformly mixed composition for forming a liquid crystal layer. Produced.
  • the non-lipophilic ratio ( ⁇ ') of the mixture of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound (16) and the photoreactive compound is ( ⁇ . ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ + ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ . ⁇
  • the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without a conventional alignment layer treatment process, thereby exhibiting an quenched state under orthogonal polarizers.
  • the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing the transmittance.
  • the liquid crystal molecules did not have a pretilt angle in a specific direction before alignment stabilization through light irradiation, as shown in FIG. 23B, a plurality of defects of the liquid crystal array were generated, thereby transitioning to the bright state of FIG. 23C. do .
  • liquid crystal display device was observed in the same manner as in Example 1 after the stabilization treatment due to the electric field application and light irradiation, the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during On-Off switching of the device.
  • the results are shown in Figures 24a to 24c.
  • stabilization of FIG. 24B eliminates the occurrence of defects and speeds up the reaction speed, thereby stabilizing the electro-optical characteristics of the device by stabilization. It can be seen that it can be improved.
  • liquid crystal host having negative dielectric anisotropy with respect to the total weight of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer and a lyophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound, 0.8 wt% of dodecyl amine (17) of the following structural formula and photoreactivity Pentaery three as a compound was carried out in the same manner as in Example 3, except that the liquid crystal layer was formed using a uniformly mixed composition for forming a liquid crystal layer by adding triacrylate in a ratio of 0.2% by weight. A liquid crystal display device was manufactured.
  • the liquid crystal layer forming composition is applied to a liquid crystal cell.
  • the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without the usual alignment film treatment process, and exhibited an quenched state under the orthogonal polarizer.
  • the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing the transmittance.
  • FIG. 25B prior to light irradiation, as shown in FIG. 25B, a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array occur, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display. This defect occurs because the liquid crystal molecules do not have a linear inclination angle in a specific direction, which means that the alignment is not stabilized before photopolymerization.
  • Example 2 the liquid crystal display device was observed in the same manner as in Example 1 after the stabilization treatment due to the electric field application and light irradiation, the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during On-Off switching of the device. The results are shown in FIGS. 26A and 26B.
  • stabilization of FIG. 26B eliminates defects and speeds up the reaction speed, thereby stabilizing the electro-optical characteristics of the device. It can be seen that it can be improved.
  • a liquid crystal display device was fabricated in the same manner as in Example 3, except that the liquid crystal layer was formed by using a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer uniformly added thereto.
  • the non-lipophilic ratio ( ⁇ ') of the mixture of the lipophilic crystalline non-lipophilic crystalline compound (18) and the photoreactive compound (19) is ( ⁇ . ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ + ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇
  • Non-lipophilic ratio of oxyethylene (2) stearyl ether ( ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ / ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ and non-lipophilic ratio of polyethylene glycol methyl ether acrylate () (160/246)
  • X 10 3.25
  • the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without the usual alignment layer treatment process, and exhibited an quenched state under orthogonal polarizers.
  • the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing the transmittance.
  • a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array are generated, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display device. These defects indicate that orientation stabilization did not occur prior to photopolymerization.
  • liquid crystal display device was observed in the same manner as in Example 1 after the stabilization treatment due to the electric field applied and light irradiation, the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during the on-off switching of the device.
  • the photoreactive compound and the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound used in the present invention induce vertical alignment of the liquid crystal without a separate alignment layer process, induce vertical alignment, and then undergo a specific polymerization through photopolymerization by light irradiation under electric field application. Stabilizes the state. As a result, in order to achieve the effect of the present invention, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal must be preceded.
  • the factor influencing this primary vertical orientation is the ratio of non-lipophilic regions in the lipophilic-non-lipophilic molecules.
  • the vertical alignment induction effect of the liquid crystal was evaluated according to the non-liquid crystalline ratio ( ⁇ ') value.
  • the affinity with the liquid crystal is not sufficient to make a homogeneous mixture with the liquid crystal All.
  • the ratio of lipophilic groups with the same non-liquid crystalline group was increased, so that the decyl gallate having an X 2 value of 5.45 was uniformly mixed in the liquid crystal due to improved lipophilic crystallinity.
  • the nucleosil gallate contained a shorter lipophilic group than decyl gallate, and thus exhibited more non-lipophilic crystalline properties than decyl gallate.
  • the non-liquid crystalline ratio becomes too large to have a hydrocarbon length of less than 8 carbon atoms and the non-liquid crystalline ratio ( ⁇ ′) exceeds 6, which is the X value, the mixing with the liquid crystal compound is poor, There was no vertical orientation of. Therefore, it can be seen that the non-liquid crystalline ratio ( ⁇ ′) should have a value of 6 or less in order to form a uniform mixture with the liquid crystal and induce vertical alignment of the liquid crystal.
  • an octadecane (22) of the following structural formula or a parent having a non-liquid crystalline ratio 0 ⁇ calculated according to Equation 1 as a lipophilic compound 1-octadecanol (23) of the following structural formula having a liquid crystalline non-liquid crystalline compound having a non-liquid crystalline ratio (X 2 ) of (17/270) X 10 0.63.
  • the liquid crystal layer-forming composition was prepared by adding 1.0 wt 3 ⁇ 4 of the total weight.
  • the octadecane is a compound consisting of a 100 % lipophilic group, which is easily dissolved in a liquid crystal because of the non-lipophilic ratio Od 0.
  • the 1-octadecane has a small affinity in the compound of the hydroxy group as the non-liquid crystalline group compared to the hydrocarbon chain as the lipophilic group and has a high affinity with the liquid crystal, thereby forming a uniform mixture with the liquid crystal.
  • the liquid crystal layer is formed by adding 1-octadecane while showing a random horizontal arrangement as shown in FIG. 29.
  • the alignment of the liquid crystals was uniformly arranged perpendicularly to the substrate.
  • FIGS. 30A and 30B are polarization microscopes and conoscopy photographs showing the alignment state of a liquid crystal cell in which the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer to which 1-octadecane was added in Test Example 2 was injected.
  • the uniform quenching state of the liquid crystal cell and the cross-shaped isozyres located at the center of the liquid crystal well show that the liquid crystal is vertically oriented so that the optical axis is formed perpendicular to the substrate.
  • the non-liquid crystalline ratio (X) of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound which is a vertical alignment inducing agent has an appropriate range for inducing vertical alignment of the liquid crystal.
  • the X value of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound which is effective for the result consistent with the object of the present invention is at least 0.5. If the X value is less than 0.5, the lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound The affinity for the liquid crystal is too great to induce vertical alignment of the liquid crystal.
  • Example 31 and 32 show that when Compound A is mixed with 0.3% by weight in the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer (Example No. 2-1), a mixture of Compound A and B in a weight ratio of 40 to 60 is added to the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer. It is the polarization microscope photograph which shows the liquid-crystal orientation in case of mixing by 0.5 weight 3 ⁇ 4 (Example No. 2-4).
  • the non-lipophilic crystallinity of the compound C was so strong that it was not uniformly mixed with the liquid crystal and injected into the liquid crystal layer. It does not induce the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal It was confirmed that no.
  • a mixture of compounds C and D was mixed at a weight ratio of 40 to 60 at 0.2% by weight based on the total amount of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer (Example 2-6), compounds C and D were uniformly liquid crystal. We confirmed that it is distributed to hosts. In this case, the non-lipophilic ratio ( ⁇ ') of the mixture of compounds C and D is
  • liquid crystal layer forming composition in which the compounds C and D are uniformly mixed is injected into the liquid crystal layer of the assembly patterned in the form of fishbone by the electrode of the lower substrate as in Example 1, vertical alignment showing excellent characteristics. The obtained liquid crystal cell was obtained.
  • an alternating electric field of ⁇ 80 (80% transmittance to 80% transmittance) is applied to the liquid crystal display device between the first and the second substrates, and defects are minimized.
  • ultraviolet rays of 365 nm wavelength were irradiated for 30 minutes at an intensity of 30 mW / cm 2 for the assembly to which the electric field was applied.
  • the liquid crystal layer in the manufactured liquid crystal display device exhibited a completely quenched state under a quadrature polarizer. Also, as a result of observing the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules through a conoscopy image (not shown), It was confirmed that the substrate is oriented perpendicular to the surface. As a result of observing the switching state of the liquid crystal molecules after applying an electric field of intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance), as shown in FIGS. 35B and 35C, a plurality of defects in the liquid crystal array are generated. It was observed that the transition to the state of FIG. 34C through the 35b state caused the deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. In addition, it was observed whether a liquid crystal defect occurred during on-off switching of the device after stabilization treatment due to electric field application and light irradiation. The results are shown in Figs. 36A to 36C.
  • a liquid crystal device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 3, except that the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer was used as the compound type and content shown in Table 2, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was evaluated.
  • the X value and the vertical alignment of the used liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing compound are shown together in Table 2 below.
  • the non-liquid crystalline groups include the same sorbitan group as the polyhydric alcohol-derived working container, and the lipophilic crystalline groups containing the various kinds of hydrocarbon groups in various contents of the embodiments Nos. 3-1 to 3-7
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer had an X value in the range of 1.69 to 4.71 to induce good liquid crystal vertical alignment.
  • liquid crystal vertical alignment guide used in the present test example did not include a photoreactive group, and thus no additional process for photostabilization was performed after the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal.
  • a liquid crystal device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide was used as the compound type and content shown in Table 3 below, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was evaluated.
  • the X value and the vertical alignment of the used liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing compound are shown in Table 3 together.
  • PS1 polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate (Tween® 65)
  • PS2 polyoxyethylene sorbitan trioleate (Tween® 85)
  • PS3 polyoxyethylene sorbitan stearate (Tween® 61)
  • PS4 polyoxyethylene sorbitan oleate (Tween® 81)
  • run numbers 4-1 to 4-4 including the same sorbitan group substituted with polyoxyethylene as the non-lipophilic group and various kinds of hydrocarbon groups as the lipophilic group.
  • the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds used in Eq., 4.9 to 6.0 had a corresponding X value to induce a good liquid crystal vertical alignment.
  • liquid crystal layer-forming composition used in this test example did not include a photobanner, so no additional process for photostabilization was performed.
  • Example 4 To the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide to the compound type and content shown in Table 4 A liquid crystal device was fabricated in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the liquid crystal device was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was evaluated. The X value and the vertical alignment of the used liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing compound are shown in Table 4 together.
  • G1 dinuxadecanoyl glycerol (Dipalmitin)
  • composition for forming a liquid crystal layer used in the present test example did not include a photobanner, so no additional process for photostabilization was performed.
  • Test Example 6
  • a liquid crystal device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 3, except that the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer was used as the compound type and amount shown in Table 5, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was evaluated.
  • the X value and the vertical alignment of the used liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing compound are shown in Table 5 together.
  • PAc2 octyl gallate
  • PAc3 lauryl gallate
  • PAc4 diacrylate monostearate to pentaerythrone
  • PAc5 Pentaerythrone monoacrylate monostearate
  • PAc6 ascorbic acid 6-palmitate
  • PAc7 mannide monooleate
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment guider of the embodiments 6-2 to 6-7 having an X value in the range of 2.6 to 5.99 showed a vertical alignment induction effect on the liquid crystal.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer of Example No. 6-1 in which the number of carbon atoms of the lipophilic crystalline hydrocarbon group is less than 8 and the X value exceeds 6.0, did not induce the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal.
  • photo-stabilization was performed under the electric field application in the same manner as in Example 3 with respect to Examples Nos. 6-4 and 6_5 (Compounds PAc4 and PAc5) containing a photoreactive acrylate group in the compound.
  • Example Nos. 6-4 and 6-5 the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal was induced by the alignment stabilization by light irradiation after the induction of vertical alignment, and the electro-optical characteristics of the liquid crystal small were improved.
  • a liquid crystal device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer was used as the compound type and amount shown in Table 6, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was evaluated.
  • the X value and the vertical alignment of the used liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing compound are shown in Table 6 together.
  • DAc2 1,2-dodecanediol
  • DAc3 1,2-hexadecanediol
  • DAc4 nucleodecane 1,2-diamine
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent of Examples No. 7-2 to 7-4 in the X value range of 2.3 to 3.02 induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal.
  • the X value was in the range of 6.0 or less, The vertical orientation of was not induced.
  • composition for forming a liquid crystal layer used in this test example does not include a photoreactive group, an additional process for photostabilization was not performed.
  • a liquid crystal device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer was used as the compound type and content shown in Table 7 below, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was evaluated.
  • the X value and the vertical alignment of the used liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent compound are shown together in Table 7 below.
  • the X value was included in the range of 6.0 or less, No vertical orientation of was induced.
  • composition for forming a liquid crystal layer used in this test example does not include a photoreactive group, an additional process for photostabilization was not performed.
  • a liquid crystal device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer was used as the compound type and content shown in Table 8, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was evaluated.
  • the X value of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer compound used and whether or not the manual alignment is shown in Table 8 below.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducers of the embodiments 9-2 to 9-5, and the implementation number 9-7 to 9-9 in which the X value is in the range of 0.63 to 2.07 are used. Induced.
  • the X value is included in the range of 6.0 or less, Vertical alignment of the liquid crystal was not induced.
  • composition for forming a liquid crystal layer used in the test examples does not include a photoreactive group, an additional process for photostabilization was not performed.
  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal vertical alignment guide and a liquid crystal display device manufactured using the same.
  • the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide can be uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host by forming a self-assembled microassembly in the liquid crystal host.

Abstract

The present invention provides an inducer for vertically aligning liquid crystals, comprising at least one affinitive liquid crystal-non-affinitive liquid crystal compound. Said compound contains an affinitive liquid crystal region including an affinitive liquid crystal group having high chemical affinity to a liquid crystal host, and a non-affinitive liquid crystal region including a non-affinitive liquid crystal group having low chemical affinity to the liquid crystal host. At least one of the affinitive liquid crystal-non-affinitive liquid crystal compounds includes at least one liquid crystal having an affinity group having at least eight carbon atoms in the affinitive liquid crystal region. The ratio of non-affinity of liquid crystal, (X'), of the inducer for vertically aligning liquid crystals, calculated by the following equation 1, is 0.5 to 6. The present invention also provides a liquid crystal display device manufactured using the inducer. [Equation 1] n, X, and Y in the equation are the same as that which is defined in the specification.

Description

명세서 발명의 명칭: 액정 수직배향 유도제 및 이를 이용하여 제조된 액정표시장치  Name of the Invention: Liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer and liquid crystal display device manufactured using the same
기술분야 Field of technology
본 발명은 액정 수직배향 유도제 및 이를 이용하여 제조된 액정표시장 치에 관한 것이다.  The present invention relates to a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer and a liquid crystal display device manufactured using the same.
배경기술 Background
종래 수직배향형 액정표시장치의 제조시, 기판 표면에서 액정의 수직배 향을 유도하기 위해 폴리이미드와 같은 수직 배향형 고분자를 용액 상태 로 도포한 후 소성하여 고체화한 박막을 이용하였다. 도 1은 종래 액정의 수직배향을 위해 폴리이미드 박막을 이용한 액정표시장치의 제조공정을 개략적으로 나타낸 공정도이다. 도 1을 참조하여 설명하면 , 제 1 및 제 2 기판 (1, Γ) 위에 전기장 인가를 위한 투명 전도성 막으로서 전극 (2, 2') 을 패턴화하여 각각 형성하고 (S1), 그 위에 고분자 배향제를 용액 상태에 서 박막 형태로 도포한 후 고온의 열을 가하여 소성시켜 고분자 배향막 (3, 3')을 형성하고 (S2), 고분자 배향막이 형성된 제 1 및 제 2 기판을 서로 대 향시킨 후 일정한 간격으로 조립한 후 액정을 주입하여 액정층 (4)을 형성 시켜 액정표시장치를 제조하였다 (S3). 이때 고분자 배향제의 영향으로 액 정층 (4)내 액정 분자는 기판 면에 대해 수직으로 배열하게 된다. 이와 같 이, 종래의 수직배향형 액정표시장치의 제조방법은 액정의 배향을 제어하 기 위하여 제 1 및 제 2 기판 사이에 액정층을 형성하는 공정 이전에 양 기판에 배향막을 형성하는 공정을 별도로 실시하여야 한다.  In the manufacture of a conventional vertical alignment liquid crystal display device, a thin film obtained by applying a vertical alignment polymer such as polyimide in a solution state and then firing to solidify the liquid crystal on the substrate surface was used. 1 is a process diagram schematically illustrating a manufacturing process of a liquid crystal display device using a polyimide thin film for vertical alignment of a conventional liquid crystal. Referring to FIG. 1, the electrodes 2, 2 'are patterned and formed on the first and second substrates 1, Γ as transparent conductive films for applying an electric field (S1), and polymer orientation thereon. After applying the agent in the form of a thin film in a solution state and applying high temperature heat to bake to form a polymer alignment layer (3, 3 ') (S2), and the first and second substrate on which the polymer alignment layer is formed to face each other After assembling at regular intervals, a liquid crystal was injected to form a liquid crystal layer 4 to manufacture a liquid crystal display (S3). At this time, the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer 4 are arranged perpendicularly to the substrate surface under the influence of the polymer alignment agent. As such, the conventional method of manufacturing a vertically aligned liquid crystal display device separates the process of forming alignment layers on both substrates before forming the liquid crystal layer between the first and second substrates to control the alignment of the liquid crystals. It must be done.
그러나, 상기와 같은 방법으로 액정의 배향을 제어하는 액정표시장치를 제조하는 경우, 액정이 특정 방향으로 선경사각을 가지지 않기 때문에 전 기장 인가 시 반웅하는 액정의 방향이 랜덤 (random)하여 결함 발생, 시인 성 저하, 반웅속도 저하 등의 문제가 발생하였다.  However, when manufacturing a liquid crystal display device for controlling the alignment of the liquid crystal in the same manner as described above, since the liquid crystal does not have a pretilt angle in a specific direction, the direction of the liquid crystal reflected when applying the electric field is random (random), Problems such as low visibility and low reaction speed have occurred.
이러한 문제점을 해결하기 위하여, 러빙 , 표면돌기, 패턴화된 전극, 등 의 기술을 이용하여 액정의 선경사각을 유도하거나, 액정이 전기장에 반 응하는 방향을 제어하는 방법들이 제안되었다. 그러나, 이러한 방법들은 반드시 액정의 배향제어를 위한 배향막의 선처리공정이 필요하고, 공정상 의 문제, 부가된 기술에 따른 부작용 등으로 인하여 완전한 기술적인 해 결방법을 제시하지 못하였다. [선행기술문] In order to solve this problem, methods for inducing the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal or controlling the direction in which the liquid crystal responds to the electric field using techniques such as rubbing, surface protrusion, patterned electrode, and the like have been proposed. However, these methods necessarily require a pretreatment process of the alignment layer for the alignment control of the liquid crystal, and did not provide a complete technical solution due to process problems and side effects due to the added technology. [Advanced technical paper]
한국공개특허 제 2007-0102372호 (2007.10. 18 공개)  Korean Patent Publication No. 2007-0102372 (published Oct. 18, 2007)
한국공개특허 1999-002569 (1999. 01. 15공개)  Korea Patent Publication 1999-002569 (1999. 01. 15 publication)
발명의 상세한 설명 Detailed description of the invention
기술적 과제 Technical challenges
본 발명의 목적은 기판의 선배향처리 공정없이 액정의 수직배향을 유도 하고, 액정의 선경사각을 안정화시켜 액정표시장치의 성능 및 신뢰성을 향상시킬 수 있는 액정 수직배향 유도제 및 이를 포함하는 액정층 형성용 조성물을 제공하는 것이다.  SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to induce vertical alignment of liquid crystals without a substrate alignment process, and to stabilize the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal to improve the performance and reliability of the liquid crystal display device. It is to provide a composition for.
본 발명의 다른 목적은 상기 액정 수직배향 유도제를 이용함으로써 액 정 배열이 안정화되고, 화소 단위의 선경사각 유도가 가능하며, 소자구동 시 나타나는 결함이 최소화되고 반응속도가 증가되어 개선된 광학적, 전 기광학적 특성을 나타낼 수 있는 액정표시장치, 그리고 기판의 선배향처 리 없이 종래에 비해 단순화된 공정으로 상기 액정 표시 소자를 제조하는 방법을 제공하는 것이다.  It is another object of the present invention to stabilize the liquid crystal array by using the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent, to induce the pretilt angle of the pixel unit, to minimize the defects appearing when driving the device and to increase the reaction speed improved optical, electric The present invention provides a liquid crystal display device capable of exhibiting optical characteristics, and a method of manufacturing the liquid crystal display device in a simplified process as compared to the prior art without the pre-alignment process of the substrate.
본 발명의 또 다른 목적은 액정 수직배향 유도제가 자가조립에 의해 미 세 조립체를 형성하여 액정 호스트 중에 균일하게 분산되어 있는 액정층 형성용 조성물을 이용하여 배향 안정성을 갖는 액정의 수직배향을 유도하 는 방법을 제공하는 것이다.  It is still another object of the present invention to induce vertical alignment of a liquid crystal having alignment stability by using a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer in which a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent forms a fine granule by self-assembly and is uniformly dispersed in a liquid crystal host. To provide a way.
본 발명의 또 다른 목적은 광반웅성의 액정 수직배향 유도제가 자가조 립에 의해 미세조립체를 형성하여 액정 호스트중에 균일하게 분산되어 있 는 액정층 형성용 조성물올 이용하여 액정의 수직배향 및 광안정화를 유 도하는 방법을 제공하는 것이다.  It is still another object of the present invention to form a microassembly by self-assembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, and to vertically align the liquid crystal and stabilize the light by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host. It is to provide a way to guide.
본 발명의 또 다른 목적은 기판의 선코팅처리 없이 종래에 비해 단순화 된 공정으로 전극과 액정층 사이에 절연성의 액정 수직배향 및 광안정화 층을 형성하는 방법을 제공하는 것이다.  It is still another object of the present invention to provide a method for forming an insulating liquid crystal vertical alignment and light stabilization layer between an electrode and a liquid crystal layer in a simplified process compared to the prior art without precoating a substrate.
과제 해결 수단 Challenge solution
본 발명의 일 구현예에 따르면, 액정 호스트에 대해 화학적으로 친화성 이 높은 친액정성기를 포함하는 친액정성 영역과 액정 호스트에 대해 친 화성이 낮은 비친액정성기를 포함하는 비친액정성 영역을 포함하는 친액 정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 1종 이상 포함하고, 상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 중 적어도 하나는 친액정성 영역에 탄소수 8 이상의 친액정성기를 1개 이상 포함하는 것이며, 하기 수학식 1에 따라 계산된 비친액정성 비 율 (Χ')이 0.5 내지 6인 액정 수직배향 유도제를 제공한다:  According to one embodiment of the present invention, a lipophilic crystalline region including a chemically high affinity for the liquid crystal host and a non-lipophilic crystalline region including a non-lipophilic crystalline group having a low affinity for the liquid crystal host One or more lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds, and at least one of the lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds includes at least one lipophilic crystalline group having 8 or more carbon atoms in the lipophilic crystalline region, Provided are liquid crystal vertical alignment inducers having a non-liquid crystalline ratio (Χ ′) calculated from 1 to 0.5 to 6.
[수학식 1] 정상.비을 [Equation 1] normal.
Figure imgf000004_0001
상기 수학식 1에서,
Figure imgf000004_0001
In Equation 1,
n은 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 종류 의 개수를 나타내는 1 이상의 정수이고, n is a kind of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer Is an integer of 1 or more indicating the number of,
X는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 비친액정성 비율로 하 기 수학식 1-1에 따라 계산되며,  X is a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is calculated according to Equation 1-1 below. ,
[수학식 1-1]  [Equation 1-1]
해당화합물중비진액정성 기의분자량  Molecular weight of non-true liquid crystalline group in the compound
X= X10  X = X10
훼당호ᅡ합물의분자 ¾  Molecules of Fedang Lake ¾
Y는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 중량비로, 하기 수학식 1-2에 따라 계산된다. Y is a weight ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, and is calculated according to the following formula 1-2.
[수학식 1-2]  [Equation 1-2]
해당화합물의중량  Weight of the compound
Y=  Y =
화합물들의총중 ί 상기 친액정성기는 선형 , 분지형 또는 고리형의 치환 또는 비치환된 탄 소수 8 내지 30의 포화 또는 불포화 탄화수소기 ; 분자내에 Ν, 0, Ρ, S 및 Si로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 1 이상의 헤테로 원자를 포함하는 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 8 내지 30의 헤테로알킬기, 헤테로사이클기 및 헤 테로아로마틱기 ; 및 상기 탄화수소기와 헤테로원자 함유기들의 조합으로 이루어진 탄소수 8 내지 30의 조합기로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 것일 수 있다.  The total lipophilic crystalline group of the compounds is a linear, branched or cyclic substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted C8-C30 heteroalkyl group, heterocycle group, and heteroaromatic group containing 1 or more hetero atoms selected from the group which consists of Ν, 0, Ρ, S, and Si in a molecule | numerator; And it may be selected from the group consisting of a combination group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms consisting of a combination of the hydrocarbon group and heteroatom containing groups.
바람직하게는 상기 친액정성기는 할로겐 원자로 치환된거나 비치환된 탄소수 8 내지 30의 알킬기, 알케닐알킬기, 알키닐알킬기, 사이클로알킬 기, 아릴기 및 아릴알킬기 ; 분자내 카르보닐기 (-c(=o)-), 에스테르기 (- C(=0)0-), 에테르기 (-0-), 에틸렌옥사이드기 (-CH2CH20_), 아조기 (-N=N -), -COS- 및 -S-로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 헤테로원자 함유 작용기를 포 함하는 탄소수 8 내지 30의 헤테로알킬기, 헤테로사이클로알킬기 및 헤테 로아릴기 ; 및 이들의 조합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 것일 수 있다. 상기 비친액정성기는 알코올, 다가알코을, 아민, 다가아민, 카르복실산, 다가카르복실산, 실란계 화합물, 실록산계 화합물, 폴리에틸렌글리콜, 폴 리프로필렌옥사이드, 플루오르화카본계 화합물, 티올, 다가티올, 설포닉 산, 설퍼릭산, 포스포닉산, 및 포스퍼릭산으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 화합물로부터 유도된 작용기일 수 있다. Preferably, the lipophilic group may be an alkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkenylalkyl group, an alkynylalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and an arylalkyl group substituted or unsubstituted with a halogen atom; Intramolecular carbonyl group (-c (= o)-), ester group (-C (= 0) 0-), ether group (-0-), ethylene oxide group (-CH 2 CH 2 0_), azo group (-N = N-), -COS- and -S- heteroalkyl group, heterocycloalkyl group and heteroaryl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms containing a hetero atom-containing functional group selected from the group consisting of; And it may be selected from the group consisting of a combination thereof. The non-lipophilic crystalline group is alcohol, polyhydric alcohol, amine, polyamine, carboxylic acid, polycarboxylic acid, silane compound, siloxane compound, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene oxide, fluorinated carbon compound, thiol, polyvalent thiol , Selected from the group consisting of sulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphonic acid, and phosphoric acid Functional groups derived from the compound.
바람직하게는, 상기 비친액정성기는 1-올 (l-ol), 1,2-디을 (l,2-diol), 글리세롤 (glycerol ), 글루코오스 (glucose), 덱스트로스 (dextrose), 소르 비를 (sorbitol), 펜타에리스리를 (pentaerythr i tol ), 디펜타에리스리를 (dipentaerythritol ) , 트리펜타에리스리를 ( t r ipent aerythr i t ol ), 소르비 탄 (sorbitan), 플룩토스 ( f luctose) , 수크로스 (sucrose), 갤릭산 (gallic acid) , 글루코피라노사이드 (glucopyranoside), 아스코르빅산 (ascorbic acid) , 매나이드 (mannide) 및 말토사이드 (mal tos i de)로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 화합물로부터 유도된 작용기일 수 있다.  Preferably, the non-lipophilic group is 1-ol (l-ol), 1,2-diol (l, 2-diol), glycerol (glycerol), glucose (glucose), dextrose (sorbate) sorbitol, pentaerythr i tol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythr it ol, sorbitan, fluctose, Compounds selected from the group consisting of sucrose, gallic acid, glucopyranoside, ascorbic acid, mannide and maltos i de It may be a functional group derived from.
바람직하게는, 상기 비친액정성기는 1-아민 (l-amine), 1,2-디아민 (1,2- diamine) , 1, 3-디아민 ( 1, 3-di amine), 에틸렌 디아민 (ethylene diamine), 디에틸렌 디아민 (diethylene diamine), 트리스 (2-아미노에틸)아민  Preferably, the non-lipophilic group is 1-amine (l-amine), 1,2-diamine (1,2-diamine), 1, 3-diamine (1, 3-di amine), ethylene diamine ), Diethylene diamine, tris (2-aminoethyl) amine
(tr is(2-aminoethyl )araine) , 시클로핵산 디아민 (cyclohexane diamine) , 디에틸렌 트리아민 (diethylene triamine) , 페닐디아민 (phenyldiamine), 페닐트리아민 (phenyltriamine), 1,3,5-트리아진 4, 6-디아민 ( 1, 3, 5— triazine 4,6-diamine) , 1,3,5-트리아진 2 , 4 , 6—트리아민 ( 1, 3, 5— t r i azine 2,4,6-triamine) 또는 고리형 에틸렌 아민인 사이클렌 (cyclen; - (CH CHsNH - (이때 1은 2 내지 6의 정수임 )로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 화합물로부터 유도된 작용기일 수 있다. (tr is (2-aminoethyl) araine), cyclohexane diamine, diethylene triamine, phenyldiamine, phenyltriamine, 1,3,5-triazine 4 , 6-diamine (1, 3, 5—triazine 4,6-diamine), 1,3,5-triazine 2, 4, 6-triamine (1, 3, 5—tri azine 2,4,6- triamine) or a cyclic ethylene amine which may be a functional group derived from a compound selected from the group consisting of cyclen;-(CH CHsNH-where 1 is an integer of 2 to 6).
바람직하게는 상기 비친액정성기는 트리스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란  Preferably the non-lipophilic group is tris (trimethylsiloxy) silane
(tris(trimethylsiloxy)으로부터 유도되는 작용기일 수 있다. (tris (trimethylsiloxy) may be a functional group derived from.
바람직하게는, 상기 비친액정성기는 하기 화학식 1의 실록시기를 1 내 지 10개 포함하는 선형, 분지형 또는 고리형 실록산계 화합물로부터 유도 되는 작용기일 수 있다:  Preferably, the non-lipophilic crystalline group may be a functional group derived from a linear, branched or cyclic siloxane compound containing 1 to 10 siloxy groups of Formula 1 below:
[화학식 1]  [Formula 1]
Figure imgf000006_0001
Figure imgf000006_0001
(이때, Ra 및 Rb는 각각 독립적으로 수소원자, 탄소수 1 내지 4의 알킬 기 , 실록시기 및 이들의 조합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되고, m은 1 내지 10의 정수임 )  Wherein Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a siloxy group, and a combination thereof, and m is an integer of 1 to 10)
바람직하게는, 상기 비친액정성기는 에틸렌옥사이드 (ethyleneoxide)기 를 2 내지 20개 포함하는 하기 화학식 2a의 탄소수 4 내지 40의 선형 폴 리옥시에틸렌 또는 하기 화학식 2b의 탄소수 4 내지 10의 고리형 폴리에 틸렌글리콜 (crown ether)로부터 유도되는 작용기일 수 있다: Preferably, the non-lipophilic crystalline group is an ethylene oxide group It may be a functional group derived from a linear polyoxyethylene having 4 to 40 carbon atoms of the formula (2a) containing 2 to 20 or a cyclic polyethylene ether (crown ether) having 4 to 10 carbon atoms of the formula (2b):
[화학식 2a]  [Formula 2a]
-CHCH9-o4n m -CHCH 9 -o4n m
[화학식 2b]
Figure imgf000007_0001
[Formula 2b]
Figure imgf000007_0001
(상기 화학식 2a 및 2b에서 , m은 2 내지 20의 정수이고, n은 2 내지 5 의 정수이다)  (In the formulas 2a and 2b, m is an integer of 2 to 20, n is an integer of 2 to 5)
바람직하게는, 상기 비친액정성기는 플루오로기를 9 내지 41개 포함하 는 탄소수 4 내지 20의 플루오로카본계 화합물로부터 유도되는 퍼플루오 로알킬기 또는 퍼플루오로아릴기인 작용기일 수 있다.  Preferably, the non-lipophilic crystalline group may be a functional group which is a perfluoroalkyl group or a perfluoroaryl group derived from a fluorocarbon compound having 4 to 20 carbon atoms containing 9 to 41 fluoro groups.
바람직하게는, 상기 비친액정성기는 1-티올 (1-thiol)ᅳ 1,2-디티올(1,2- dithiol), 티오글리세를 (thioglycerol), 티오펜타에리쓰리를  Preferably, the non-lipophilic crystalline group is 1-thiol (1-thiol) ᅳ 1,2-dithiol (1,2-dithiol), thioglycerol (thioglycerol), thiopentaerythrite
(thiopentathiopentaerythritol) 및 디티오트레이를 (di thiothrei tol )로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 화합물로부터 유도되는 작용기일 수 있다. 바람직하게는, 상기 비친액정성기는 1-카르복실산 (1-carboxylic acid), 1,2-디카르복실산 (1,2-dicarboxylyc acid), 1,3-디카르복실산 (1,3- di carboxy lyc acid) , 벤젠카르복실산 (benzenecarboxy 1 ic acid) , 벤젠디 카르복실산 (benzenedicarboxylic acid) , 1, 2 , 3-트리카르복실산 (1,2,3- tricarboxylic acid), 벤젠트리카르복실산 ( benzene t r i carboxy 1 i c acid) , 말릭산 (malic acid) , 말레익산 (maleic acid) , 타르타르산 (tartar acid) , 시트릭산 (citric acid) , 말레아믹산 (tnaleamic acid) , 그루타믹 산 (glutamic acid) , 아가릭산 (agaric acid) , 아코니혁산 (aconit ic acid) , 트라이카르발릴릭산 (tricarballyl ic acid) , 및 아미노산 (amino acid, -CH (匪 2)-C00H)으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 화합물로부터 유도 되는 작용기일 수 있다. (thiopentathiopentaerythritol) and dithiothreyl may be a functional group derived from a compound selected from the group consisting of (di thiothrei tol). Preferably, the non-lipophilic group is 1-carboxylic acid (1-carboxylic acid), 1,2-dicarboxylic acid (1,2-dicarboxylyc acid), 1,3-dicarboxylic acid (1,3 di carboxy lyc acid, benzenecarboxylic ic acid, benzenedicarboxylic acid, 1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid, benzene Tricarboxylic acid (benzene tri carboxy 1 ic acid), malic acid (maleic acid), maleic acid (taric acid), tartar acid (citric acid), maleamic acid (tnaleamic acid), gluta Consisting of glutamic acid, agaric acid, aconit ic acid, tricarballyl ic acid, and amino acid (amino acid, -CH (匪2 ) -C00H) It may be a functional group derived from a compound selected from the group.
바람직하게는 상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물은 하기 화학식 3a 내지 3i의 화합물 및 이들의 흔합물로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 것일 수 있 다:  Preferably, the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound may be selected from the group consisting of the compounds of the following formulas 3a to 3i and combinations thereof:
[화학식 3a]
Figure imgf000008_0001
[Formula 3a]
Figure imgf000008_0001
[화학식 3b]
Figure imgf000008_0002
[Formula 3b]
Figure imgf000008_0002
[화학식 3c]
Figure imgf000008_0003
[Formula 3c]
Figure imgf000008_0003
[화학식 3d]
Figure imgf000008_0004
[Formula 3d]
Figure imgf000008_0004
[화학식 3e]  [Formula 3e]
0¾)^¾ ᅳ (PEO)bs 0¾) ^ ¾ eu (PEO) bs
[화학식 3f]
Figure imgf000008_0005
[Formula 3f]
Figure imgf000008_0005
[화학식 3g]
Figure imgf000008_0006
[Formula 3g]
Figure imgf000008_0006
[화학식 3h]
Figure imgf000008_0007
[Formula 3h]
Figure imgf000008_0007
[화학식 3i]
Figure imgf000008_0008
[Formula 3i]
Figure imgf000008_0008
상기 화학식 3a 내지 3i에서,  In Chemical Formulas 3a to 3i,
Ri 내지 R9은 각각 독립적으로 탄소수 8 내지 30의 알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내지 30의 알케닐알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내지 30의 알키닐알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내 지 30의 아릴알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내지 30의 사이클로알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내지 30의 아릴기 ; 분자내 카르보닐기 (_C(=0)-), 에스테르기 (― C(=0)0-), 에테 르기 (-0-), 에틸렌옥사이드기 (-CH2CH20-), 아조기 (_N=N -), -COS- 및 -S— 로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 헤테로원자 함유 작용기를 포함하는 탄소수 8 내지 30의 헤테로알킬기, 헤테로사이클로알킬기 또는 헤테로아릴기 ; 및 이들의 조합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되며 , Ri to R 9 each independently represent an alkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; C8-C30 alkenylalkyl group; An alkynylalkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; Arylalkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; A cycloalkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; Aryl groups having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; Intramolecular carbonyl group (_C (= 0)-), ester group (-C (= 0) 0-), ether group (-0-), ethylene oxide group (-CH 2 CH 2 0-), azo group (_N = N-), -COS- and -S— carbon number containing a heteroatom-containing functional group selected from the group consisting of 8-30 heteroalkyl group, heterocycloalkyl group, or heteroaryl group; And combinations thereof,
X1( X2, X5, X7> X8 및 Χ9은 각각 독립적으로, -0-, -S-, -COO- ( -C0NH- , -C6H40- , -C6H4C00- , -C6H4C0NH- 및 단일결합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되 고 , X 1 ( X 2 , X 5 , X 7> X 8 and Χ9 are each independently, -0-, -S-, -COO- ( -C0NH-, -C 6 H 4 0-, -C 6 H 4 C00-, -C 6 H 4 C0NH- and selected from the group consisting of a single bond,
¾및 는 각각 독립적으로 단일결합, -0- 및 -C6H40-로 이루어진 군에 서 선택되고, ¾ and are each independently selected from the group consisting of a single bond, -0- and -C 6 H 4 0-,
X6는 단일결합, ᅳ0( ( -, -CH2CH2-, -C6H40C CH2-, -C6H4C00CH2CH2- 및 -(SiRaRb)-CH2CH2- (이때 Ra 및 Rb는 각각 수소원자이거나 또는 탄소수 1 내지 3의 알킬기임 )로 이루어진 군에서 선택되고, X 6 is a single bond, ᅳ 0 ((-, -CH 2 CH 2- , -C 6 H 4 0C CH 2- , -C 6 H 4 C00CH 2 CH 2 -and-(SiRaRb) -CH 2 CH 2- Wherein Ra and Rb are each hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and
PA, PAm, PS, PEO, FC, PT, CA 및 SP는 직접 또는 상기 내지 ¾의 연결기를 통해 내지 R9와 각각 공유결합을 형성하는 비친액정성기로서 PA는 히드록시기를 1 내지 8개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 30의 알코올 또 는 다가알코올로부터 유도되는 작용기이고, PA, PAm, PS, PEO, FC, PT, CA, and SP are non-lipophilic crystalline groups which form covalent bonds with R 9 , respectively, directly or through a linking group of the above to ¾, and PA is a carbon number containing 1 to 8 hydroxyl groups. A functional group derived from an alcohol or a polyhydric alcohol of 1 to 30,
PAm는 아민기를 1 내지 6개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 20의 아민 또는 다 가아민으로부터 유도되는 작용기이고,  PAm is a functional group derived from an amine or a polyvalent amine having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 1 to 6 amine groups,
PS는 실릴기를 2 내지 10개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 20의 실란계 화합 물로부터 유도되는 작용기이거나, 또는 실록시 (si loxy)기를 1 내지 10개 포함하는 선형, 분지형 또는 고리형 실록산계 화합물로부터 유도되는 작 용기이고,  PS is a functional group derived from a silane compound having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 2 to 10 silyl groups, or from a linear, branched or cyclic siloxane compound containing 1 to 10 siloxy groups. It is a small container that is induced,
PE0는 에틸렌옥사이드 (ethyleneoxide)기를 2 내지 20개 포함하는 하기 화학식 2a의 탄소수 4 내지 40의 선형 폴리옥시에틸렌 또는 하기 화학식 2b의 탄소수 4 내지 10의 고리형 폴리에틸렌글리콜로부터 유도되는 작용 기이고,  PE0 is a functional group derived from linear polyoxyethylene having 4 to 40 carbon atoms of Formula 2a or cyclic polyethylene glycol having 4 to 10 carbon atoms of Formula 2b including 2 to 20 ethylene oxide groups,
[화학식 2a]  [Formula 2a]
-CH.CHa-O-H -CH.CHa-O-H
[화학식 2b]
Figure imgf000009_0001
[Formula 2b]
Figure imgf000009_0001
(상기 화학식 2a 및 2b에서, m은 2 내지 20의 정수이고, n은 2 내지 5 의 정수이다)  (In Formulas 2a and 2b, m is an integer of 2 to 20, n is an integer of 2 to 5)
FC는 플루오로기를 9 내지 41개 포함하는 탄소수 4 내지 20의 플루오로 카본계 화합물로부터 유도되는 퍼플루오로알킬기 또는 퍼플루오로아릴기 이며 ,  FC is a perfluoroalkyl group or a perfluoroaryl group derived from a fluorocarbon compound having 4 to 20 carbon atoms containing 9 to 41 fluoro groups,
PT는 티올기 (-SH)를 1 내지 8개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 20의 티올 및 다가티을로부터 유도되는\작용기이고, PT is a thiol having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 1 to 8 thiol groups (-SH) and And that approach derived from tieul \ functionalities,
CA는 카르복실산기 (-C00H)를 1 내지 4개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 카르복실산 및 다가 카르복실산으로부터 유도되는 작용기이고,  CA is a functional group derived from a carboxylic acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and a polyvalent carboxylic acid containing 1 to 4 carboxylic acid groups (-C00H),
SP는 설포닉산기 (-S(=0)20H)를 1 내지 3개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10 의 설포닉산 또는 다가설포닉산으로부터 유도되는 작용기이거나, 설퍼릭 산기 (-0S(=0)20H)를 1 내지 3개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 설퍼릭산 또는 다가 설퍼릭산으로부터 유도되는 작용기이거나, 포스포닉산기 (- P(=0)(0H)2)를 1 내지 3개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 포스포닉산 또는 다가포스포닉산으로부터 유도되는 작용기이거나 또는 포스퍼릭산기 (-0- P(=0)(0H)2)를 1 내지 3개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 포스퍼릭산 또는 다가포스퍼릭산으로부터 유도되는 작용기이며 , 그리고, SP is a functional group derived from a sulfonic acid or a polysulfonic acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms containing 1 to 3 sulfonic acid groups (-S (= 0) 2 0H), or a sulfonic acid group (-0S (= 0) 2 0H) from 1 to, or functional groups derived from a sulfur acid or a polyvalent sulfur acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms containing three, phosphonic sulphonic acid group (- P (= 0) ( 0H) carbon atoms, including 2) 1-3 to Phosphoric acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, which is a functional group derived from 1 to 10 phosphonic acid or polyhydric phosphonic acid, or including 1 to 3 phosphoric acid groups (-0-P (= 0) (0H) 2 ) Or a functional group derived from a polyphosphoric acid, and
상기 al 내지 a9, 그리고 bl 내지 b9은 해당 작용기의 개수를 나타내는 수로, 각각 독립적으로 1 내지 3의 정수이다.  Al to a9 and bl to b9 are numbers representing the number of functional groups, and are each independently an integer of 1 to 3.
보다 바람직하게는, 상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물은 하기 화합물들 로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 것일 수 있다:  More preferably, the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound may be selected from the group consisting of the following compounds:
소르비탄 모노라우레이트 (Sorbitan monolaurate);  Sorbitan monolaurate;
소르비탄 모노팔미테이트 (Sorbitan monopalmi tate);  Sorbitan monopalmitate;
소르비탄 모노스테아레이트 (Sorbitan monostearate);  Sorbitan monostearate;
소르비탄 트리스테아레이트 (Sorbitan tristearate);  Sorbitan tristearate;
소르비탄 모노올레이트 (Sorbitan monooleate);  Sorbitan monooleate;
소르비탄 세스퀴올레이트 (Sorbitan sesquioleate);  Sorbitan sesquioleate;
소르비탄 트리올레이트 (Sorbitan trioleate);  Sorbitan trioleate;
폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 트리스테아레이트 (Polyoxyethylenesorbitan tr i stearate);  Polyoxyethylenesorbitan tr i stearate;
폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 트리올레이트 (Polyoxyethylenesorbitan trioleate);  Polyoxyethylene sorbitan trioleate;
폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 스테아레이트 (Polyoxyethylenesorbitan stearate);  Polyoxyethylene sorbitan stearate;
폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 올레이트 (Polyoxyethylenesorbitan oleate); 디핵^ "데 71"노일 글리세롤 (Dihexadecanoyl glycerol , dipalmi t in); 디옥타데카노일 글리세를 (Dioctadecanoyl glycerol );  Polyoxyethylenesorbitan oleate; Dinudecanoyl glycerol, dipalmitin; Dioctadecanoyl glycerol; Dinudecanoyl glycerol;
디올레오일 글리세를 (Dioleoyl glycerol);  Dioleoyl glycerol;
옥틸 갈레이트 (Octyl gallate);  Octyl gallate;
라우릴 갈레이트 (Lauryl gallate);  Lauryl gallate;
아스코르빅산 6-팔미테이트 (Ascorbic acid 6-palmi tate);  Ascorbic acid 6-palmitate;
매나이드 모노을레이트 (Mann ide monooleate);  Mannide monooleate;
1,2-도데칸디올(1,2-1)0(1^3116(1101);  1,2-dodecanediol (1,2-1) 0 (1 ^ 3116 (1101);
1, 2-핵사데칸디올 ( 1, 2-Hexadecaned i o 1 );  1, 2-nuxadecanediol (1, 2-Hexadecaned i o 1);
핵사데칸 1,2-디아민 (Hexadecane 1,2-diamine);  Hexadecane 1,2-diamine;
옥틴:산 (Octanoic acid); 데칸산 (Decanoic acid); Octinic acid; Decanoic acid;
도데칸산 (Dodecanoic acid);  Dodecanoic acid;
헥사데칸산 (Hexadecanoic acid, Palmitic acid);  Hexadecanoic acid (Hexadecanoic acid, Palmitic acid);
옥타데칸산 (Octadecanoic acid, Stearic acid);  Octadecanoic acid (Stearic acid);
디핵 }데실 포스페이트 (Dihexadecyl phosphate);  Dihexadecyl phosphate;
핵사데실술폰산 (hexadecylsulfonic acid);  Nuxadecylsulfonic acid;
도더】실벤젠술폰산 (dodecylbenzene sul fonic acid);  Dodecylbenzene sul fonic acid;
1-데칸을 (1-Decanol);  1-decane (1-Decanol);
1-도데칸올 (1-Dodecanol);  1-dodecanol;
1-핵사데칸올 (1-Hexadecanol);  1-nuxadecanol;
1-옥타데칸올 (1-Octadecanol );  1-octadecanol (1-Octadecanol);
옥틸아민 (Octylamine);  Octylamine;
데실아민 (Decylamine);  Decylamine;
도데실아민 ( Dodecy 1 amine);  Dodecy 1 amine;
메타크릴옥시 메틸펜에틸 트리스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란 아이소머  Methacryloxy methylphenethyl tris (trimethylsiloxy) silane isomer
(methacryloxy methy lpenethy 1 tris(trimethylsi loxy)silane isomer); 메틸옥타데실 비스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란 (methyl-octadecyl  (methacryloxy methy lpenethy 1 tris (trimethylsi loxy) silane isomer); methyl-octadecyl bis (trimethylsiloxy) silane (methyl-octadecyl
bis(tr imethylsi loxy)si lane); bis (tr imethylsi loxy) si lane);
폴리옥시어 ί틸렌소르비탄 트리스테아레이트 (polyoxyethylenesorbitane tr i stearate);  Polyoxyethylenesorbitane tr i stearate;
도데실페닐술폰산 (dodecylphenyl sul fonic acid);  Dodecylphenyl sul fonic acid;
하기 화학식 3j의 갈레0ᅵ트 유도체 (Gallate derivative); To 0 Gale iteu derivative of formula 3j (Gallate derivative);
Figure imgf000011_0001
Figure imgf000011_0001
폴리옥시에틸렌 (2) 스테아릴 에테르 (polyoxyethylen (2) stearyl ether);  Polyoxyethylen (2) stearyl ether;
데실 갈레이트 (Decyl gallate);  Decyl gallate;
팔미트산 (Palmitic acid) .  Palmitic acid.
상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물은 상기 친액정성 영역과 비친액정성 영역 중 적어도 어느 한 영역에 광반웅성기를 더 포함할 수 있다.  The lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound may further include a photobanung group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
상기 광반웅성기는 아크릴기, 메타크릴기, 신나메이트기, 쿠마린기, 챠 콘기 , 비닐기, 티올기, 엔기, 디엔기, 티올엔기, 및 아세틸렌기로 이루어 진 군에서 선택되는 것일 수 있다.  The photo-banung group may be selected from the group consisting of an acryl group, methacryl group, cinnamate group, coumarin group, chacon group, vinyl group, thiol group, en group, diene group, thiol group, and acetylene group.
바람직하게는, 상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 상기 친액정성 영역 과 비친액정성 영역 중 적어도 어느 한 영역에 광반웅성기를 더 포함하는 광반웅성 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이며, 상기 광반응성 친액정성 -비친 액정성 화합물은 하기 화합물들로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 것일 수 있 다: Preferably, the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound is a photo-banung lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound further comprising a photobanung group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region. Photoreactive Hydrophilic Crystal-Mirrored The liquid crystalline compound may be selected from the group consisting of the following compounds:
펜타에리쓰리톨 디아크릴레이트 모노스테아레이트 (Pentaerythritol di aery 1 at e monost earat e);  Pentaerythritol diacrylate monostearate (Pentaerythritol di aery 1 at e monost earat e);
펜타에리쓰리를 모노아크릴레이트 모노스테아레이트 (Pentaerythritol monoacryl ate monostearate);  Pentaerythritol monopentathritol monoacrylate monostearate;
글루코실 메타크릴레이트 (methacryloctyloxyphenolglucose) 또는 그 유 도체;  Glucosyl methacrylate (methacryloctyloxyphenolglucose) or derivatives thereof;
[4- (메타크릴로일옥시메틸)페닐]에틸-트리스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란 ([4- (methacryloy loxymethy 1 ) henyl ] ethy l~t r i s( t r imethy 1 s i lyloxy)si 1 ane) ); 메타크릴옥시메틸펜에틸트리스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란 [4- (methacryloyloxymethyl) phenyl] ethyl-tris (trimethylsiloxy) silane ([4- (methacryloy loxymethy 1) henyl] ethy l - tris (tr imethy 1 si lyloxy) si 1 ane); Methacryloxymethylphenethyltris (trimethylsiloxy) silane
( me thacry loxymeth lphene thy 1 tris(trimethylsi loxy)s i 1 ane) . (me thacry loxymeth lphene thy 1 tris (trimethylsi loxy) s i 1 ane).
상기 광반웅성 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물은 액정 수직배향 유도체 총 중량에 대하여 3 내지 100중량 >의 함량으로 포함될 수 있다.  The photo-banung lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound may be included in an amount of 3 to 100% by weight based on the total weight of the liquid crystal vertical alignment derivative.
상기 액정 수직배향 유도제는 하기 화합물로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 광반응성의 게 2의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 더 포함할 수 있다: 펜타에리쓰리를 트리아크릴레이트 (pentaerythritol triacrylate); 펜타에리쓰리를 테트라아크릴레이트 (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate); 폴리 (에틸렌글리콜)메틸에테르 메타크릴레이트 (poly(ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacry 1 ate);  The liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent may further include a photoreactive Cg-2 non-lipophilic crystalline compound selected from the group consisting of the following compounds: pentaerythritol triacrylate (pentaerythritol triacrylate); Tetraacrylate (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate); poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacrylate (poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacry 1 ate);
폴리 (에틸렌글리콜) 메틸 에테르 아크릴레이트 (Poly(ethylene glycol) methyl ether acrylate);  Poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether acrylate;
히드록시부틸 아크릴레이트;  Hydroxybutyl acrylate;
하기 화학식 4j의 글리세롤 유도체 ;
Figure imgf000012_0001
A glycerol derivative of the formula 4j;
Figure imgf000012_0001
글리코실옥시에틸 메타크릴레이트 (Glycosyloxyethyl methacrylate); 트리데카플루오로옥틸 메타크릴레이트 (tridecaf luorooctyl  Glycosyloxyethyl methacrylate; Tridecaf luorooctyl
methacrylate); methacrylate);
폴리 (에틸렌글리콜)메틸에테르 메타크릴레이트 (poly(ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacry 1 ate) .  Poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacry 1 ate.
상기 액정 수직배향 유도제가 하기 화합물로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 제 2의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 더 포함할 수 있다:  The liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer may further include a second lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound selected from the group consisting of the following compounds:
핵실 갈레이트 (Hexyl gallate);  Hexyl gallate;
n-도데실 β -D-말톡사이드 (n-dodecyl β -D-maltoside); 프로필 갈레이트 (Propyl gal late); n-dodecyl β-D-maltoside; Propyl gal late;
1, 2-핵산디올 ( 1, 2-Hexanedio 1 );  1, 2-nucleic acid diol (1, 2-Hexanedio 1);
핵사노익산 (Hexanoic acid);  Hexanoic acid;
1-핵사놀 (1-Hexanol);  1-nuxanol;
1-핵실아민 (1-Hexylamine);  1-hexylamine;
1 ,3-비스 (3-메타아크릴옥시프로필)테트라키스 (트리메틸실록시 )디실록산 ( 1 , 3-bi s(3-methacry loxypropy 1 )tetrakis(trimethylsi 1 oxy)di s i loxane); 1,3-bis (3-methacryloxypropyl) tetrakis (trimethylsiloxy) disiloxane (1,3-bi s (3-methacryloxypropy 1) tetrakis (trimethylsi 1 oxy) di s i loxane);
3-메타크릴옥시프로필펜타메틸디실록산 (3-methacryloxypropyl pentamethyl di si loxane); 3-methacryloxypropyl pentamethyl di si loxane;
(3-아크릴옥시프로필)트리스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란 - acry loy loxypropy 1 )tris(trimethylsi loxy)si lane);  (3-acryloxypropyl) tris (trimethylsiloxy) silane-acry loy loxypropy 1) tris (trimethylsioxy) si lane);
(3-메타크릴아미도프로필 )비스 (트리메틸실록시 )메틸실란 ((3- methacry 1 amidopropy 1 )bis(tr imethylsi loxy)methyl s i lane) .  (3-methacrylamidopropyl) bis (trimethylsiloxy) methylsilane ((3-methacry 1 amidopropy 1) bis (tr imethylsioxy) methyl s i lane).
본 발명의 다른 일 구현예에 따르면, 액정 호스트; 및  According to another embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal host; And
액정 호스트에 대해 화학적으로 친화성이 높은 친액정성기를 포함하는 친액정성 영역과 액정 호스트에 대해 친화성이 낮은 비친액정성기를 포함 하는 비친액정성 영역을 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 1종 이 상 포함하고, 상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 중 적어도 하나는 친액정 성 영역에 탄소수 8 이상의 친액정성기를 1개 이상 포함하는 것이며 , 하기 수학식 1에 따라 계산된 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')이 0.5 내지 6인 액 정 수직배향 유도제를 포함하는 액정층 형성용 조성물을 제공한다.  A lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound comprising a lipophilic crystalline region including a lipophilic crystalline group having a high chemical affinity for a liquid crystal host and a non-lipophilic crystalline region including a non-lipophilic crystalline group having a low affinity for a liquid crystal host. And at least one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds include at least one lipophilic crystalline group having 8 or more carbon atoms in the lipophilic crystalline region, and a non-lipophilic crystal calculated according to Equation 1 below. Provided is a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer containing a liquid crystal vertical alignment guide having a sex ratio (Χ ′) of 0.5 to 6.
[수학식 1]  [Equation 1]
Η I ¾ ') ,* )I 상기 수학식 1에서, Η I ¾ ') ,* ) I
n은 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 종류 의 개수를 나타내는 1 이상의 정수이고,  n is an integer of 1 or more indicating the number of types of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer,
X는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 비친액정성 비율로 하 기 수학식 1-1에 따라 계산되며,  X is a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is calculated according to Equation 1-1 below. ,
[수학식 1-1] 해당화합물중비진액정성 기의분자량 [Equation 1-1] Molecular weight of non-true liquid crystalline group in the compound
x- ― : ~― X10  x- ― : ~ ― X10
해당화 물의 ^자량 γ는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 중량비로, 하기 수학식 1-2에 따라 계산된다.  ^ Molecular weight γ of the corresponding compound is the weight ratio of any one of the lipophilic crystalline-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, and is calculated according to the following formula 1-2. do.
[수학식 1-2],  [Equation 1-2],
해 화합물의중량  Weight of compound
Y= —— :  Y = —— :
화 울들의총중  Of the wool
상기 액정층 형성용 조성물에 있어서, 액정 수직배향 유도제는 자가조 립에 의해 안정화된 미세조립체의 형태로 액정호스트 증에 분산되어 존재 할 수 있다,  In the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer, the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent may be present dispersed in the liquid crystal host in the form of a microassembly stabilized by self-assembly,
상기 액정층 형성용 조성물에 있어서, 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 상기 친액정성 영역과 비친액정성 영역 중 적어도 어느 한 영역에 광반웅 성기를 더 포함할 수 있다.  In the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer, the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound may further include a photobanic group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
상기 액정층 형성용 조성물에 있어서, 액정 수직배향 유도제가 액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 0.01 내지 5중량 %로 포함될 수 있다. 본 발명의 또 다른 일 구현예에 따르면, 제 1기판 및 제 2기판에 대해 각 각 제 1및 게 2전극을 형성하는 전극형성단계 ; 그리고 상기 제 1 및 제 2전극 을 각각 포함하는 제 1기판과 제 2기판을 전극들끼리 대면하도록 하여 접합 한 후 제 1기판과 제 2기판 사이의 공간에 액정층 형성용 조성물을 주입하 거나, 또는 상기 제 1 및 제 2전극을 각각 포함하는 제 1기판과 게 2기판 중 어느 하나에 대해 진공 하에서 액정층 형성용 조성물을 적하하여 액정층 을 형성한 후 나머지 기판ᅳ을 전극들끼리 대면하도록 접합하여 조립체를 제조하는 단계를 포함하며,  In the liquid crystal layer forming composition, the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent may be included in an amount of 0.01 to 5% by weight based on the total weight of the liquid crystal layer forming composition. According to another embodiment of the present invention, an electrode forming step of forming a first electrode and a second electrode for each of the first substrate and the second substrate; The first substrate and the second substrate including the first and second electrodes, respectively, are bonded to each other so that the electrodes face each other, and then a liquid crystal layer forming composition is injected into a space between the first substrate and the second substrate, Alternatively, a liquid crystal layer is formed by dropping the liquid crystal layer forming composition under vacuum with respect to any one of the first substrate and the second substrate including the first and second electrodes, respectively, and bonding the remaining substrates 전극 to face the electrodes. Manufacturing an assembly by
상기 액정층 형성용 조성물은 액정호스트, 및  The liquid crystal layer forming composition is a liquid crystal host, and
액정 호스트에 대해 화학적으로 친화성이 높은 친액정성기를 포함하는 친액정성 영역과 액정 호스트에 대해 친화성이 낮은 비친액정성기를 포함 하는 비친액정성 영역을 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 1종 이 상 포함하고, 상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 중 적어도 하나는 친액정 성 영역에 탄소수 8 이상의 친액정성기를 1개 이상 포함하는 것이며, 하 기 수학식 1에 따라 계산된 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')이 0.5 내지 6인 액정 수 직배향 유도제를 포함하는 것인 액정표시장치의 제조방법을 제공한다.  A lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound comprising a lipophilic crystalline region including a lipophilic crystalline group having a high chemical affinity for a liquid crystal host and a non-lipophilic crystalline region including a non-lipophilic crystalline group having a low affinity for a liquid crystal host. At least one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds include at least one lipophilic crystalline group having 8 or more carbon atoms in the lipophilic crystalline region, and It provides a liquid crystal display device manufacturing method comprising a liquid crystal vertical alignment guide having a liquid crystalline ratio (? ') Of 0.5 to 6.
[수학식 1]
Figure imgf000014_0001
상기 수학식 1에서,
[Equation 1]
Figure imgf000014_0001
In Equation 1,
n은 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 종류 의 개수를 나타내는 1 이상의 정수이고,  n is an integer of 1 or more indicating the number of types of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer,
X는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 비친액정성 비율로 하 기 수학식 1-1에 따라 계산되며,  X is a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is calculated according to Equation 1-1 below. ,
[수학식 1-1]  [Equation 1-1]
히!당화합뭏중비친액정성 기의분자량  Hi! Molecular weight of sugar-infused liquid crystalline liquid group
χ= ; ; ' χίό χ = ; ′ χίό
°H¾-화합물의분자량 γ는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 중량비로, 하기 수학식 1-2에 따라 계산된다.  The molecular weight γ of the H¾-compound is the weight ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is represented by the following formula 1-2. Is calculated accordingly.
[수학식 1-2]  [Equation 1-2]
해당호ᅡ합물의중량  Weight of the corresponding compound
Ϋ= : Ϋ = :
Figure imgf000015_0001
Figure imgf000015_0001
상기 제조방법에 있어서, 액정층 형성용 조성물은 액정 수직배향 유도 제가 자가조립에 의해 안정화된 미세조립체의 형태로 액정호스트 중에 분 산되어 존재하는 것일 수 있다.  In the above manufacturing method, the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer may be present in the liquid crystal host in the form of a microassembly stabilized by the self-assembly liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent.
상기 제조방법에 있어서, 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 상기 친액정성 영역과 비친액정성 영역 중 적어도 어느 한 영역에 광반웅성기를 더 포함 하는 것일 수 있다.  In the above production method, the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound may further include a photobanung group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
상기 제조방법에 있어서, 액정 수직배향 유도제가 액정층 형성용 조성 물 총 중량에 대하여 0.01 내지 5중량 ¾>로 포함될 수 있다.  In the above manufacturing method, the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide may be included in an amount of 0.01 to 5 wt ¾> based on the total weight of the composition for forming the liquid crystal layer.
상기 제조방법은 조립체의 제조 후 제 1기판과 제 2기판 사이에 전기장 을 인가하고, 광 조사하는 단계를 더 포함할 수 있다.  The manufacturing method may further include applying an electric field between the first substrate and the second substrate after the manufacture of the assembly, and irradiating light.
본 발명의 또 다른 일 구현예에 따르면, 서로 대향하여 위치하는 제 1 기판과 제 2기판; 상기 제 1기판과 제 2기판의 상호 대향되는 면에 각각 형성된 제 1전극과 제 2전극; 그리고 상기 제 1기판과 상기 제 2기판 시— 이에 개재되어 위치하는 액정층을 포함하며 ,  According to another embodiment of the invention, the first substrate and the second substrate which are located facing each other; First and second electrodes formed on opposite surfaces of the first substrate and the second substrate, respectively; And a liquid crystal layer positioned between the first substrate and the second substrate— interposed therebetween.
상기 액정층은 액정호스트 , 및 액정 호스트에 대해 화학적으로 친화성 이 높은 친액정성기를 포함하는 친액정성 영역과 액정 호스트에 대해 친 화성이 낮은 비친액정성기를 포함하는 비친액정성 영역을 포함하는 친액 정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 1종 이상 포함하고, 상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 중 적어도 하나는 친액정성 영역에 탄소수 8 이상의 친액정성기를 1개 이상 포함하는 것이며, The liquid crystal layer includes a liquid crystal host and a non-liquid crystalline region including a lipophilic crystalline region having a chemically high affinity for a liquid crystal host and a non-lipophilic crystalline group having a low affinity for a liquid crystal host. At least one lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound, at least one of the lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds includes at least one lipophilic crystalline group having at least 8 carbon atoms in the lipophilic crystalline region,
¾ ^Κ ¾ 빈친액정성 비율 (Χ')이 0.5 내지 6인 액 정 수직배향 유도제를 포함하는 것인 액정표시장치를 제공한다.¾ ¾ ^ Κ binchin liquid crystal rate (Χ ') the liquid is 0.5 to 6 Provided is a liquid crystal display comprising a positive alignment guide.
[수학식 1] y!친 ^정성비 #(x'> -∑ (Xᅳ γ)η 상기 수학식 1에서, [Equation 1] y! Chin ^ Serial Ratio # (x '> -∑ (X ᅳ γ) η
η은 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 종류 의 개수를 나타내는 1 이상의 정수이고,  η is an integer of 1 or more indicating the number of types of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent,
X는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 증 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 비친액정성 비율로 하 기 수학식 1-1에 따라 계산되며,  X is a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is calculated according to Equation 1-1 below. ,
[수학식 1-1]  [Equation 1-1]
해당화합울중비친액청성 기의분자량  Molecular weight of non-liquid-free liquid group
xk : -xio;  xk: -xio;
해당화합물의분자량  Molecular weight of the compound
Y는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 중량비로, 하기 수학식 1-2에 따라 계산된다. Y is a weight ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, and is calculated according to the following formula 1-2.
[수학식 1-2]  [Equation 1-2]
해당화합물의중량  Weight of the compound
Ϋ=  Ϋ =
화합 #들의총중량  Unit weight of #
상기 액정표시장치에 있어서, 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 상기 친액 정성 영역과 비친액정성 영역 중 적어도 어느 한 영역에 광반웅성기를 더 포함하는 광반응성의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이며, 상기 액정층은 상 기 광반웅성의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 광중합체를 더 포함하는 것 일 수 있다.  In the above liquid crystal display device, a lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound is a photoreactive lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound further comprising a photobanung group in at least one of the lyophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region. The liquid crystal layer may further include a photopolymer of the photo-reflective lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound.
상기 액정표시장치는 액정층과 제 1 또는 제 2전극 사이에 액정 수직배향 유도제를 포함하는 액정의 수직배향 및 광안정화 층을 더 포함할 수 있다 상기 액정표시장치에 있어서, 상기 제 1 및 제 2 전극 중 어느 하나 또는 둘 모두가 패턴화된 것일 수 있다.  The liquid crystal display may further include a vertical alignment and a light stabilization layer of a liquid crystal including a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent between the liquid crystal layer and the first or second electrode. Either or both of the electrodes may be patterned.
본 발명의 또 다른 일 구현예에 따르면, 액정 수직배향 유도제가 자가 조립에 의해 미세조립체를 형성하여 액정 호스트중에 균일하게 분산되어 있는 액정층 형성용 조성물을 이용하여 배향 안정성을 갖는 액정의 수직 배향을 유도하는 방법을 제공한다.  According to another embodiment of the present invention, the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent forms a fine assembly by self-assembly to form a vertical alignment of the liquid crystal having an alignment stability by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host. Provide a way to induce.
본 발명의 또 다른 일 구현예에 따르면, 광반웅성의 액정 수직배향 유 도제가 자가조립에 의해 미세조립체를 형성하여 액정 호스트중에 균일하 게 분산되어 있는 액정층 형성용 조성물을 이용하여 액정의 수직배향 및 광안정화를 유도하는 방법을 제공한다. According to another embodiment of the present invention, the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer of light reflection is formed by the self-assembly to form a microassembly that is uniform in the liquid crystal host. It provides a method for inducing vertical alignment and photo stabilization of the liquid crystal using a liquid crystal layer forming composition which is dispersed.
본 발명의 또 다른 일 구현예에 따르면 , 광반응성의 액정 수직배향 유 도제가 자가조립에 의해 미세조립체를 형성하여 액정 호스트중에 균일하 게 분산되어 있는 액정층 형성용 조성물에 대하여 전기장을 인가하고 광 조사를 실시함으로써 액정층과 전극층의 사이에 절연성의 액정 수직배향 및 광안정화 층을 형성하는 방법을 제공한다.  According to another embodiment of the present invention, a photoreactive liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer forms a microassembly by self-assembly and applies an electric field to the liquid crystal layer forming composition uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host. By irradiating, there is provided a method of forming an insulating liquid crystal vertical alignment and light stabilization layer between the liquid crystal layer and the electrode layer.
기타 본 발명의 구현예들의 구체적인 사항은 이하의 상세한 설명에 포 함되어 있다.  Other specific details of the embodiments of the present invention are included in the following detailed description.
발명의 효과 Effects of the Invention
본 발명에 따른 액정 수직배향 유도제는 액정호스트 내에서 자가조립화 된 미세집합체를 형성함으로써 액정호스트내에 균일하게 분산될 수 있어, 액정층 형성시 선처리된 배향층 없이도 액정 호스트의 수직배향을 유도하 고, 액정의 선경사각을 안정화시키며, 그 결과로 액정표시장치의 제조공 정을 단순화하고 액정표시장치의 성능 및 신뢰성을 향상시킬 수 있다 . 도면의 간단한 설명  The liquid crystal vertical alignment induction agent according to the present invention can be uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host by forming a self-assembled microassembly in the liquid crystal host, and induces vertical alignment of the liquid crystal host without the pre-treated alignment layer when forming the liquid crystal layer Also, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal can be stabilized. As a result, the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display can be simplified and the performance and reliability of the liquid crystal display can be improved. Brief description of the drawings
도 1은 종래 액정 표시 소자의 제조공정을 개략적으로 나타낸 공정도이 다.  1 is a process diagram schematically showing a manufacturing process of a conventional liquid crystal display device.
도 2a는 본 발명의 일 구현예에 따른 액정층 형성용 조성물을 나타낸 모식도이고, 도 2b는 상기 조성물내에 분산된 미세조립체의 구조를 나타 낸 모식도이며, 도 2c는 상기 조성물내 포함되는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화 합물의 구조를 나타낸 모식도이다.  Figure 2a is a schematic diagram showing a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer according to an embodiment of the present invention, Figure 2b is a schematic diagram showing the structure of the microassembly dispersed in the composition, Figure 2c is a lipophilic crystal contained in the composition Schematic diagram showing the structure of non-liquid crystalline compounds.
도 3은 본 발명의 일 구현예에 따른 액정표시장치의 제조공정을 개략적 으로 나타낸 공정도이다.  3 is a flowchart schematically illustrating a manufacturing process of a liquid crystal display according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention.
도 4a는 실시예 1에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에서의 액정층을 직교 편 광자 하에서의 편광현미경으로 관찰한 사진이고, 도 4b는 상기 도 4a에 대한 코노스코프 이미지 (conoscopic image)이다.  FIG. 4A is a photograph of the liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal display device manufactured in Example 1 under a polarization microscope under an orthogonal polarizer. FIG. 4B is a conoscopic image of FIG. 4A.
도 5a는 실시예 1에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 전 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이고, 도 5b는 전기장 인 가 직후 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이고, 도 5c는 전기장 인가 후 시 간의 경과에 따른 액정분자 배열의 변화를 관찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 5A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 1, FIG. 5B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an electric field is applied, and FIG. 5C. Is a photograph observing the change in the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules with the passage of time after application of the electric field.
도 6a는 실시예 1에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 및 광조사 후, 무전계 상태에서 전압 인가 전 액정 배열 상 태를 관찰한 사진이고, 도 6b는 전압 인가 직후 액정 배열의 스위칭을 관 찰한 사진이고, 도 6c는 전압 인가 후 시간의 경과에 따른 액정분자 배열 의 변화를 관찰한 사진이다. FIG. 6A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after an electric field application and light irradiation to a liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in the liquid crystal display according to Example 1, and FIG. 6B is a liquid crystal array immediately after voltage application. 6C shows the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules over time after voltage application. This picture shows changes in the
도 7a는 실시예 2에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 전 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이고, 도 7b는 전기장 인 가 직후 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이고, 도 7c는 전기장 인가 후 시 간의 경과에 따른 액정분자 배열의 변화를 관찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 7A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 2, FIG. 7B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an electric field is applied, and FIG. 7C. Is a photograph observing the change in the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules with the passage of time after application of the electric field.
도 8a는 실시예 2에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 및 광조사 후, 무전계 상태에서 전압 인가 전 액정 배열 상 태를 관찰한 사진이고, 도 8b는 전압 인가 직후 액정 배열의 스위칭을 관 찰한 사진이고, 도 8c는 전압 인가 후 시간의 경과에 따른 액정분자 배열 의 변화를 관찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 8A is a photograph of the liquid crystal array after the electric field application and the light irradiation to the liquid crystal layer and before the voltage application in the electroless state in the liquid crystal display device manufactured in Example 2, and FIG. 8B is a liquid crystal array immediately after voltage application. Figure 8c is a photograph observing the switching, Figure 8c is a photograph observing the change in the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules over time after voltage application.
도 9a는 실시예 3에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 전 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이고, 도 9b는 전기장 인 가 직후 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이다.  9A is a photograph observing the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before applying an electric field to the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 3, and FIG. 9B is a photograph observing the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after the electric field is applied.
도 10a는 실시예 3에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 및 광조사 후, 무전계 상태에서 전압 인가 전 액정 배열 상 태를 관찰한 사진이고, 도 10b는 전압 인가 후 액정 배열의 스위칭을 관 찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 10A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer and irradiating light to the liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in FIG. This is an observation of the switching.
도 11a는 실시예 4에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 전 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이고, 도 lib는 전기장 인 가 직후 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 11A is a photograph observing an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 4, and FIG. Lib is a photograph observing an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an electric field is applied.
도 12a는 실시예 4에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 및 광조사 후, 무전계 상태에서 전압 인가 전 액정 배열 상 태를 관찰한 사진이고, 도 12b는 전압 인가 후 액정 배열와 스위칭을 관 찰한 사진이다.  12A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after applying an electric field to the liquid crystal layer and irradiating light to the liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in FIG. It is a photograph observing switching.
도 13a는 실시예 5에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 전 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이고, 도 13b는 전기장 인 가 직후 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 13A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 5, and FIG. 13B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an electric field is applied.
도 14a는 실시예 5에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 및 광조사 후, 무전계 상태에서 전압 인가 전 액정 배열 상 태를 관찰한 사진아고, 도 Ub는 전압 인가 후 액정 배열의 스위칭을 관 찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 14A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer and irradiating light to the liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in FIG. This is an observation of the switching.
도 15a는 실시예 6에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 전 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이고, 도 15b는 전기장 인 가 직후 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이다. FIG. 15A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 6, and FIG. 15B is an electric field It is a photograph observing the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after.
도 16a는 실시예 6에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 및 광조사 후, 무전계 상태에서 전압 인가 전 액정 배열 상 태를 관찰한 사진이고, 도 16b는 전압 인가 후 액정 배열의 스위칭을 관 찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 16A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer and irradiating light to the liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in the liquid crystal display according to Example 6, and FIG. 16B illustrates a liquid crystal array after applying voltage. This is an observation of the switching.
도 17a는 실시예 7에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 전 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이고, 도 17b는 전기장 인 가 직후 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 17A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 7, and FIG. 17B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an electric field is applied.
도 18a는 실시예 7에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 및 광조사 후, 무전계 상태에서 전압 인가 전 액정 배열 상 태를 관찰한 사진이고, 도 18b는 전압 인가 후 액정 배열의 스위칭올 관 찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 18A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer and irradiating light in the liquid crystal display according to Example 7 and before applying voltage in an electroless state, and FIG. 18B is a liquid crystal array after applying voltage. This is a photograph of the switching alley.
도 19a는 실시예 8에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 전 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이고, 도 19b는 전기장 인 가 직후 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이며, 도 19c는 전기장 인가 후 시간의 경과에 따른 액정분자 배열의 변화를 관찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 19A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 8, FIG. 19B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an electric field is applied, and FIG. 19C. Is a photograph observing the change in the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules over time after applying the electric field.
도 20a는 실시예 8에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 및 광조사 후, 무전계 상태에서 전압 인가 전 액정 배열 상 태를 관찰한 사진이고, 도 20b는 전압 인가 직후 액정 배열의 스위칭을 관찰한 사진이며, 도 20c는 전압 인가 후 시간의 경과에 따른 액정분자 배열의 변화를 관찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 20A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after an electric field application and light irradiation to a liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in the liquid crystal display according to Example 8, and FIG. 20B illustrates a liquid crystal array immediately after voltage application. FIG. 20C is a photograph of observing a change in arrangement of liquid crystal molecules with time after voltage is applied.
도 21a는 실시예 9에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 전 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이고, 도 21b는 전기장 인 가 직후 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이며, 도 21c는 전기장 인가 후 시간의 경과에 따른 액정분자 배열의 변화를 관찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 21A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 9, FIG. 21B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an electric field is applied, and FIG. 21C. Is a photograph observing the change in the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules over time after applying the electric field.
도 22a는 실시예 9에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 및 광조사 후, 무전계 상태에서 전압 인가 전 액정 배열 상 태를 관찰한 사진이고, 도 22b는 전압 인가 직후 액정 배열의 스위칭을 관찰한 사진이며, 도 22c는 전압 인가 후 시간의 경과에 따른 액정분자 배열의 변화를 관찰한 사진이다.  22A is a photograph of the liquid crystal array after the electric field application and light irradiation to the liquid crystal layer and before the voltage application in the electroless state in the liquid crystal display according to Example 9, and FIG. 22B is a liquid crystal array immediately after voltage application. FIG. 22C is a photograph of observing a change in arrangement of liquid crystal molecules with time after applying voltage. FIG.
도 23a는 실시예 10에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대 한 전기장 인가 전 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이고, 도 23b는 전기장 인가 직후 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이며, 도 23c는 전기장 인가 후 시간의 경과에 따른 액정분자 배열의 변화를 관찰한 사진이다. 도 24a는 실시예 10에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대 한 전기장 인가 및 광조사 후, 무전계 상태에서 전압 인가 전 액정 배열 상태를 관찰한 사진이고, 도 24b는 전압 인가 직후 액정 배열의 스위칭을 관찰한 사진이며, 도 24c는 전압 인가 후 시간의 경과에 따른 액정분자 배열의 변화를 관찰한 사진이다. FIG. 23A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 10, FIG. 23B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an application of an electric field, and FIG. 23C. After applying the electric field It is a photograph observing the change of the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules over time. FIG. 24A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer and irradiating light to the liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in the liquid crystal display according to Example 10, and FIG. 24B illustrates a liquid crystal array immediately after voltage application. FIG. 24C is a photograph of observing a change in arrangement of liquid crystal molecules over time after voltage application.
도 25a는 실시예 11에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대 한 전기장 인가 전 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이고, 도 25b는 전기장 인가 직후 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 25A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display according to Example 11, and FIG. 25B is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules immediately after an application of an electric field.
도 26a는 실시예 11에서 제조한 액정 표시 장치에 있어서 액정층에 대 한 전기장 인가 및 광조사 후, 무전계 상태에서 전압 인가 전 액정 배열 상태를 관찰한 사진이고, 도 26b는 전압 인가 후 액정 배열의 스위칭을 관찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 26A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array after applying an electric field to a liquid crystal layer and irradiating light on the liquid crystal layer and before applying voltage in an electroless state in the liquid crystal display according to Example 11, and FIG. 26B is a liquid crystal array after applying voltage. This picture shows the switching of.
도 27은 시험예 1에서 핵실갈레이트를 포함하는 액정층 형성용 조성물 을 이용하여 제조한 액정표시장치에 대한 전기장 인가 전 편광현미경을 이용하여 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 27 is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules using a polarizing microscope before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer including nucleus gallate in Test Example 1. FIG.
도 28은 시험예 1에서 데실갈레이트를 포함하는 액정층 형성용 조성물 을 이용하여 제조한 액정표시장치에 대한 전기장 인가 전 편광현미경을 이용하여 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 28 is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules using a polarizing microscope before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer including decyl gallate in Test Example 1. FIG.
도 29은 시험예 1에서 옥타데칸을 포함하는 액정층 형성용 조성물을 이 용하여 제조한 액정표시장치에 대한 전기장 인가 전 편광현미경을 이용하 여 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이다.  FIG. 29 is a photograph of the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules using a polarizing microscope before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer including octadecane in Test Example 1. FIG.
도 30a는 시험예 1에서 1-옥타데칸올을 포함하는 액정층 형성용 조성물 을 이용하여 제조한 액정표시장치에 대한 전기장 인가 전 편광현미경을 이용하여 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진이고, 도 30b는 코노스코피 관찰 사진이다.  FIG. 30A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules using a polarizing microscope before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer including 1-octadecanol in Test Example 1, FIG. 30B. Is a picture of a constipation observation.
도 31은 시험예 2에서 실시번호 2-1의 액정층 형성용 조성물을 이용하 여 제조한 액정표시장치에 대한 전기장 인가 전 편광현미경을 이용하여 관찰한 액정배향 관찰 사진이다.  FIG. 31 is a photograph of liquid crystal alignment observation observed using a polarizing microscope before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer of Example 2-1 in Test Example 2.
도 32은 시험예 2에서 실시번호 2-4의 액정층 형성용 조성물을 이용하 여 제조한 액정표시장치에 대한 전기장 인가 전 편광현미경을 이용하여 관찰한 액정배향 관찰 사진이다.  FIG. 32 is a photograph of liquid crystal alignment observation observed using a polarizing microscope before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer of Example 2-4 in Test Example 2.
도 33는 시험예 2에서 실시번호 2-5의 액정층 형성용 조성물을 이용하 여 제조한 액정표시장치에 대한 전가장 인가 전 편광현미경을 이용하여 관찰한 액정배향 관찰 사진이다. 33 shows the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer of Example 2-5 in Test Example 2 The liquid crystal orientation observation photograph was observed using the polarizing microscope before the full-applied application to the liquid crystal display device manufactured.
도 34은 시험예 2에서 실시번호 2-6의 액정층 형성용 조성물을 이용하 여 제조한 액정표시장치에 대한 전기장 인가 전 편광현미경을 이용하여 관찰한 액정배향 관찰 사진이다.  FIG. 34 is a photograph of liquid crystal alignment observation observed using a polarizing microscope before applying an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer of Example 2-6 in Test Example 2.
도 35a는 시험예 2에서 실시번호 2-6의 액정층 형성용 조성물을 이용하 여 제조한 액정표시장치에 대한 전기장 인가 전 액정분자의 배열을 관찰 한 사진이고, 도 35b는 전기장 인가 직후 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 사진 이며, 도 35c는 전기장 인가 후 시간의 경과에 따른 액정분자 배열의 변 화를 관찰한 사진이다.  35A is a photograph of an arrangement of liquid crystal molecules before application of an electric field to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer of Example 2-6 in Test Example 2, and FIG. 35B is a view of liquid crystal molecules immediately after application of an electric field. It is a photograph observing the arrangement, Figure 35c is a photograph observing the change in the arrangement of the liquid crystal molecules over time after applying the electric field.
도 36a는 시험예 2에서 실시번호 2-6의 액정층 형성용 조성물을 이용하 여 제조한 액정표시장치에 대한 전기장 인가 및 광조사 후 , 무전계 상태 에서 전압 인가 전 액정 배열 상태를 관찰한 사진이고, 도 36b는 전압 인 가 직후 액정 배열의 스위칭을 관찰한 사진이며 , 도 36c는 전압 인가 후 시간의 경과에 따른 액정분자 배열의 변화를 관찰한 사진이다.  36A is a photograph of a liquid crystal array state after applying an electric field and irradiating light to a liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer of Example 2-6 in Test Example 2 before applying voltage in an electroless state. 36B is a photograph observing the switching of the liquid crystal array immediately after the voltage is applied, and FIG. 36C is a photograph observing the change of the liquid crystal molecule arrangement with time after applying the voltage.
발명의 실시를 위한 최선의 형꿰 The best mold for the implementation of the invention
이하, 본 발명의 구현예를 상세히 설명하기로 한다. 다만, 이는 예시 로서 제시되는 것으로, 아에 의해 본 발명이 제한되지는 않으며 본 발명 은 후술할 청구항의 범주에 의해 정의될 뿐이다.  Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail. However, this is presented by way of example, the present invention is not limited by the ah, the present invention is defined only by the scope of the claims to be described later.
본 명세서에서 사용된 용어 '친액정성 영역 "이란 화합물 중에 액정화합 물을 구성하는 원소와 유사한 원소들로 이루어진 화학적 조성을 가지는 화합물기로서 액정 호스트와 유사한 화학적 특성으로 인해 액정 물질에 대해 화학적으로 친화성을 나타내는 작용기, 즉 액정과 잘 섞이는 화학기 를 포함하는 부분을 의미한다. 액정이 주로 탄소원자와 수소원자로 이루 어진 탄화수소 화합물이고 일부의 헤테로 원자를 치환기로 가지므로 액정 은 화학적으로 탄화수소의 특성과 유사하다. 따라서, 친액정성 영역에 포 함될 수 있는 친액정성기는 탄소원자와 수소원자로 이루어진 탄화수소이 며 극히 일부분에 헤테로 원자를 포함할 수도 있다. 친액정성기의 예로는 포화 탄화수소기, 불포화 탄화수소기, 아로마틱기, 액정화합물에서 리지 드 -코어 (rigid-core) 부분의 연결기 (linking group)로 사용되는 작용기, 및 액정의 특성을 나타내는 메조젠기 등이 포함될 수 있다.  As used herein, the term "lipophilic crystalline region" is a compound group having a chemical composition composed of elements similar to the elements constituting the liquid crystal compound in the compound and chemically compatible with the liquid crystal material due to similar chemical properties to the liquid crystal host. Liquid crystal is chemically similar to hydrocarbon because liquid crystal is a hydrocarbon compound mainly composed of carbon and hydrogen atoms and has some hetero atoms as substituents. Thus, the lipophilic group which may be included in the lipophilic region may be a hydrocarbon composed of carbon and hydrogen atoms, and may include a hetero atom at a very small portion. Examples of the lipophilic group include saturated hydrocarbon groups, unsaturated hydrocarbon groups, Aromatics, rigid-core in liquid crystal compounds A functional group used as a linking group of the d-core portion, and a mesogen group indicating the characteristics of the liquid crystal may be included.
본 명세서에서 사용된 용어 '비친액정성 영역 '이란 액정 호스트와의 화 학적 조성의 상이함으로 인해 액정 호스트와의 화학적 특성이 달라 액정 호스트와 잘 섞이지 않거나 용해되지 않는 성질을 가진 작용기, 즉 액정 과 화학적으로 비친화성을 가지는 화학기를 포함하는 부분을 의미한다. 탄화수소와 화학적 특성이 상이한 비친액정성 영역은 주로 산소원자, 질 소원자, 실리콘원자, 불소원자, 황원자, 인원자와 같은 헤테로원자가 포 함된 화학기로 구성되며, 이러한 비친액정성기의 예로는 (1) 히드록시기, 티올기 (thiol group), 아민기 등과 같이 수소결합이 가능하거나 유전률 또는 극성이 큰 화합물기, (2) 액정 호스트와 화학적 조성이 상이한 실란 (silane) 및 실록산 (si loxane)기를 포함하는 실리콘계 화합물, (3) 액정 호스트와 화학적 조성이 상이한 탄화불소계 화합물기, (4) 액정 호스트와 화학적 조성, 유전율이 상이한 에틸렌 옥사이드기 (또는 옥시에틸렌기 (oxyethylene group)), 프로필렌 옥사이드기 (또는 옥시프로필렌기 As used herein, the term 'non-liquid crystalline region' refers to a functional group having a property that does not mix well or dissolve with a liquid crystal host due to a difference in chemical composition with the liquid crystal host due to a difference in chemical composition with the liquid crystal host. It means a portion containing a chemical group having a chemical affinity with. Non-liquid crystalline regions with different chemical properties from hydrocarbons consist mainly of chemical groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, fluorine, sulfur and phosphorus atoms. Compounds capable of hydrogen bonding or having high dielectric constant or polarity such as hydroxy groups, thiol groups, amine groups, etc., and (2) silicon-based groups containing silane and siloxane groups having different chemical compositions from those of the liquid crystal host. Compound, (3) Fluorocarbon-based compound group having a different chemical composition from the liquid crystal host, (4) Ethylene oxide group (or oxyethylene group) and propylene oxide group (or oxypropylene) having different chemical composition and dielectric constant from the liquid crystal host group
(oxypropylene group)) 등을 사용할 수 있으며, 보다 구체적인 예는 이후 에서 기술하기로 한다. 상기예 중 (1) 및 (4)에 해당되는 비친액정성기는 극성 및 유전률이 탄화수소 및 액정에 비해 큰 특성이 있어서 물, 에틸렌 글리콜, 글리세롤 등과 같은 극성 및 유전률이 큰 화합물과 잘 섞이는 특 성이 있다. 즉, 유전률이 큰 용매에는 잘 용해되나 액정과 같은 탄화수소 화합물에는 잘 용해되지 않는 특성을 가지는 작용기이다.  (oxypropylene group)), and more detailed examples will be described later. In the above examples, the non-lipophilic crystalline groups corresponding to (1) and (4) have a higher polarity and dielectric constant than hydrocarbons and liquid crystals, so they are well mixed with compounds having high polarity and dielectric constant such as water, ethylene glycol and glycerol. have. That is, it is a functional group that has a characteristic of dissolving well in a solvent having a high dielectric constant but insoluble in a hydrocarbon compound such as liquid crystal.
본 명세서에서 특별한 언급이 없는 한, '알킬기 '는 직쇄 또는 분쇄의 탄소수 1 내지 20인 알킬기를 의미하며, 상기 알킬기는 1차 알킬기, 2차 알킬기 및 3차 알킬기를 포함한다. 상기 알킬기의 구체적인 예로는 메틸 기, 에틸기, 프로필기, 이소프로필기 , 부틸기, 이소부틸기, t-부틸기 등 을 들 수 있으나 이에 한정되는 것은 아니다.  Unless stated otherwise in the present specification, an "alkyl group" means a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group includes a primary alkyl group, a secondary alkyl group, and a tertiary alkyl group. Specific examples of the alkyl group include, but are not limited to, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, and the like.
본 명세서에서 특별한 언급이 없는 한 '알케닐 (alkenyl)'이란 알칸 (alkane)에서 수소 원자 두 개를 뺀 2가의 원자단이며, 일반식 _CnH2n-(n 은 2이상의 정수)으로 표시될 수 있고, '알키닐 (alkylnyl)'이란 알켄 (alkene)에서 수소 원자 두 개를 뺀 2가의 원자단이며, 일반식 -CnHn-(n 은 2이상의 정수)으로 표시될 수 있다. Unless stated otherwise in the present specification, 'alkenyl' is a divalent atomic group obtained by subtracting two hydrogen atoms from alkanes, and may be represented by the general formula _C n H 2n- (n is an integer of 2 or more). The term "alkynyl" refers to a divalent atomic group obtained by subtracting two hydrogen atoms from an alkene, and may be represented by the general formula -C n H n- (n is an integer of 2 or more).
본 명세서에서 특별한 언급이 없는 한, '엔기 (-ene group)'란 작용기내 에 탄소탄소 이중결합을 포함하는 작용기를 의미하고, '디엔기 (-diene group)'란 작용기내 탄소탄소 이중결합을 2개 포함하는 작용기를 의미한 다 ·  Unless stated otherwise in the present specification, '-ene group' means a functional group including a carbon carbon double bond in a functional group, and '-diene group' refers to a carbon carbon double bond in a functional group. Means two containing functional groups
본 명세서에서 특별한 언급이 없는 한, '티을 -엔기 (thiol-ene group)란 티올 (-SH)기를 포함하는 작용기와 엔 (C=C)기가 있는 작용기가 흔합되어 있는 경우로, 티올과 엔이 광중합 과정을 통해 티올엔 중합 (thiol-ene polymerization)을 할 수 있다. 또는, 티올 또는 엔기 중의 하나가 치환 되어 있는 작용기가 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물과 화학결합을 형성하고 있고, 나머지 하나를 포함하는 동일하거나 상이한 구조의 친액정성 -비친 액정성 화합물을 액정흔합물에 녹여서 사용하는 경우도 포함한다. Unless stated otherwise in the present specification, a 'thiol-ene group' is a case where a functional group including a thiol (-SH) group and a functional group having an ethylene (C = C) group are combined. Thiol-ene polymerization through photopolymerization polymerization). Alternatively, the functional group in which one of the thiols or the en groups is substituted forms a chemical bond with the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound, and the same or different structure of the lipophilic-non-crystalline liquid crystalline compound containing the other liquid crystal trace. This also includes the case where it is dissolved in the compound and used.
본 명세서에서 특별한 언급이 없는 한 모든 화합물 또는 치환기는 치환 되거나 비치환된 것일 수 있다. 여기서, '치환된 '이란 수소가 할로겐 원 자, 하이드록시기, 카르복시기, 시아노기, 니트로기, 아미노기, 티오기 , 메틸티오기, 알콕시기, 알데하이드기, 에폭시기, 에테르기, 에스테르기 , 카르보닐기, 아세탈기, 케톤기 , 알킬기, 퍼플루오로알킬기, 시클로알킬기 헤테로시클로알킬기, 알릴기, 벤질기, 아릴기, 헤테로아릴기 , 이들의 유 도체 및 이들의 조합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 어느 하나로 대체된 것을 의미한다 .  Unless specifically stated herein, all compounds or substituents may be substituted or unsubstituted. Herein, 'substituted' means that a hydrogen atom is a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a thio group, a methylthio group, an alkoxy group, an aldehyde group, an epoxy group, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, Acetal group, ketone group, alkyl group, perfluoroalkyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocycloalkyl group, allyl group, benzyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof It means.
본 명세서에서 '이들의 조합'이란 특별한 언급이 없는 한, 둘 이상의 치환기가 단일 결합 또는 -COO-, -COS-, -0—, -S-, -CF2-, -CF2CF2- 및 - N=N-로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 연결기에 의해 결합되어 있거나, 둘 이 상의 치환기가 축합하여 연결되어 있는 것을 의미한다. As used herein, unless otherwise indicated, two or more substituents may be a single bond or -COO-, -COS-, -0—, -S-, -CF 2- , -CF 2 CF 2 -and It is bonded by a linking group selected from the group consisting of N = N-, or two or more substituents are condensed to each other.
또한, 본 명세서에서 층, 막, 영역, 기판 등의 부분이 다른 부분 '위에 ' 있다고 할 때, 이는 다른 부분 '바로 위에 ' 있는 경우뿐 아니라 그 중 간에 또 다른 부분이 있는 경우도 포함한다. 한편, 어떤 부분이 다른 부 분 '바로 위에 ' 있다고 할 때에는 중간에 다른 부분이 없는 것을 뜻한다. 반대로 층, 막, 영역, 기판 등의 부분이 다른 부분 '아래에 ' 있다고 할 때 , 이는 다른 부분 '바로 아래에 ' 있는 경우뿐 아니라 그 중간에 또 다 른 부분이 있는 경우도 포함한다. 한편, 어떤 부분이 다른 부분 '바로 아 래에 ' 있다고 할 때에는 중간에 다른 부분이 없는 것을 뜻한다.  In addition, in the present specification, when a part such as a layer, a film, an area, or a substrate is 'on' another part, this includes not only the case where the other part is 'directly above' but also another part therebetween. On the other hand, when a part is "just above" another part, there is no other part in the middle. Conversely, when a part such as a layer, film, region, or substrate is 'underneath' another part, this includes not only the other part 'underneath' but also another part in the middle. On the other hand, when one part is directly below another part, it means that there is no other part in the middle.
본 발명은 화합물내에 포함되는 비친액정성기의 분자량 비율, 즉 비친 액정성 비율을 조절함으로써 액정 호스트중에서 분자의 자가조립 (self- assembly)에 의해 미세조립체를 형성하여 균일하게 분산될 수 있는 액정 수직배향 유도제를 제공하는 것을 일 특징으로 하고, 상기 액정 수직배향 유도제가 액정 호스트 중에 균일하게 분산된 액정층 형성용 조성물을 사 용함으로써 별도의 배향막 형성공정 없이도 액정의 수직 배향을 유도하는 것을 다른 일 특징으로 하며, 또한 상기 액정 수직배향 유도제의 친액정 성 영역과 비친액정성 영역 중 적어도 어느 하나의 영역에 광반응성기를 더 포함하도록 함으로써 액정의 수직배향 후 전기장 인가하에서의 광중합 반응에 의해 액정 배향의 안정화를 유도하는 것을 또 다른 일 특징으로 한다. 이하 본 명세서에서는 이와 같이 액정 호스트 중에서 액정 수직배 향 유도제의 자가조립 (self-assembly)에 의해 생성된 구형의 분산상 (sphere 또는 drop)을 '미세 조립체' 또는 '미세 집합체 ' 라고 한다. 즉, 본 발명의 일 구현예에 따른 액정 수직배향 유도제는, 1분자내에 액정 호스트에 대해 화학적으로 친화성이 높은 친액정성기를 포함하는 친 액정성 영역과 액정 호스트에 대해 친화성이 낮은 비친액정성기를 포함하 는 비친액정성 영역을 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 1종 이상 포함하고, 상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 중 적어도 하나는 친액정성 영역에 탄소수 8 이상의 친액정성기를 1개 이상 포함하는 것이며, 또한 상기 액정 수직배향 유도제는 하기 수학식 1에 따라 계산된 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')이 0.5 내지 6이다. The present invention provides a liquid crystal vertical alignment which can be uniformly dispersed by forming a microassembly by self-assembly of molecules in a liquid crystal host by controlling the molecular weight ratio of the non-liquid crystalline group included in the compound, that is, the non-liquid crystalline ratio. It is characterized in that the induction agent is provided, wherein the liquid crystal vertical alignment induction agent induces the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal without using a separate alignment layer forming process by using a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host. And further including a photoreactive group in at least one of the liquid-liquid crystalline region and the non-liquid crystalline region of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent. It is another feature to induce stabilization of the liquid crystal alignment by the reaction. Hereinafter, in the present specification, the spherical dispersed phase (sphere or drop) generated by self-assembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent in the liquid crystal host is referred to as a 'fine assembly' or 'fine aggregate'. That is, the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a non-liquid crystal having a low affinity for the liquid crystal host and a liquid crystalline region including a lipophilic group having a high chemical affinity for the liquid crystal host in one molecule. At least one lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound comprising a non-lipophilic crystalline region including a penile group, wherein at least one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds has a C8 or higher lipophilic crystal in the lipophilic crystalline region It contains one or more genital groups, and the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer is 0.5 to 6 non-liquid crystalline ratio (? ') Calculated according to the following formula (1).
[수학식 1]
Figure imgf000024_0001
상기 수학식 1에서,
[Equation 1]
Figure imgf000024_0001
In Equation 1,
n은 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 종류 의 개수를 나타내는 1 이상의 정수이고,  n is an integer of 1 or more indicating the number of types of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer,
X는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 비친액정성 비율로 하 기 수학식 1-1에 따라 계산되며,  X is a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is calculated according to Equation 1-1 below. ,
[수학식 1-1]  [Equation 1-1]
해당화합물충비친액정성 기의분자량  Molecular weight of the lipophilic crystalline group
X= 10  X = 10
해당화합물의분자량 γ는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 중량비로, 하기 수학식 1-2에 따라 계산된다.  Molecular weight γ of the compound is the weight ratio of any one of lipophilic crystalline-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, and is calculated according to the following formula 1-2. do.
[수학식 1-2]  [Equation 1-2]
해당화합불의중량  Weight of the unit
Y=  Y =
화합울들의총중량 상기 비친액정성 비율은 화합물의 분자량 대비 비친액정성기의 분자량 비율에 따라 액정 수직배향 유도제의 특성을 구분한 것으로, x'=o인 경우 는 100% 친액정성을 나타내고, X=10인 경우는 100% 비친액정성을 나타낸 다. X'값이 0에 가까울수록 액정에 섞임성이 커져서 미세 상분리에 의한 미세조립체를 형성하지 못하고, X'값이 10에 가까울수록 비친액정성기의 비율이 높아져서 액정과 수직배향 유도제의 친화도 (섞임성 )가 낮아지게 되어 거시적인 상분리가 발생함으로써 미세집합체가 고르게 분산된 액정 조성물을 형성하지 못하게 된다. Total weight of compound wool The non-lipophilic crystalline ratio is to distinguish the characteristics of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer according to the molecular weight ratio of the non-liquid crystalline group to the molecular weight of the compound, when x '= o indicates 100% lipophilic crystalline, when X = 10 100% non-liquid crystalline. As the value of X 'is close to 0, the mixture becomes more mixed with the liquid crystal, and thus the microassembly cannot be formed. As a result, the microcapsule may not form a liquid crystal composition in which the microassembly is evenly dispersed due to macroscopic phase separation.
이와 같이, 액정 수직배향 유도제 내에 포함되는 비친액정성기의 분자 량 비율, 즉 비친액정성 비율에 따라 액정의 수직배향을 유도할 수 있으 므로, 본 발명에서 사용가능한 액정 수직배향 유도제는 상기 수학식 1로 계산되는 비액정성 비율 (X' )이 0.5 내지 6의 범위내에 포함되어야 하고, 동시에 상기 액정 수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합 물로서 탄소수 8이상의 친액정성기를 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합 물 (이하 간단히 '제 1의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물' 이라 함)을 적어도 1종 포함하여야 한다.  As such, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal may be induced according to the molecular weight ratio of the non-liquid crystalline group included in the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, that is, the non-liquid crystalline ratio, and thus the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent usable in the present invention is represented by Equation 1 The non-liquid crystalline ratio (X ′), which is calculated to be included in the range of 0.5 to 6, and at the same time comprises a lipophilic crystalline group having at least 8 carbon atoms as a lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide. At least one lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound (hereinafter simply referred to as 'first lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound') should be included.
만약 상기한 범위를 벗어나 0.5 미만이 되면 액정과의 친화도가 지나치 게 높아 액정의 수직 배향을 유도하지 못하거나, 수직 배향 유도 효과가 낮다. 또한, 6초과일 경우 액정층 형성용 조성물의 제조시 액정 호스트와 의 친화도가 충분하지 않아 액정과 균일한 흔합물 형성이 어렵고, 그 결 과 액정의 수직 배향을 유도하지 못하거나, 수직 배향 유도 효과가 낮다. 보다 바람직하게는 0.7 내지 5.5이며, 보다 더 바람직하게는 1.3 내지 5 인 것이 액정 호스트에 대해 보다 우수한 수직 배향 유도 효과를 나타낼 수 있어 좋다.  If it is out of the above range to be less than 0.5, the affinity with the liquid crystal is too high to induce the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal, or the vertical alignment inducing effect is low. In addition, in the case of more than 6, the affinity with the liquid crystal host is insufficient when the composition for forming the liquid crystal layer is formed, so that it is difficult to form a uniform mixture with the liquid crystal. As a result, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal cannot be induced or the vertical alignment is induced. The effect is low. More preferably, it is 0.7 to 5.5, and even more preferably 1.3 to 5 may exhibit a better vertical alignment induction effect for the liquid crystal host.
또한 상기 액정 수직배향 유도제는 상기한 제 1친액정성 -비친액정성 화 합물 단독으로 이루어질 수도 있고, 상기한 친액정성기 조건을 층족하는 제 1의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 2종 이상 포함하거나 또는 상기한 친액정성기의 조건을 층족하는 제 1의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물과 함께, 상기한 친액정성 기의 탄소수 조건을 층족하지 않는 통상의 친액정성-비 친액정성 화합물 (이하 간단히 '제 2의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물' 이 라 함)을 더 포함할 수도 있다. 만약 상기한 제 1의 친액정성 -비친액정성 을 단독으로 포함하는 경우에는 상기 제 1의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 자체로 비친액정성 비율이 0.5 내지 6의 범위내에 포함되어야 하고, 만약 상기 액정 수직배향 유도제가 상기한 제 1의 친액정성ᅳ비친액정성 화합물 을 포함한 2종 이상의 화합물들의 흔합물을 포함하는 경우에는 흔합되는 화합물들 간의 흔합비를 적절히 조절하여 액정수직배향 유도제가 상기 비 친액정성 비율 범위내에 포함되어야 한다. In addition, the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent may be composed of the above-mentioned first lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound alone, or at least two kinds of the first lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds satisfying the above-mentioned lipophilic group conditions. Ordinary lipophilic-non-lipophilic qualities that do not satisfy the carbon number conditions of the lipophilic crystalline groups together with the first lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds that include or satisfy the conditions of the lipophilic groups described above. It may further comprise a compound (hereinafter simply referred to as 'second lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound'). If the first lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline is included alone, the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of the first lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound itself should be included in the range of 0.5 to 6. When the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer comprises a mixture of two or more compounds including the first lipophilic ᅳ non-liquid crystalline compound described above, the liquid crystal vertical alignment induction agent is suitably adjusted by adjusting the mixing ratio between the compounds. It should be included within the non-lipophilic ratio range.
상세하게는, 상기 액정수직배향 유도제가 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 단체를 포함하는 경우, 액정수직배향 유도제의 비친액정성 비율은 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 비친액정성 비율과 동일하며, 하기 수학식 2에 따라 계산될 수 있다.  Specifically, in the case where the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent includes one kind of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound alone, the non-liquid crystalline ratio of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound. It is the same as, and can be calculated according to the following equation (2).
[수학식 2] 비¾ 정^기.의분차 ¾  Equation 2 Non-Sorting.
비 ΐ액'
Figure imgf000026_0001
Ϊ́ non-liquid "
Figure imgf000026_0001
¾¾의분 일례로, 하기 구조식 (1)의 1,2-도데칸디을 (1,2-dodecanediol)의 경우 분자량은 202.3g/mole이고 비친액정성기인 -CH(0H)CH20H 기의 분자량은 61g/mole 이므로 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')은 3.02가 된다. 또한, 하기 구조식 2의 라우릴 갤레이트 ( uryl gal late)의 경우, 분자량은 338.4 g/mole이 고 비친액정성기인 갤릭산에스터기의 분자량은 169 g/mole 이므로 비친액 정성 비율은 5.0이 된다. For example, the molecular weight is 202.3 g / mole and the molecular weight of -CH (0H) CH 2 0H, which is a non-lipophilic group, is 61 g in the case of 1,2-dodecanediol of the following structural formula (1) / mole, so the non-lipophilic ratio (Χ ') is 3.02. In addition, in the case of uryl gal late of Structural Formula 2, the molecular weight of the gallic acid ester group having a molecular weight of 338.4 g / mole and a non-lipophilic group is 169 g / mole, thus the non-lipophilic qualitative ratio becomes 5.0. .
Figure imgf000026_0002
Figure imgf000026_0002
만약 상기 액정수직배향 유도제가 2종 이상의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화 합물을 포함하는 흔합물인 경우, 액정수직배향 유도제의 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')은 상기 수학식 1에서와 같이 각각의 무게 분율에 각 화합물의 비친 액정성 비율을 곱한 값을 서로 더한 값이 된다. 일 례로, 70 중량 ¾»의 1,2-도데탄디을과 30중량 %의 라우릴 겔레이트를 흔합할 경우, 흔합물의 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')은 (0.7 X 3.02) + (0.3 X 5.0) = 3.61 이 된다. 또한 상기한 액정 수직배향 유도제의 비친액정성 비율과 함께 액정 수 직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 탄소수 8 이상 의 친액정성 기를 포함하는 조건을 동시에 층족하여야 한다. 만약 비친액 정성 비율을 충족하더라도 친액정성기의 탄소수 조건을 층족하지 못할 경 우, 즉 친액정성기의 탄소수가 8 미만인 경우 액정의 수직 배향을 유도하 지 못하거나, 유도 효과가 미미하다 . If the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer is a mixture containing two or more lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds, the ratio of non-liquid crystallinity (Χ ′) of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is expressed as shown in Equation 1 above. The value obtained by multiplying the fractions by the ratio of the liquid crystals of each compound is obtained. For example, when mixing 70 weight ¾ »1,2-dodetandi and 30 weight% lauryl gelate, the specific lipophilic ratio (Χ ') of the mixture is (0.7 X 3.02) + (0.3 X 5.0 ) = 3.61 In addition to the non-liquid crystalline ratio of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer described above, the conditions in which the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer must contain a lipophilic crystalline group having 8 or more carbon atoms are simultaneously satisfied. If the non-liquid qualitative ratio is met, the carbon number condition of the lipophilic group cannot be met. In other words, when the carbon number of the lipophilic group is less than 8, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal is not induced or the induction effect is insignificant.
이와 같은 액정 수직배향 유도제의 액정 수직배향 유도 효과는 액정 수 직배향 유도제의 자가조립 때문이다. 즉, 상기한 바와 같은 조건을 층족 하는 액정 수직배향 유도제는 액정 호스트에 첨가시 액정 수직배향 유도 제 분자의 자가조립에 의해 구형의 미세조립체를 형성한다.  The liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing effect of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is due to self-assembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent. That is, the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent which satisfies the above conditions forms a spherical microassembly by self-assembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide molecule when added to the liquid crystal host.
도 2a는 본 발명의 일 구현예에 따른 액정 수직배향 유도제를 포함하는 액정층 형성용 조성물을 도식화하여 나타낸 것이고, 도 2b는 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물내에 분산되어 존재하는 액정 수직배향 유도제의 미세조립 체를 도식화하여 나타낸 것이고, 도 2c는 상기 액정 수직배향 유도제에 포함되는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 구조를 도식화하여 나타낸 것이 다. 도 2a 내지 2c는 본 발명을 설명하기 위한 일 례일 뿐 본 발명이 이 에 한정되는 것은 아니다.  Figure 2a is a schematic diagram showing the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer comprising a liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent according to an embodiment of the present invention, Figure 2b is a fine assembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent dispersed in the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer Figure 2c is a schematic diagram showing the structure of the liquid crystal crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound contained in the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide. 2A to 2C are only examples for describing the present invention, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
도 2a 내지 도 2c를 참조하여 설명하면, 상기한 조건을 층족하는 액정 수직배향 유도제 (B)를 액정 호스트 (C)에 첨가하면, 액정 수직배향 유도제 (B)를 구성하는 친액정성ᅳ비친액정성 화합물에 있어서 비친액정성기끼리 의 강한 친화성 , 그리고 비친액정성기와 액정과의 비친화성으로 인해 미 세한 상분리가 일어게 된다. 그 결과로 비친액정성기끼리는 서로 뭉치게 되고 액정과 친화성이 좋은 친액정성기는 미세상 분리된 표면에 위치하여 도 2b에 나타낸 바와 같이 수나노미터 내지 수백나노미터 직경의 구형 미 세조립체를 형성하여 도 2a에서와 같이 액정호스트 중에 균일하게 분산된 다. 이와 같은 미세집합체의 형성은 첨가하는 액정 수직배향 유도제의 친 액정성 /비친액정성 비율에 따라 달라진다. 따라서 , 친액정성 -비친액정성 을 가지는 화합물 중에서도 친액정성 영역에 탄소수 8이상의 친액정성기 를 포함하며 상기한 수학식 1에 따라 계산시 0.5 내지 6의 비친액정성 비 를 갖는 제 1의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 포함하는 액정 수직배향 유 도제나, 또는 상기한 제 1의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 2종 이상의 화 합물, 또는 상기한 제 1의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물과 제 2의 친액정성 비친액정성 화합물의 흔합 사용시 흔합물의 비친액정성 비가 상기한 조건 을 충족하는 액정 수직배향 유도제를 사용하는 것이 바람직하다 .  Referring to FIGS. 2A to 2C, when the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent (B) that satisfies the above conditions is added to the liquid crystal host (C), the lipophilic crystalline non-biological liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent (B) In the compound, the strong affinity between the non-liquid crystalline groups and the non-affinity between the non-liquid crystalline group and the liquid crystal cause fine phase separation. As a result, the non-liquid crystalline groups agglomerate with each other, and the liquid-crystalline lipophilic groups with good affinity are located on the surface separated from each other to form spherical fine granules of several nanometers to several hundred nanometers in diameter as shown in FIG. As a result, it is uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host as shown in FIG. The formation of such microassembly depends on the ratio of the liquid crystalline / non-liquid crystalline of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent to be added. Therefore, among the compounds having lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline, the first lipophilic crystalline region includes a lipophilic crystalline group having 8 or more carbon atoms and has a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of 0.5 to 6 as calculated according to Equation 1 above. Liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer comprising a liquid crystalline non-liquid crystalline compound, or two or more compounds of the first lipophilic crystalline non-liquid crystalline compound described above, or the first lipophilic crystalline-non-liquid crystal described above It is preferable to use a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer in which the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of the mixture satisfies the above conditions when the mixed compound and the second lipophilic non-lipophilic crystalline compound are used.
상기 액정 수직배향 유도제의 미세조립체가 균일하게 분산된 액정층 형 성 조성물을 2매의 기판사이에 주입하여 액정층을 형성하면, 상기 미세조 립체는 새로이 형성된 기판표면과 액정층의 경계면에 흡착되어 박막을 형 성한다. 이 결과 액정 수직배향 유도제는 기판표면을 개질하게 되고, 액 정상에 존재하는 액정분자는 개질된 표면에서 이 표면에 수직인 방향으로 배열하게 된다. 또한 이때 형성되는 박막은 투명전도막과 액정층이 절연 층없이 직접 접촉할 때에 발생할 수 있는 소자의 성능저하를 방지함으로 써 소자의 신뢰성을 향상시킬 수 있다. When the liquid crystal layer forming composition in which the microassembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer is uniformly dispersed is injected between two substrates to form a liquid crystal layer, the microassembly is adsorbed on the interface between the newly formed substrate surface and the liquid crystal layer. Form a thin film. As a result, the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer modifies the substrate surface. The liquid crystal molecules present at the top are arranged in the direction perpendicular to the surface on the modified surface. In addition, the formed thin film can improve the reliability of the device by preventing the performance degradation of the device that can occur when the transparent conductive film and the liquid crystal layer is in direct contact with the insulating layer.
상기 미세 조립체의 표면흡착에 의한 액정의 수직배향 유도는 고체표면 을 이루는 화합물의 종류에 제한없이 가능하다. 예를 들어, 다양한 무기 산화물 및 질화물뿐만 아니라 폴리이미드, 폴리스틸렌, 폴리아크릴레이트, 폴리비닐알코올 등 다양한 유기고분자 화합물의 표면에서도 수직배향의 유도가 가능하다. 단지, 액정과 이루는 경계면에서의 계면장력의 크기에 따라 특성의 변화가 나타날 수 있다.  Induction of vertical alignment of the liquid crystal by surface adsorption of the microassembly is possible without limitation to the kind of the compound forming the solid surface. For example, vertical alignment can be induced on the surface of various organic polymer compounds such as polyimide, polystyrene, polyacrylate, polyvinyl alcohol, as well as various inorganic oxides and nitrides. However, a change in characteristics may appear depending on the magnitude of the interfacial tension at the interface between the liquid crystal and the liquid crystal.
본 발명에 사용가능한 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물은 1분자내에 액정 호스트에 대해 화학적으로 친화성이 높은 친액정성기를 포함하는 친액정 성 영역과 액정 호스트에 대해 친화성이 낮은 비친액정성기를 포함하는 비친액정성 영역을 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 1종 이상 포 함하며, 상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 중 적어도 하나는 친액정성 영 역에 탄소수 8 이상의 친액정성기를 1개 이상 포함하는 화합물 (즉, 제 1의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물)이라면 특별한 제한없이 사용할 수 있다.  The lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound usable in the present invention includes a lipophilic region including a lipophilic crystalline group having a high chemical affinity for a liquid crystal host and a non-lipophilic crystalline group having a low affinity for a liquid crystal host in one molecule. At least one lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound comprising a non-lipophilic crystalline region, wherein at least one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds has at least 8 lipophilic crystalline groups in the lipophilic crystalline region. Any compound containing at least one of (ie, a first lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound) can be used without particular limitation.
도 2c에 나타난 바와 같이, 본 발명에서 사용가능한 친액정성―비친액정 성 화합물 (b)은 친액정성 영역 (bl2)과 비친액정성 영역 (bll)을 포함한다. 도 2c에서는 상기 영역들이 각각 하나의 친액정성기와 비친액정성기를 포 함하는 것으로 제시되어 있으나, 각각의 영역내에 1개 이상의 친액정성기 또는 비친액정성기를 포함할 수 있으며, 바람직하게는 상기 친액정성-비 친액정성 화합물은 1 내지 3개의 친액정성기 또는 비친액정성기를 포함할 수 있다.  As shown in Fig. 2C, the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound (b) usable in the present invention includes a lipophilic crystalline region (bl2) and a non-lipophilic crystalline region (bll). In FIG. 2C, the regions are each shown to include one lipophilic group and a non-lipophilic group, but each region may include at least one lipophilic group or a non-lipophilic group, preferably the parent group. The liquid crystal-non-lipophilic crystalline compound may include 1 to 3 lipophilic crystalline groups or non-lipophilic crystalline groups.
상기 친액정성 영역은 액정 화합물과 화학적 조성이 유사하여 액정 호 스트에 대해 친화성을 나타내는, 즉 액정과 잘 섞이는 화학기인 친액정성 기를 포함하는 부분올 의미한다.  The lipophilic region refers to a part including a lipophilic group, which is similar in chemical composition to a liquid crystal compound and exhibits affinity for the liquid crystal host, that is, a chemical group that mixes well with the liquid crystal.
액정이 주로 탄소원자와 수소원자로 이루어진 탄화수소 화합물이고 일 부의 헤테로 원자를 치환기로 가지므로 액정은 화학적으로 탄화수소의 특 성과 유사하다. 따라서, 친액정성 영역에 포함될 수 있는 친액정성기는 탄소원자와 수소원자로 이루어진 탄화수소이며 극히 일부분에 헤테로 원 자를 포함할 수도 있다. 다만, 상기 친액정성 영역에는 탄소수 8개 이상, 바람직하게는 탄소수 8 내지 30의 친액정성기가 1개 이상, 바람직하게는 Liquid crystals are chemically similar to the characteristics of hydrocarbons because liquid crystals are mainly hydrocarbon compounds consisting of carbon and hydrogen atoms and have some hetero atoms as substituents. Accordingly, the lipophilic crystalline group which may be included in the lipophilic region may be a hydrocarbon composed of carbon atoms and hydrogen atoms and may include a hetero atom at a very small portion thereof. However, the lipophilic crystalline region has at least 8 carbon atoms, preferably at least one lipophilic crystalline group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably
1 내지 3개 포함되는 것이 바람직하다 . It is preferable to contain 1-3.
구체적으로 상기 친액정성기는 선형, 분지형 또는 고리형의 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 8 내지 30의 포화 또는 불포화 탄화수소기이거나, 분자 내에 N, 0, P, S 및 Si로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 1 이상의 헤테로 원 자를 포함하는 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 8 내지 30의 헤테로알킬기, 헤 테로사이클기 또는 헤테로아로마틱기일 수 있으며, 또는 상기 탄화수소기 와 헤테로원자 함유기들의 조합으로 이루어진 탄소수 8 내지 30의 조합기 일 수 있다. Specifically, the lipophilic group is a linear, branched or cyclic substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, or 1 selected from the group consisting of N, 0, P, S and Si in the molecule. Substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl group containing 8 or more hetero atoms, He It may be a cyclic cycle or a heteroaromatic group, or a combination group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms consisting of a combination of the hydrocarbon group and heteroatom-containing groups.
상기 탄화수소기의 구체적인 예로는 치환된거나 비치환된 탄소수 8 내 지 30의 알킬기, 알케닐알킬기, 알키닐알킬기, 사이클로알킬기, 아릴기 또는 아릴알킬기 등을 들 수 있으며, 상기 탄화수소기가 치환될 경우 할 로겐원자, 바람직하게는 불소원자로 치환될 수 있다. 또한 상기 헤테로 원자를 포함하는 치환 또는 비치환된 헤테로알킬기, 헤테로사이클기 또는 헤테로아로마틱기의 구체적인 예로는, 분자내 카르보닐기 (-C(=0)-) , 에스 테르기 (-C(=0)0— ), 에테르기 (-0-), 에틸렌옥사이드기 (_CH2CH20-) , 아조기 (-N=N -), -COS- 및 -S-로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 헤테로원자 함유 작 용기를 포함하는 탄소수 8 내지 30의 헤테로알킬기 , 헤테로사이클로알킬 기 또는 헤테로아릴기를 들 수 있다. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon group include substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, alkenylalkyl groups, alkynylalkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups or arylalkyl groups, and the like. It may be substituted with a logen atom, preferably a fluorine atom. In addition, specific examples of the substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl group, heterocycle group or heteroaromatic group containing the hetero atom include an intramolecular carbonyl group (-C (= 0)-) and an ester group (-C (= 0) 0-), ether group (-0-), ethylene oxide group (_CH 2 CH 2 0-), azo group (-N = N-), -COS- and -S- C8-C30 heteroalkyl group, heterocycloalkyl group, or heteroaryl group containing a container is mentioned.
상기 친액정성기는 액정호스트와의 친화성을 높이기 위하여 액정호스트 를 구성하는 화합물의 구조와 유사한, 즉 리지드 -코어 (rigid-core) 그룹 과 유연성 사슬 (flexible chain) 그룹으로 이루어진 구조를 가질 수 있다. 또한 상기 친액정성기는 액정성기 또는 액정의 특성을 나타내는 메조겐 기일 수 있다. 구체적으로 상기 액정성기는 CH3CH2CH2CH2CH20-C6H4-C00-The lipophilic group may have a structure similar to that of the compound constituting the liquid crystal host to increase affinity with the liquid crystal host, that is, a structure consisting of a rigid-core group and a flexible chain group. . In addition, the lipophilic group may be a liquid crystal group or mesogen group exhibiting the properties of the liquid crystal. Specifically, the liquid crystalline group is CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 0-C 6 H 4 -C00-
C6H4-0CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3 등과 같은 통상의 액정성 화합물로 유래되는 작용기 로, 구체적으로는 Υ, Υ-Υ' , -Υ-Υ'-Υ" , -Υ-Ζ-Υ' , -Υ-Ζ-Υ'-Ζ'-Υ" , -Y-W-Y' , C 6 H 4 -0CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH by conventional functional group that is derived from a liquid crystalline compound such as 3, specifically, Υ, Υ-Υ ', -Υ -Υ'-Υ ", -Υ- Ζ-Υ ', -Υ-Ζ-Υ'-Ζ'-Υ ", -YWY',
-Y-W-W-Y' 또는 -Y-Z-W-Y' 등의 액정성기를 들 수 있다. 이때 , γ, τ 및 r은 각각 독립적으로 탄소수 6 내지 18의 아릴기 (예를 들면, 페닐기, 나 프틸기 , 비페닐기 등), 탄소수 6 내지 18의 사이클로알킬기 (예를 들면, 시클로핵실기 등), 고리내 N, S, 0 P로 이루어진 군에서 선택된 헤테로원 자를 1종 이상 포함하는 헤테로사이클기 (예를 들면, 티아디아졸, 옥사디 아졸, 피라진 등), -coo- 및 이들의 조합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택될 수 있고, 또한 Y, Y' 및 Y"은 F, Br, CN, 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알콕시기, 탄 소수 1 내지 20의 알킬기 및 이들의 조합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 1종 이상의 치환기로 치환될 수도 있다 . 또한, 상기 메조겐기는 구체적으 로 CH2=CH ( CH3 ) - ( C=0 ) -0- ( CH2 ) 3-ph-C00-ph- ( CH2 ) 5-CH3 등과 같이 액정성과 광반응성을 동시에 갖는 반응성 메조겐 유래의 작용기일 수 있다. And liquid crystal groups such as -YWWY 'or -YZWY'. In this case, γ, τ and r are each independently an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms (for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, etc.), a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms (for example, a cyclonuclear group, etc.) ), Heterocycle group containing one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, S, 0 P in the ring (for example, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, pyrazine, etc.), -coo- and combinations thereof It may be selected from the group consisting of, Y, Y 'and Y "is F, Br, CN, alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and 1 selected from the group thereof In addition, the mesogenic group may be specifically substituted with CH 2 = CH (CH 3 )-(C = 0) -0- (CH 2 ) 3 -ph-C00-ph- (CH 2 ) it can be a function of the reactive mesogenic origin having a liquid crystal and photo-reactive at the same time, such as 5 -CH 3.
한편, 상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물에 있어서 비친액정성 영역은, 액정과의 화학적 특성이 달라 액정 호스트에 대해 친화성이 낮기 때문에 액정 호스트와 잘 섞이지 않거나 용해되지 않는 성질을 가진 작용기, 즉 액정과 화학적으로 비친화성을 가지는 화학기를 포함하는 부분을 의미한 다. 탄화수소와 화학적 특성이 상이한 비친액정성 영역은 주로 산소원자, 질소원자, 규소원자, 불소원자, 황원자, 인원자와 같은 헤테로원자가 포 함된 비친액정성로 구성된다. 구체적으로 상기 비친액정성기로는 알코을, 다가알코올, 아민 , 다가아민, 카르복실산, 다가카르복실산, 실란계 화합 물, 실록산계 화합물, 폴리에틸렌글리콜, 폴리프로필렌옥사이드, 플루오 르화카본계 화합물, 티올, 다가티올, 설포닉산, 설퍼릭산, 포스포닉산, 또는 포스퍼릭산 등으로부터 유도된 작용기를 들 수 있으며, 상기 비친액 정성 영역은 이들 중 1종 단독 또는 2종 이상이 조합된 조합기를 포함할 수 있다. On the other hand, in the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound, the non-lipophilic crystalline region is different in chemical properties from the liquid crystal and has a low affinity for the liquid crystal host, so that the functional group does not mix well or dissolve with the liquid crystal host, that is, It means a portion containing a chemical group having a chemical incompatibility with the liquid crystal. Non-liquid crystalline regions, which differ in chemical properties from hydrocarbons, consist mainly of non-lipophilic crystals containing heteroatoms such as oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, fluorine, sulfur and phosphorus atoms. Specifically, the non-lipophilic crystalline group is alcohol, polyhydric alcohol, amine, polyvalent amine, carboxylic acid, polycarboxylic acid, silane compound, siloxane compound, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene oxide, fluorinated carbon compound, thiol And, a functional group derived from polyhydric thiol, sulfonic acid, sulfonic acid, phosphonic acid, or phosphoric acid, and the like, and the non-lipophilic qualitative region may include a single group or a combination group of two or more thereof. Can be.
보다 구체적으로 상기 비친액정성기의 예로는 하기의 화합물로부터 유 도된 작용기들을 들 수 있으나, 이에 한정되는 것은 아니다:  More specifically, examples of the non-lipophilic crystalline group include, but are not limited to, functional groups derived from the following compounds:
알코올 (alcohol): 1-을 (l-ol), 1, 2-디을 ( 1, 2— di ol ), 글리세를  Alcohol: 1- (l-ol), 1, 2-di (1, 2- di ol), glycerol
(glycerol ) , 글루코오스 (glucose), 덱스트로스 (dextrose), 소르비를 glycerol, glucose, dextrose,
(sorbitol ) , 펜타에리스리를 (pent aerythr i tol ), 디펜타에리스리를 sorbitol, pentaerythritol, and pentaerythroli
(dipentaerythr itol ) , 트리펜타에리스리를 (tr ipentaerythr i tol ), 소르비 탄 (sorbitan), 플룩토스 ( f luct ose) , 수크로스 ( sucrose ), 갤릭산 (gallic acid) , 글루코피라노사이드 (glucopyranoside) , 아스코르빅산 (ascorbic acid) , 매나이드 (mannide) 또는 말토사이드 (maltoside) 등과 같이 히드록 시기를 1 내지 8개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 30의 알코올 또는 다가알코을 로부터 유도되는 작용기로, 상호 수소결합이 가능할 수도 있고 극성 및 유전율이 큰 비친액정성기; (dipentaerythr itol), tripentaerythr (tr ipentaerythr i tol), sorbitan, fluctose, sucrose, gallic acid, glucopyranoside ( Functional groups derived from alcohols containing 1 to 8 carbon atoms or polyhydric alcohols containing 1 to 8 hydroxyl groups such as glucopyranoside, ascorbic acid, mannide or maltoside, etc. Non-lipophilic crystalline groups capable of hydrogen bonding and having high polarity and dielectric constant;
아민 (amine): 1-아민 ( l—amine), 1, 2-디아민 ( 1, 2-di amine ), 1,3-디아민 (1,3-diamine) , 에틸렌 디아민 (ethylene diamine) , 디에틸렌 디아민  Amine: l-amine, 1, 2-diamine, 1,3-diamine, ethylene diamine, diethylene Diamine
(diethylene diamine) , 트리스 (2-아미노에틸)아민 ( t r i s (2- aminoethyl )amine) , 시클로핵산 디아민 (cyclohexane diamine), 디에틸렌 트리아민 (diethylene triamine) , 페닐디아민 (phenyldiamine) , 페닐트리아 민 (phenyltriamine), 1,3,5-트리아진 4, 6-디아민 ( 1, 3ᅳ 5—t r i az ine 4, 6- diamine) , 1,3,5ᅳ트리아진 2, 4, 6-트리아민 ( 1 , 3, 5-t r i az ine 2,4,6- triamine) 또는 고리형 에틸렌 아민인 사이클렌 (cyclen; — (CH2CH2NH)广 (이 때 1은 2 내지 6의 정수임 ) 등과 같이 아민기를 1 내지 6개 포함하는 탄 소수 1 내지 20의 아민 또는 다가아민으로부터 유도되는 작용기로, 수소 결합이 가능할 수도 있고 극성 및 유전율이 큰 비친액정성기 ; (diethylene diamine), tris (2-aminoethyl) amine, cyclohexane diamine, diethylene triamine, phenyldiamine, phenyltriamine phenyltriamine), 1,3,5-triazine 4, 6-diamine (1, 3 ᅳ 5—tri az ine 4, 6-diamine), 1,3,5 리아 triazine 2, 4, 6-triamine ( 1, 3, 5-tri az ine 2,4,6-triamine) or cyclic ethylene amine (cyclen; — (CH 2 CH 2 NH) 广, where 1 is an integer from 2 to 6), and the like. A functional group derived from a amine or a polyvalent amine having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 1 to 6 amine groups, which may be hydrogen-bonded and has a high polarity and dielectric constant;
실란 (si lane): 트리스 (트리메틸실록시;!실란 ; ^!;^!^!;! ^ ^ ) si lane) 등과 같이 실릴기를 2 내지 10개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 20의 실란계 화합물로부터 유도되는 작용기 ; Silane (si lane): Tris (trimethylsiloxy,! silane; ^!; ^! ^!;! ^ ^) functional groups derived from a silane compound having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 2 to 10 silyl groups such as si lane);
실록산 (si loxane): 하기 화학식 1의 의 실록시 (si loxy)기를 1 내지 10 개 포함하는 선형, 분지형 또는 고리형 실록산계 화합물로부터 유도되는 작용기;  Siloxane (si loxane): a functional group derived from a linear, branched, or cyclic siloxane compound containing 1 to 10 siloxy groups of the formula (1);
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
(이때 , Ra 및 Rb는 각각 독립적으로 수소원자 , 탄소수 1 내지 4의 알킬 기 , 실록시기 및 이들의 조합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되고, m은 1 내지 10의 정수임 )  (R a and R b are each independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a siloxy group, and a combination thereof, and m is an integer of 1 to 10.)
폴리옥시에틸렌 : 에틸렌옥사이드 (ethyleneoxide)기를 2 내지 20개 포함 하는 하기 화학식 2a의 탄소수 4 내지 40의 선형 폴리옥시에틸렌 또는 하 기 화학식 2b의 탄소수 4 내지 10의 고리형 폴리에틸렌글리콜 (crown ether)로부터 유도되는 작용기 ;  Polyoxyethylene: derived from linear polyoxyethylene having 4 to 40 carbon atoms of Formula 2a containing 2 to 20 ethylene oxide groups or cyclic polyethylene glycol having 4 to 10 carbon atoms of Formula 2b Functional group;
[화학식 2a]  [Formula 2a]
-CH2CH2-0-H -CH 2 CH 2 -0-H
[화학식 2b]
Figure imgf000031_0002
[Formula 2b]
Figure imgf000031_0002
(상기 화학식 2a 및 2b에서 , m은 2 내지 20의 정수이고, n은 2 내지 5 의 정수이다)  (In the formulas 2a and 2b, m is an integer of 2 to 20, n is an integer of 2 to 5)
플루오로카본계 화합물: 플루오로기를 9 내지 41개 포함하는 탄소수 4 내지 20의 플루오로카본계 화합물로부터 유도되는 퍼플루오로알킬기 또는 퍼플루오로아릴기 ;  Fluorocarbon-based compound: Perfluoroalkyl group or perfluoroaryl group derived from the C4-C20 fluorocarbon compound containing 9-41 fluoro groups;
티올 (thiol): 1-티올 (1-thiol), 1,2-디티을 (1,2-dithiol ) , 티오글리세 를 (thioglycerol ), 티오펜타에리쓰리를 ( thiopent athiopent aerythr i tol ) 또는 디티오트레이를 (dithiothreitol) 등과 같이, 티을기 (-SH)를 1 내지 8개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 20의 티을 및 다가티을로부터 유도되는 작용 기;  Thiols: 1-thiol, 1,2-dithiol, 1,2-dithiol, thioglycerol, thiopentaerythr i tol or dithiotray Functional groups derived from tee and dgathiyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 1 to 8 thiol groups (-SH), such as (dithiothreitol);
카르복실산 (carboxylic acid): 1-카르복실산 (1-carboxyl ic acid) , 1,2- 디카르복실산 (1,2-dicarboxylyc acid), 1,3-디카르복실산 (1,3- dicarboxylyc acid) , 벤젠카르복실산 (benzenecarboxyl ic acid) , 벤젠디 카르복실산 (benzenedicarboxylic acid) , 1, 2, 3-트리카르복실산 (1,2,3— tricarboxylic acid) , 벤젠트리카르복실산 (benzenetr i car boxy 1 i c acid) , 말릭산 (malic acid) , 말레익산 (maleic acid) , 타르타르산 (tartar acid) , 시트릭산 (citric acid) , 말레아믹산 (maleamic acid) , 그루타믹 산 (glutamic acid) , 아가릭산. (agaric acid) , 아코니틱산 (aconi t i c acid) , 트라이카르발릴릭산 (tricarballylic acid) , 또는 아미노산 Carboxylic acid: 1-carboxylic acid, 1,2- Dicarboxylic acid (1,2-dicarboxylyc acid), 1,3-dicarboxylic acid (1,3-dicarboxylyc acid), benzenecarboxylic acid (benzenecarboxyl ic acid), benzenedicarboxylic acid, 1, 2, 3-tricarboxylic acid (1,2,3— tricarboxylic acid), benzenetr i car boxy 1 ic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, Tartar acid, citric acid, maleamic acid, glutamic acid, agaric acid. (agaric acid), aconi tic acid, tricarballylic acid, or amino acid
(amino acid, -CH(NH2)-C00H) 등과 같이 카르복실산기 (-C00H)를 1 내지 4 개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 카르복실산 및 다가 카르복실산으로부터 유도되는 작용기 ; functional groups derived from carboxylic acids having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and polyvalent carboxylic acids containing 1 to 4 carboxylic acid groups (-C00H) such as (amino acid, -CH (NH 2 ) -C00H);
설포닉산 (sulfonic acid): 설포닉산기 (-S(=0)20H)를 1 내지 3개 포함하 는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 설포닉산 또는 다가설포닉산으로부터 유도되는 작 용기 ; Sulfonic acid: a work container derived from a sulfonic acid or a polysulfonic acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms containing 1 to 3 sulfonic acid groups (-S (= 0) 2 0H);
설퍼릭산 (sulfuric acid): 설퍼릭산기 (-0SO0)20H)를 1 내지 3개 포함 하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 설퍼릭산 또는 다가 설퍼릭산으로부터 유도되는 작용기 ; Sulfuric acid (sulfuric acid): a functional group derived from a sulfuric acid or a polyvalent sulfuric acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms containing 1 to 3 sulfuric acid groups (-0SO0) 2 0H);
포스포닉산 (phosphonic acid): 포스포닉산기 (-P(=0)(0H)2)를 1 내지 3 개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 포스포닉산 또는 다가포스포닉산으로부 터 유도되는 작용기 ; 그리고 Phosphonic acid: a functional group derived from phosphonic acid or polyhydric phosphonic acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms containing 1 to 3 phosphonic acid groups (-P (= 0) (0H) 2 ); And
포스퍼릭산 (p osphoric acid): 포스퍼릭산기 (-0-P(=0) (0H)2)를 1 내지 3개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 포스퍼릭산 또는 다가포스퍼릭산으로부 터 유도되는 작용기 . P osphoric acid: derived from phosphoric acid or polyhydric acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms containing 1 to 3 phosphoric acid groups (-0-P (= 0) (0H) 2 ) Functional group.
상기한 친액정성기와 비친액정성기는 단일결합에 의해 직접 연결되어 있을 수도 있고, 또는 -0-, ᅳ S -, -C00- , -C0NH- , -C6H40—, -C6H4C00—, - C6H4C0NH-, -OCH2CH2-, -CH2CH2-, — C6H40CH2CH2-, -C6H4C00CH2CH2- 또는 - (SiRaRb)-CH2CH2- (이때 Ra 및 Rb는 각각 수소원자이거나 또는 탄소수 1 내지 3의 알킬기임 )과 같은 연결기를 통해 연결되어 있을 수도 있다. 보다 구체적으로, 상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물은 하기 화학식 3a 내지 3i의 화합물 및 이들의 흔합물로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 것일 수 있다: The lipophilic crystalline group and the non-lipophilic crystalline group may be directly connected by a single bond, or -0-, ᅳ S-, -C00-, -C0NH-, -C 6 H 4 0—, -C 6 H 4 C00— ,-C 6 H 4 C0NH-, -OCH2CH2-, -CH 2 CH 2- , — C 6 H 4 0CH 2 CH 2- , -C 6 H 4 C00CH 2 CH 2 -or-(SiRaRb)- It may be connected via a linking group, such as CH 2 CH 2- (wherein Ra and Rb are each a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms). More specifically, the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound may be selected from the group consisting of the compounds of Formulas 3a to 3i and combinations thereof:
[화학식 3a]  [Formula 3a]
(PA)bi [화학식 3b]
Figure imgf000033_0001
(PA) bi [Formula 3b]
Figure imgf000033_0001
[화학식 3c]  [Formula 3c]
Figure imgf000033_0002
Figure imgf000033_0002
[화학식 3f]
Figure imgf000033_0003
[Formula 3f]
Figure imgf000033_0003
[화학식 3g]
Figure imgf000033_0004
[Formula 3g]
Figure imgf000033_0004
[화학식
Figure imgf000033_0005
Formula
Figure imgf000033_0005
[화학식
Figure imgf000033_0006
Formula
Figure imgf000033_0006
상기 화학식 3a 내지 3i에서,  In Chemical Formulas 3a to 3i,
Ri 내지 R9은 각각 독립적으로 탄소수 8 내지 30의 알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내지 30의 알케닐알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내지 30의 알키닐알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내 지 30의 아릴알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내지 30의 사이클로알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내지 30의 아릴기 ; 분자내 카르보닐기 (-C(=0)-), 에스테르기 (-C(=0)0-), 에테 르기 (-0-), 에틸렌옥사이드기 (_CH2CH20-), 아조기 (-N=N -), -COS- 및 -S- 로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 헤테로원자 함유 작용기를 포함하는 탄소수 8 내지 30의 헤테로알킬기 , 헤테로사이클로알킬기 또는 헤테로아릴기; 및 이들의 조합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택된다. Xi, X2, X5, X7, X8 및 X9은 각각 독립적으로 , -0-, -S-, -COO- , -C0NH- , -C6H40- , -C6H4C00-, -C6H4C0NH- 및 단일결합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되 고, Ri to R 9 each independently represent an alkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; C8-C30 alkenylalkyl group; An alkynylalkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; Arylalkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; A cycloalkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; Aryl groups having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; Intramolecular carbonyl group (-C (= 0)-), ester group (-C (= 0) 0-), ether group (-0-), ethylene oxide group (_CH 2 CH 2 0-), azo group (-N = N-), -COS- and -S- heteroalkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, heterocycloalkyl group or heteroaryl group containing a hetero atom-containing functional group selected from the group consisting of; and combinations thereof do. Xi, X 2 , X 5 , X 7 , X 8 and X 9 are each independently, -0-, -S-, -COO-, -C0NH-, -C 6 H 4 0-, -C 6 H 4 C00-, -C 6 H 4 C0NH- and selected from the group consisting of a single bond,
X3및 X4는 각각 독립적으로 단일결합, -0- 및 -C6H40-로 이루어진 군에 서 선택되고, X 3 and X 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of a single bond, -0- and -C 6 H 4 0-,
X6는 단일결합, -0CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -C6H40C¾CH2-, -C6H4C00CH2CH2- 및 -(SiRaRb)-CH2CH2- (이때 Ra 및 Rb는 각각 수소원자이거나 또는 탄소수 1 내지 3의 알킬기임 )로 이루어진 군에서 선택되고, X 6 is a single bond, -0CH 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2- , -C 6 H 4 0C¾CH 2- , -C 6 H 4 C00CH 2 CH 2 -and-(SiRaRb) -CH 2 CH 2- Wherein Ra and Rb are each hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and
PA, PAm, PS, PEO, FC, PT, CA 및 SP는 직접 또는 상기 내지 ¾의 연결기를 통해 내지 R9와 각각 공유결합을 형성하는 비친액정성기로서, PA는 히드록시기를 1 내지 8개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 30의 알코을 또 는 다가알코올로부터 유도되는 작용기로, 앞서 예시한 바와 동일하고, PA, PAm, PS, PEO, FC, PT, CA, and SP are non-lipophilic crystalline groups which form covalent bonds with R 9 , respectively, directly or through a linking group of to ¾, respectively, wherein PA comprises 1 to 8 hydroxy groups. A functional group derived from an alcohol having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or a polyhydric alcohol, the same as exemplified above,
PAm은 아민기를 1 내지 6개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 20의 아민 또는 다 가아민으로부터 유도되는 작용기로, 앞서 예시한 바와 동일하고,  PAm is a functional group derived from an amine or a polyvalent amine having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 1 to 6 amine groups, the same as exemplified above,
PS는 실릴기를 2 내지 10개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 20의 실란계 화합 물로부터 유도되는 작용기이거나, 또는 실록시 (siloxy)기를 1 내지 10개 포함하는 선형, 분지형 또는 고리형 실특산계 화합물로부터 유도되는 작 용기로, 앞서 예시한 바와 동일하고,  PS is a functional group derived from a silane compound having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 2 to 10 silyl groups, or from a linear, branched or cyclic real specialty compound containing 1 to 10 siloxy groups. It is a small container that is guided, same as exemplified above,
PE0는 에틸렌옥사이드 (ethyleneoxide)기를 2 내지 20개 포함하는 상기 화학식 2a의 탄소수 4 내지 40의 선형 폴리옥시에틸렌 또는 상기 화학식 2b의 탄소수 4 내지 10의 고리형 폴리에틸렌글리콜로부터 유도되는 작용 기로, 앞서 예시한 바와 동일하고,  PE0 is a functional group derived from a linear polyoxyethylene having 4 to 40 carbon atoms of Formula 2a or a cyclic polyethylene glycol having 4 to 10 carbon atoms of Formula 2b including 2 to 20 ethylene oxide groups. Same as
FC는 플루오로기를 9 내지 41개 포함하는 탄소수 4 내지 20의 플루오로 카본계 화합물로부터 유도되는 퍼플루오로알킬기 또는 퍼플루오로아릴기 이며ᅳ  FC is a perfluoroalkyl group or a perfluoroaryl group derived from a fluorocarbon compound having 4 to 20 carbon atoms containing 9 to 41 fluoro groups;
PT는 티올기 (-SH)를 1 내지 8개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 20의 티올 및 다가티올로부터 유도되는 작용기로 앞서 예시한 바와 동일하고,  PT is the same as exemplified above with a functional group derived from a thiol and a polyvalent thiol having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 1 to 8 thiol groups (-SH),
CA는 카르복실산기 (-C00H)를 1 내지 4개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 카르복실산 및 다가 카르복실산으로부터 유도되는 작용기로, 앞서 예시한 바와 동일하고,  CA is a functional group derived from a carboxylic acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and a polyvalent carboxylic acid containing 1 to 4 carboxylic acid groups (-C00H), and is the same as exemplified above.
SP는 설포닉산기 (-S(=0)20H)를 1 내지 3개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10 의 설포닉산 또는 다가설포닉산으로부터 유도되는 작용기이거나, 설퍼릭 산기 (-0S(=0)20H)를 1 내지 3개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 설퍼릭산 또는 다가 설퍼릭산으로부터 유도되는 작용기이거나, 포스포닉산기 (- PO0)(0H)2)를 1 내지 3개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 포스포닉산 또는 다가포스포닉산으로부터 유도되는 작용기이거나 또는 포스퍼릭산기 (-0- P(=0)(0H)2)를 1 내지 3개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 포스퍼릭산 또는 다가포스퍼릭산으로부터 유도되는 작용기이며, 그리고, SP is a functional group derived from a sulfonic acid or a polysulfonic acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms containing 1 to 3 sulfonic acid groups (-S (= 0) 2 0H) or a sulfonic acid group (-0S (= 0) 2 0H) from 1 to 1 to 10 carbon atoms containing three sulfur acid or multivalent, or functional groups derived from a sulfur acid, phosphonic sulphonic acid group (- PO0) (0H) 2 ) from 1 to carbon atoms, 1 to comprising three 10 Phosphoric acid or polyhydric acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, which is a functional group derived from phosphonic acid or polyvalent phosphonic acid of 1 to 3 containing 1 to 3 phosphoric acid groups (-0-P (= 0) (0H) 2 ) Is a functional group derived from perric acid, and
상기 ai 내지 a9, 그리고 bl 내지 b9은 해당 작용기의 개수를 나타내는 수로, 각각 독립적으로 1 내지 3의 정수이며, 바람직하게는 상기 수학식 1에 따라 계산된 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 비친액정성 비율 (χ')이 A i to a9 and bl to b9 are numbers representing the number of functional groups, and are each independently an integer of 1 to 3, preferably, The non-liquid crystalline ratio (χ ') of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound calculated according to
0.5 내지 6을 충족하는 범위내에서 결정된다. It is determined within the range of satisfying 0.5 to 6.
구체적으로 단독 사용으로도 액정 수직배향 유도가 가능한 친액정성-비 친액정성 화합물의 예로는 하기의 화합물들을 들 수 있으나, 이들에 한정 되는 것은 아니다:  Specifically, examples of the lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound which can be induced by liquid crystal vertical alignment even alone may include, but are not limited to, the following compounds:
소르비탄 모노라우레이트 (Sorbi tan monolaurate , Span® 20); Sorbitan monolaurate (Sorbi tan monolaurate, Span ® 20 );
소르비탄 모노팔미테이트 (Sorbitan monopalmitate, Span® 40); 소르비탄 모노스테아레이트 (Sorbitan monostearate, Span® 60); 소르비탄 트리스테아레이트 (Sorbitan tristearate, Span® 65); 소르비탄 모노을레이트 (Sorbitan monooleate, Span® 80); Sorbitan monopalmitate (Span ® 40); Sorbitan monostearate (Span® 60); Sorbitan tristearate (Span ® 65); Sorbitan monooleate (Span ® mono) Span ® 80);
소르비탄 세스퀴올레이트 (Sorbitan sesquioleate , Span® 83); 소르비탄 트리올레이트 (Sorbitan trioleate, Span® 85); Sorbitan sesquioleate (Span ® 83); sorbitan trioleate (Span ® 85);
폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 트리스테아레이트 (Polyoxyethylenesorbitan tristearate, Tween® 65); Polyoxyethylenesorbitan tristearate (Tween ® 65);
폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 트리올레이트 (Polyoxyethylenesorbitan trioleate, Tween® 85); Polyoxyethylenesorbitan trioleate (Tween ® 85);
폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 스테아레이트 (Polyoxyethylenesorbitan stearate , Tween® 61); Polyoxyethylene sorbitan stearate (Polyoxyethylenesorbitan stearate, Tween ® 61) ;
폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 올레이트 (Polyoxyethylenesorbitan oleate, Tween™ 81);  Polyoxyethylenesorbitan oleate (Tween ™ 81);
디핵사데카노일 글리세를 (Dihexadecanoyl glycerol , dipalmit in); 디옥타데카노일 글리세를 (Dioctadecanoyl glycerol);  Dihexadecanoyl glycerol, dipalmit in; Dioctadecanoyl glycerol;
디올레오일 글리세를 (Dioleoyl glycerol);  Dioleoyl glycerol;
옥틸 갈레이트 (Octyl gallate);  Octyl gallate;
라우릴 갈레이트 (Lauryl gal late);  Lauryl gal late;
아스코르빅산 6—팔미테이트 (Ascorbic acid 6-palmitate);  Ascorbic acid 6—palmitate;
매나이드 모노을레이트 (Mannide monooleate);  Manide monooleate;
1,2-도데칸디을(1,2-1)0(1^31 ^01);  1,2-dodecanedi (1,2-1) 0 (1 ^ 31 ^ 01);
1 , 2-핵사데칸디올 ( 1, 2-Hexadecaned iol );  1, 2-nuxadecanediol (1, 2-Hexadecaned iol);
핵사데칸 1,2-디아민 (Hexadecane 1,2-diamine);  Nuxadecane 1,2-diamine;
옥탄산 (Octanoic acid);  Octanoic acid;
데칸산 (Decanoic acid);  Decanoic acid;
도데칸산 .(Dodecanoic acid); Dodecanoic acid. (Dodecanoic acid);
핵사데칸산 (Hexadecanoic acid, Palmitic acid);  Hexadecanoic acid (Palmetic acid);
옥타데칸산 (Octadecanoic acid, Stearic acid);  Octadecanoic acid (Stearic acid);
디핵사데실 포스퍼 1이트 (Dihexadecyl phosphate);  Dihexadecyl phosphate;
핵시 "데실술폰산 (hexadecyl sulfonic acid);  Nucleus "hexadecyl sulfonic acid;
도데실벤젠술폰산 (dodecylbenzene sulfonic acid);  Dodecylbenzene sulfonic acid;
1-데칸올 (1-Decanol );  1-decanol;
1-도데칸올 (1-Dodecanol); 1-핵사데칸올 (1-Hexadecanol); 1-dodecanol; 1-nuxadecanol;
1-옥타데칸올 (1-Octadecanol);  1-octadecanol;
옥틸아민 (Octylamine);  Octylamine;
데실아민 (Decylamine);  Decylamine;
도데실아민 (Dodecylamine);  Dodecylamine;
메타크릴옥시 메틸펜에틸 트리스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란 아이소머  Methacryloxy methylphenethyl tris (trimethylsiloxy) silane isomer
(methacryloxy methylpenethyl trisCtrimethylsi loxy)si lane isomer); 메틸옥타데실 비스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란 (methy卜 octadecyl  (methacryloxy methylpenethyl trisCtrimethylsi loxy) si lane isomer); Methyloctadecyl bis (trimethylsiloxy) silane (methy 卜 octadecyl
bi s(tr imethyl si loxy)si lane);  bi s (tr imethyl si loxy) si lane);
폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 트리스테아레이트 (polyoxyethylenesorbitane tr istearate, Tween® 65); Polyoxyethylenesorbitane tr istearate (Tween ® 65);
도데실페닐술폰산 (dodecylphenyl sulfonic acid);  Dodecylphenyl sulfonic acid;
하기 화학식 3j의 갈레이트 유도체 (Gal late derivative);  Gal late derivative of Formula 3j;
[화학식 3j]  [Formula 3j]
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
폴리옥시에틸렌 (2) 스테아릴 에테르 (polyoxyethylen (2) stearyl ether );  Polyoxyethylen (2) stearyl ether;
데실 갈레이트 (Decyl gal late); 및  Decyl gal late; And
팔미트산 (Palmitic acid) .  Palmitic acid.
본 발명에 따른 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물은 액정의 수직배향 유도 후에 광중합반웅을 통해 액정의 수직배향과 더불어 선경사각을 안정화시 키고, 견고한 절연성의 고체막을 형성함으로써 액정표시장치의 성능 및 신뢰성을 개선시키기 위해 , 친액정성 영역과 비친액정성 영역 중 어느 하 나 또는 둘 모두의 영역에 광반웅성기를 더 포함할 수 있다.  The lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound according to the present invention stabilizes the pretilt angle along with the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal through a photopolymerization reaction after inducing the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal, and forms a solid insulating solid film, thereby improving the performance and reliability of the liquid crystal display device. In order to improve the efficiency, the photoreactant group may be further included in one or both of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
상기 광반웅성기는 광 조사에 의해 광반응을 일으킬 수 있는 작용기로, 구체적으로는 아크릴기 (acryl group) , 메타크릴기 (methacry 1 group), 신 나데이트기 (c innamate group) , 쿠마린기 (coumar in group) , 차콘기  The photobanung group is a functional group capable of causing a photoreaction by light irradiation, specifically, an acryl group, a methacryl group, a c innamate group, a coumarin group ( coumar in group), chakongi
(chalcone group) , 비닐기 (vinyl group) , 티을기 (thiol group) , 엔기 (一 ene group) , 디엔기 (一 diene group) , 티을엔기 (thiol— ene group) , 아세틸 렌기 (acetylene group) 등을 들 수 있다.  (chalcone group), vinyl group, thiol group, en group (一 ene group), diene group, thiol—ene group, acetylene group Etc. can be mentioned.
구체적으로 상기 광반웅성 화합물은 하기 화학식 4a 내지 4i의 화합물 및 이들의 흔합물로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 것일 수 있다:  Specifically, the photo-banung compounds may be selected from the group consisting of compounds of the formula 4a to 4i and their mixtures:
[화학식 4a]
Figure imgf000037_0001
[Formula 4a]
Figure imgf000037_0001
[화학식
Figure imgf000037_0002
Formula
Figure imgf000037_0002
[화학식 4d]  [Formula 4d]
찌ᅳ(Ρ¾¾4' '  ᅳ (Ρ¾¾4 '' '
[화학식 4e]
Figure imgf000037_0003
[Formula 4e]
Figure imgf000037_0003
[화학식 4f]  [Formula 4f]
Figure imgf000037_0004
Figure imgf000037_0004
[화학식 4h]  [Formula 4h]
Figure imgf000037_0005
상기 화학식 4a 내지 4i에서,
Figure imgf000037_0005
In Chemical Formulas 4a to 4i,
Ri' 내지 R9' , Χι' 내지 V, ΡΑ' , PAm' , PS' , PEO', FC , PT' , AC 및 SP'는 앞서 화학식 1 내지 9에서 정의한 내지 R9, Xi 내지 X9, PA, PAm, PS, PEO, FC, PT, AC 및 SP와 동일하며, Ri 'to R 9 ', Χι 'to V, ΡΑ', PAm ', PS', PEO ', FC, PT', AC and SP 'are the above defined in the formula 1 to 9 to R 9 , Xi to X 9 , Same as PA, PAm, PS, PEO, FC, PT, AC and SP,
단, 상기 Ri'과 PA' 중 적어도 어느 하나, R2'와 PAm' 중 적어도 어느 하나, R3'와 PS ' 중 적어도 어느 하나, R4'와 PS2' 중 적어도 어느 하나, R5'와 PEO' 중 적어도 어느 하나, R6'와 FC' 중 적어도 어느 하나, R7'과 PT' 중 적어도 어느 하나, R8'와 AC' 중 적어도 어느 하나, 그리고 R9'과 SP' 중 적어도 어느 하나는 아크릴레이트기, 메타크릴레이트기 , 신나메이 트기, 쿠마린기, 챠콘기, 비닐기, 티올기, 엔기, 디엔기, 티을엔기 및 아 세틸렌기로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 광반응성기를 포함하며, 그리고 상기 al' 내지 a9' 및 bl' 내지 b9'은 해당 작용기의 개수를 나타내는 수로 , 각각 독립적으로 1 내지 3의 정수이며 , 바람직하게는 상기 수학식 1에 따라 계산된 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')이 0.5 내지 6, 바람직하게는 0.7 내지 5.5, 보다 더 바람직하게는 1.3 내지 5을 충족하는 범위내에서 결정 된다. At least one of Ri 'and PA', at least one of R 2 'and PAm', at least one of R 3 'and PS', at least one of R 4 'and PS 2 ', At least one of R 5 'and PEO', at least one of R 6 'and FC, at least one of R 7 ' and PT ', at least one of R 8 ' and AC ', and R 9 ' and SP At least one of the light is selected from the group consisting of an acrylate group, methacrylate group, cinnamate group, coumarin group, chacon group, vinyl group, thiol group, en group, diene group, thiene group and acetylene group And a reactive group, and al 'to a9' and bl 'to b9' are numbers representing the number of functional groups, each independently an integer of 1 to 3, preferably a non-lipophilic liquid crystal calculated according to Equation 1 The sex ratio (? ') Is determined within a range that satisfies 0.5 to 6, preferably 0.7 to 5.5, and more preferably 1.3 to 5.
보다 구체적으로, 단독 사용으로도 액정 수직배향 유도가 가능한, 광반 응성기를 더 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 예로는 하기의 화합 물들을 들 수 있으나, 이들에 한정되는 것은 아니다:  More specifically, examples of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound further comprising a photoreactive group capable of inducing liquid crystal vertical alignment even by use alone include, but are not limited to:
펜타에리쓰리틀 디아크릴레이트 모노스테아레이트 (Pentaerythritol diacrylate monostearate);  Pentaerythritol diacrylate monostearate;
펜타에리쓰리를 모노아크릴레이트 모노스테아레이트 (Pentaerythritol monoacrylate monostearate);  Pentaerythritol monopentathritol monoacrylate monostearate;
글루코실 메타크릴레이트 (methacryloctyloxyphenolglucose) 또는 그 유 도체;  Glucosyl methacrylate (methacryloctyloxyphenolglucose) or derivatives thereof;
[4- (메타크릴로일옥시메틸)페닐]에틸-트리스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란 ( [4- ( methacryloy loxymethy 1 ) phenyl ]ethyl-tris(trimethylsi lyloxy)si 1 ane) ); 메타크릴옥시메틸펜에틸트리스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란  [4- (methacryloyloxymethyl) phenyl] ethyl-tris (trimethylsiloxy) silane ([4- (methacryloy loxymethy 1) phenyl] ethyl-tris (trimethylsi lyloxy) si 1 ane)); methacryloxymethyl Phenethyltris (trimethylsiloxy) silane
( me thacry loxymethy lphene thy 11 ris(trimethylsi loxy)si lane) . (me thacry loxymethy lphene thy 11 ris (trimethylsi loxy) si lane).
본 발명에 따른 액정 수직배향 유도제가 상기와 같은 광반응성기를 포 함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 포함하는 경우에도 상기 수학식 1 에 따라 계산된 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')이 0.5 내지 6이며, 바람직하게는 0.7 내지 5.5, 보다 더 바람직하게는 1.3 내지 5인 것이 좋다. 이와 같이 액정 수직배향 유도제가 상기한 비친액정성 비율을 충족하는 조건에서 광 반응성기를 더 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 포함하는 경우, 액정 분자가 특정한 배열을 이루고 있는 상태에서 광중합 반웅에 의해 광 중합체가 형성됨으로써, 형성된 광증합체가 액정의 특정한 표면 배열을 기억하는 작용메카니즘에 의해 액정층내 액정 호스트의 수직배향 및 배향 안정화를 동시에 유도할 수 있다. 또한 상기와 같은 광반응성기를 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 은, 액정 수직배향 및 배향 안정화층이 적절한 표면밀도를 갖도록 광조사 에 의해 광중합체를 형성하는 광반웅성 화합물의 비율이 액정 수직배향 유도체 총 중량에 대하여 3 내지 100중량 %가 되도록 포함되는 것이 바람 직하다 . Even when the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent according to the present invention includes a lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound including the photoreactive group as described above, the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio (Χ ′) calculated according to Equation 1 is 0.5 to 6, preferably 0.7 to 5.5, more preferably 1.3 to 5. As described above, when the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer includes a lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound further comprising a photoreactive group under the conditions satisfying the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio, the photopolymerization reaction is performed in a state where the liquid crystal molecules form a specific arrangement. By forming the photopolymer, the formed photopolymer can induce vertical alignment and orientation stabilization of the liquid crystal host in the liquid crystal layer at the same time by an action mechanism for storing the specific surface arrangement of the liquid crystal. In addition, the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound including the photoreactive group described above has a ratio of the photo-banung compounds forming the photopolymer by photoirradiation so that the liquid crystal vertical alignment and the alignment stabilization layer have an appropriate surface density. It is preferably included to be 3 to 100% by weight relative to the total weight of the derivative.
본 발명에 따른 액정 수직배향 유도제는 선택적으로, 상기한 액정 수직 배향 유도제의 비액정성 비율 범위를 층족하는 조건 하에서 상기한 바와 같이 광반웅성기를 포함하거나 또는 포함하지 않는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 과 함께, 통상의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물, 즉, 친액정성기를 포함하는 친액정성 영역과 비친액정성기를 포함하는 비친액정성 영역을 포함하되, 친액정성 영역내에 탄소수 8이상의 친액정성기를 포함하지 않 는 계 2의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 포함할 수도 있다.  The liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer according to the present invention may optionally contain a liquid crystalline-non-liquid crystalline having or without a photobanic group as described above under conditions of satisfying the non-liquid crystalline ratio range of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer. A common lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound, ie, a lipophilic crystalline region including a lipophilic crystalline group and a non-lipophilic crystalline region including a lipophilic crystalline group, are included together with the compound. It may also comprise a lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound of type 2 that does not contain a lipophilic group.
상기 계 2의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물에 있어서, 친액정성 영역 및 비친액정성 영역에 포함되는 친액정성기 및 비친액정성 기는 앞서 설명한 바와 동일하며 , 상기 제 2의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물은 친액정성 영역 또는 비친액정성 영역 중 적어도 하나의 영역에 광반웅성기를 더 포함할 수 있다.  In the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound of the system 2, the lipophilic group and the non-lipophilic group included in the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region are the same as described above, and the second lipophilic crystalline-virin The liquid crystal compound may further include an optical semi-animal group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region or the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
구체적으로 상기 광반응성기를 포함하지 않는 제 2의 친액정성-비친액정 성 화합물의 예로 하기의 화합물들을 들 수 있으나, 이에 한정되는 것은 아니다:  Specifically, examples of the second lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound that do not include the photoreactive group include, but are not limited to:
핵실 갈레이트 (Hexyl gallate);  Hexyl gallate;
n-도데실 β -D-말톡사이드 (n-dodecyl β -D-maltoside);  n-dodecyl β-D-maltoside;
프로필 갈레이트 (Propyl gallate);  Propyl gallate;
1,2-핵산디을 (1,2-Hexanediol);  1,2-nucleic acid (1,2-Hexanediol);
핵사노익산 (Hexanoic acid);  Hexanoic acid;
1ᅳ핵사놀 (1-Hexanol);  1-Hexanol;
1—핵실아민 (1-Hexylamine);  1—nuxylamine;
1,3-비스 (3-메타아크릴옥시프로필 )테트라키스 (트리메틸실록시 )디실록산 ( 1 , 3-bi s(3-methacryloxypropy 1 )tetrakis(trimethylsi 1 oxy)di s i loxane); 3-메타크릴옥시프로필펜타메틸디실록산 (3— methacryloxypropyl pent amethy 1 disi loxane);  1,3-bis (3-methacryloxypropyl) tetrakis (trimethylsiloxy) disiloxane (1,3-bi s (3-methacryloxypropy 1) tetrakis (trimethylsi 1 oxy) di si loxane); 3-methacryl Oxypropylpentamethyldisiloxane (3— methacryloxypropyl pent amethy 1 disi loxane);
(3一아크릴옥시프로필 )트리스 (트리메틸실톡시 )실란( (3- acryloyloxypropyl )tr is(tr imethylsi loxy)si lane); (3-메타크릴아미도프로필 )비스 (트리메틸실톡시 )메틸실란 ((3- methacry 1 ami dopropy 1 )bis(tr imethylsi 1 oxy )methy 1 s i lane) . (3-Iacryloxypropyl) tris (trimethylsiloxy) silane ((3-acryloyloxypropyl) tr is (tr imethylsi loxy) si lane); (3-methacrylamidopropyl) bis (trimethylsiloxy) methylsilane ((3-methacry 1 ami dopropy 1) bis (tr imethylsi 1 oxy) methy 1 si lane).
또한 상기 광반웅성기를 포함하는 제 2의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 의 구체예로 하기의 화합물들을 들 수 있으나, 이에 한정되는 것은 아니 다:  In addition, specific examples of the second lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound including the photo-banung group may include, but are not limited to:
펜타에리쓰리를 트리아크릴레이트 (pentaerythritol tr iacrylate); 펜타에리쓰리를 테트라아크릴레이트 (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate); 폴리 (에틸렌글리콜)메틸에테르 메타크릴레이트 (poly(ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacr late);  Pentaerythritol tr iacrylate; pentaerythritol tetraacrylate; poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacr late;
폴리 (에틸렌글리콜) 메틸 에테르 아크릴레이트 (Poly(ethylene glycol) methyl ether acryl ate);  Poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether acrylate;
히드록시부틸 아크릴레이트;  Hydroxybutyl acrylate;
하기 화학식 4j의 글리세를 유도체 ;  A glycerol derivative of the formula 4j;
[화학식 4j]
Figure imgf000040_0001
[Formula 4j]
Figure imgf000040_0001
글리코실옥시에틸 메타크릴레이트 (Glycosyloxyethyl methacrylate); 트리데카플루오로옥틸 메타크릴레이트 (tridecafluorooctyl  Glycosyloxyethyl methacrylate; Tridecafluorooctyl
methacrylate); 및 methacrylate); and
폴리 (에틸렌글리콜)메틸에테르 메타크릴레이트 (poly(ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacrylate) .  Poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacrylate.
이들 화합물들은 단독으로는 액정의 수직배향 유도가 어려우나, 본 발 명에서의 광반응성기를 포함하거나 또는 포함하지 않는 친액정성-비친액 정성 화합물과 함께 수학식 1로 정의되는 비친액정성 비율의 조건을 층족 하는 흔합비을로 흔합사용시에는 액정의 수직배향을 유도할 수 있다 . 본 발명에 따른 액정 수직배향 유도제는 액정호스트에 첨가시 상기 유 도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 분자가 자가조립에 의해 안 정화된 미세조립체를 형성하며 액정호스트 중에 균일하게 분산되기 때문 에, 종래 액정 배향 유도제의 낮은 분산성 또는 뭉침에 의한 배향 불량을 현저하게 감소시킬 수 있다. 또한, 액정호스트 중에 분산된 미세조립체에 의해 액정층 형성시 선처리된 배향충 없이도 액정 호스트의 수직배향을 유도할 수 있으며, 또한 형성된 미세조립체는 전극층 위에 절연성의 액정 수직배향 유도 및 안정화 층을 형성하고, 이후 광조사에 의한 고체화 과 정을 거쳐 안정화됨으로써 액정표시장치의 신뢰성을 개선시킬 수 있다. 또한, 상기 미세조립체를 구성하는 액정 수직배향 유도제가 광반웅성기를 더 포함하는 경우, 전기장을 인가한 상태에서 광조사를 통해 광중합 반웅 에 따른 광중합체를 형성함으로써 특정 배열상태의 액정 프리틸트 These compounds alone are difficult to induce vertical alignment of the liquid crystal, but the conditions of the non-liquid crystalline ratio defined by Equation 1 together with a lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound with or without the photoreactive group in the present invention. In mixed use, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal can be induced. When the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent according to the present invention is added to the liquid crystal host, the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound molecules constituting the inducing agent form a microassembly that is stabilized by self-assembly and is uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host. In addition, the orientation defect by the low dispersibility or aggregation of the conventional liquid crystal aligning agent can be significantly reduced. In addition, the microassembly dispersed in the liquid crystal host can induce vertical alignment of the liquid crystal host without the alignment treatment pre-treated when forming the liquid crystal layer, and the formed microassembly is an insulating liquid crystal on the electrode layer. The vertical alignment induction and stabilization layer is formed and then stabilized through solidification by light irradiation, thereby improving reliability of the liquid crystal display. In addition, when the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent constituting the microassembly further includes an optical reflector, the liquid crystal pretilt in a specific arrangement state is formed by forming a photopolymer according to the photopolymerization reaction through light irradiation while applying an electric field.
(pretilt)를 형성하고 안정화할 수 있으며, 그 결과로 액정소자의 성능을 더욱 개선시킬 수 있다. 따라서, 본 발명에 따른 액정 수직배향 유도제를 이용하여 선 배향처리 공정 없이 액정의 수직배향을 유도하고 액정의 선 경사각을 안정화시키며 전극층 위에 절연성의 액정 수직배향 및 배향 안 정화 층을 형성함으로써 성능 및 신뢰성이 우수한 액정소자를 제작할 수 있다.  It is possible to form and stabilize the pretilt, and as a result, it is possible to further improve the performance of the liquid crystal device. Therefore, the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide according to the present invention induces vertical alignment of the liquid crystal without a line alignment treatment process, stabilizes the inclination angle of the liquid crystal, and forms an insulating liquid crystal vertical alignment and alignment stabilizer layer on the electrode layer. This excellent liquid crystal element can be produced.
본 발명의 다른 일 구현예에 따르면 상기 액정 수직배향 유도제를 포함 하는 액정층 형성용 조성물을 제공한다.  According to another embodiment of the present invention provides a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer comprising the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide.
상세하게는, 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물은 액정호스트와 함께, 상기한 액정 수직배향 유도제를 포함한다.  In detail, the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer includes the liquid crystal vertical alignment induction agent together with the liquid crystal host.
상기 액정호스트로는 통상 액정표시장치에 사용되는 것이라면 특별한 한정없이 사용가능하다. 구체적으로는 음의 유전율 이방성을 가지는 네마 틱 액정을 사용할 수 있다.  The liquid crystal host may be used without particular limitation as long as it is generally used in a liquid crystal display device. Specifically, a nematic liquid crystal having negative dielectric anisotropy can be used.
상기 액정 수직배향 유도제는 앞서 설명한 바와 동일하다.  The liquid crystal vertical alignment guide is the same as described above.
다만, 액정층 형성용 조성물 중에 포함되는 액정 수직배향 유도제의 함 량이 지나치게 낮으면 , 액정호스트에 대한 수직배향 및 표면안정화 효과 가 미미하고 , 반면 함량이 지나치게 높으면 , 높은 밀도의 배향불량 및 과 도한 안정화 발생에 따른 액정표시장치의 성능 저하의 우려가 있다 . 이에 따라 상기 액정 수직배향 유도제는 액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하 여 0.01 내지 5중량 %로 포함되는 것이 바람직하고, 보다 바람직하게는 0.05 내지 3중량 %로 포함되는 것이 보다 향상된 효과를 얻을 수 있어 좋 다.  However, when the content of the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent contained in the liquid crystal layer forming composition is too low, the vertical alignment and surface stabilization effect on the liquid crystal host is insignificant, whereas when the content is too high, the high density of the orientation misalignment and excessive stabilization There is a danger of deterioration of the performance of the liquid crystal display device. Accordingly, the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent may be included in an amount of 0.01 to 5% by weight, and more preferably 0.05 to 3% by weight, based on the total weight of the liquid crystal layer forming composition. good.
상기 액정층 형성용 조성물에서 상기 액정 수직배향 유도제는 자가조립 에 의해 안정화된 미세조립체의 형태로 액정호스트 중에 분산되어 존재한 다. 이때 형성되는 미세조립체의 크기는 액정 수직배향 유도제를 구성하 는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 특성 및 종류에 따라 달라질 수 있는데, 통상, 미세조립체의 최소 직경은 사용하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 길이에 의해 제한될 수 있으며, 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 평균길이 의 두 배보다 작아질 수 없다.  In the liquid crystal layer forming composition, the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is dispersed in the liquid crystal host in the form of a microassembly stabilized by self-assembly. In this case, the size of the microassembly formed may vary depending on the characteristics and types of the lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer. In general, the minimum diameter of the microassembly is the lipophilic crystalline-non-liquid crystal used. It can be limited by the length of the compound and cannot be less than twice the average length of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound.
본 발명에 따른 액정층 형성용 조성물에서 분산상의 미세조립체의 직경 은 수 나노미터 내지 수십 미크론까지 광범위하게 존재할 수 있다. 그러 나 미세조립체의 직경이 지나치게 작은 경우에는 미세조립체 형성 자체가 어렵고, 반면 미세조립체의 직경이 지나치게 큰 경우에는 결함이 많이 발 생하여 액정 배향 특성이 나빠질 수 있다. 따라서, 액정의 수직배향을 제 어할 목적으로 이용될 수 있는 미세조립체의 직경은 2nm 내지 800nm인 것 이 바람직하고, 보다 바람직하게는 3nm 내지 600nm, 보다 더 바람직하게 는 3nm 내지 400nm이다. Diameter of the microassembly of the dispersed phase in the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer according to the present invention Silver can be present in a wide range from several nanometers to several tens of microns. However, when the diameter of the microassembly is too small, it is difficult to form the microassembly itself. On the other hand, when the diameter of the microassembly is too large, a large number of defects may occur to deteriorate the liquid crystal alignment characteristics. Therefore, the diameter of the microassembly that can be used for the purpose of controlling the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal is preferably 2nm to 800nm, more preferably 3nm to 600nm, even more preferably 3nm to 400nm.
또한 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물은 액정의 수직배향을 유도한 후, 배향 및 선경사각을 안정화시키기 위하여 광중합 반웅이 가능한 모노머를 더 포함할 수 있다. 이때, 광반웅성 모노머는 수직배향 고분자막을 선처리한 기판과 반응성 액정 (reactive mesogen)을 소량 첨가한 액정층 형성용 조 성물을 사용하여 액정 표시장치를 제작하고 전기장의 인가하에서 배향을 광안정화 시킬 때 사용되는 반응성 액정의 기능과 유사한 작용을 한다. 상기 광반응성 모노머로는 액정 수직배향 유도제의 자가조립에 의한 미세 조립체 형성에 관여하지 않으며, 단지 액정 수직배향 유도제에 의한 액정 의 수직배향 유도 후 특정상태의 배향을 안정화시킬 수 있는 화합물을 사 용하는 것이 바람직하다. 구체적으로는 4,4' -바이페놀 디아크릴레이트 (4,4' -bi phenol diacrylate) , 4,4' -바이페놀 디메타아크릴레이트 (4,4' -biphenol dimethacrylate) , 1 , 4-비스 - [4-(6-아크릴로일옥시핵실옥 시 )벤조일옥시 ] -2-메틸벤젠 (l,4-bisS-[4— (6- acryloyl oxyhexyloxy) benzoyl oxy] -2-methyl benzene) , 또는 1,6ᅳ핵산디을 디아크릴레이트 (l,6-hexanediol diacrylate) 등을 사용할 수 있다.  In addition, the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer may further include a monomer capable of photopolymerization in order to induce vertical alignment of the liquid crystal and to stabilize the alignment and the pretilt angle. In this case, the photo-reflective monomer is used to prepare a liquid crystal display using a substrate pre-treated with a vertical alignment polymer film and a liquid crystal layer forming composition containing a small amount of reactive liquid crystal (reactive mesogen), and to stabilize the alignment under the application of an electric field. It acts similar to the function of reactive liquid crystals. The photoreactive monomer is not involved in the formation of microassembly by self-assembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, and only a compound capable of stabilizing the orientation of a specific state after the vertical alignment induction of the liquid crystal by the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is used. It is preferable. Specifically, 4,4'-biphenol diacrylate, 4,4'-biphenol dimethacrylate, 1,4-bis [4- (6-acryloyloxynucleooxy) benzoyloxy] -2-methylbenzene (l, 4-bisS- [4— (6-acryloyl oxyhexyloxy) benzoyl oxy] -2-methyl benzene), or 1,6 'dicarboxylic acid diacrylate (l, 6-hexanediol diacrylate) etc. can be used.
또한 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물은 액정호스트와 함께 표면 반웅기의 광반웅을 유도하기 위한 통상의 광 개시제 (photo-initiaror)를 더 포함할 수도 있다.  In addition, the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer may further include a conventional photo-initiaror for inducing photo reaction of the surface reaction together with the liquid crystal host.
본 발명의 또 다른 일 구현예에 따르면 상기한 액정 수직배향 유도제를 포함하는 액정층 형상용 조성물을 이용하여 제조된 액정표시장치 및 그의 제조방법을 제공한다.  According to still another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a liquid crystal display device manufactured using the liquid crystal layer shape composition including the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent and a method of manufacturing the same.
구체적으로, 본 발명의 일 구현예에 따른 액정표시장치는 서로 대향하 여 위치하는 제 1기판과 제 2기판; 상기 제 1기판과 제 2기판의 상호 대향되 는 면에 각각 형성된 제 1전극과 제 2전극; 그리고 상기 게 1기판과 상기 제 2기판 사이에 개재되어 위치하는 액정층을 포함하며 , 상기 액정층은 상기 한 액정호스트 및 액정 수직배향 유도제를 포함한다 .  Specifically, the liquid crystal display according to the embodiment of the present invention, the first substrate and the second substrate which are located facing each other; First and second electrodes formed on opposite surfaces of the first and second substrates, respectively; And a liquid crystal layer interposed between the first substrate and the second substrate, wherein the liquid crystal layer includes the liquid crystal host and the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide.
상기 액정층은 이후 액정 배향 안정화를 위한 선택적 실시공정인 광조 사 공정에 의해 액정층 형성용 조성물 내 존재하는 미세조립체가 고체화 되어 전극층 위에 패시베이션층올 형성함에 따라, 액정 수직배향 유도제 의 미세조립체를 포함하는 액정 수직배향 및 광안정화 층 (도 3의 14 및 24 참조)을 더 포함할 수도 있다. The liquid crystal layer is then an optional light step for stabilizing the liquid crystal alignment As the microassembly present in the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer is solidified by forming a passivation layer on the electrode layer, the liquid crystal vertical alignment and light stabilization layer including the microassembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide (see FIGS. 14 and 24 of FIG. 3). ) May be further included.
또한, 상기 액정층내 액정 수직배향 유도제가 광반웅성기를 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 포함하거나 또는 광반응성 화합물을 포함 하는 경우, 액정층은 액정의 수직배향 유도 후 실시되는 전기장 인가하에 서의 광중합 반응 공정을 통해 상기 광반웅성기를 갖는 화합물이 광중합 된 광중합체를 더 포함할 수 있다. 이때 상기 광중합체는 1종의 광반응성 화합물의 광중합에 의해 형성되는 단독 중합체일 수도 있고, 또는 2종 이 상의 광반응성 화합물의 광중합에 의해 형성되는 공중합체일 수도 있다. 또한 상기 액정표시장치에 있어서, 상기 제 1 및 제 2 전극 중 어느 하나 또는 둘 모두는 패턴화된 것일 수 있다.  In addition, when the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide in the liquid crystal layer includes a lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound including a photobanung group or includes a photoreactive compound, the liquid crystal layer is subjected to an electric field applied after inducing vertical alignment of the liquid crystal. Through the photopolymerization reaction process, the compound having the photoreactive group may further include a photopolymerized photopolymerized polymer. In this case, the photopolymer may be a homopolymer formed by photopolymerization of one photoreactive compound, or may be a copolymer formed by photopolymerization of two or more photoreactive compounds. In the liquid crystal display, any one or both of the first and second electrodes may be patterned.
본 발명의 또 다른 일 구현예에 따르면 , 제 1기판 및 제 2기판에 대해 각 각 제 1 및 제 2전극을 형성하는 전극형성단계 ; 상기 제 1 및 제 2전극을 각 각 포함하는 제 1기판과 제 2기판을 전극들끼리 대면하도록 하여 접합한 후 제 1기판과 제 2기판 사이의 공간에 상기한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 주입하 거나, 또는 상기 제 1 및 제 2전극을 각각 포함하는 제 1기판과 게 2기판 증 어느 하나에 대해 진공 하에서 상기한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 적하하여 액정층을 형성한 후 나머지 기판을 전극들끼리 대면하도록 접합하여 조립 체를 제조하는 단계를 포함하는 액정표시장치의 제조방법을 제공한다. 이 때 상기 제조방법은 조립체의 제조 후 상기 조립체의 제 1기판과 제 2기판 사이에 전기장을 인가한 후 광 조사하는 단계를 선택적으로 더 포함할 수 있다.  According to another embodiment of the present invention, an electrode forming step of forming the first and second electrodes for each of the first substrate and the second substrate; The first substrate and the second substrate including the first and second electrodes, respectively, are bonded to each other so that the electrodes face each other, and then the liquid crystal layer forming composition is injected into the space between the first and second substrates. Alternatively, the liquid crystal layer is formed by dropping the liquid crystal layer forming composition under vacuum with respect to either the first substrate or the second substrate including the first and second electrodes, respectively, to form a liquid crystal layer, and then the other substrates are separated from each other. It provides a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device comprising the step of bonding so as to face the assembly. In this case, the manufacturing method may further include selectively irradiating light after applying an electric field between the first substrate and the second substrate of the assembly after fabrication of the assembly.
도 3은 본 발명의 일 구현예에 따른 액정표시장치의 제조공정을 개략적 으로 나타낸 공정도 이다. 도 3은 본 발명을 설명하기 위한 일 례일 뿐 본 발명이 이에 한정되는 것은 아니다.  3 is a process diagram schematically illustrating a manufacturing process of a liquid crystal display according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention. 3 is only an example for describing the present invention and the present invention is not limited thereto.
이하 도 3을 참조하여 각 단계별로 상세히 설명한다 .  Hereinafter, each step will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 3.
단계 1은 제 1기판 (11) 및 제 2기판 (21)에 대해 각각 제 1 및 제 2전극 (12 및 22)을 형성하는 단계이다 (S11).  Step 1 is a step of forming the first and second electrodes 12 and 22 for the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 21, respectively (S11).
상기 제 1 및 제 2기판 (11 및 21)으로는 통상 액정표시장치에서 사용되는 것이라면 특별한 한정 없이 사용할 수 있으며, 구체적으로 유리 또는 플 라스틱 기판을 사용할 수 있다.  The first and second substrates 11 and 21 may be used without particular limitation as long as they are generally used in liquid crystal displays, and specifically, glass or plastic substrates may be used.
상기 제 1기판 (11)의 일면에는 제 1전극 (12)으로서 공통전극 (또는 투명전 극)을 형성하고, 제 2기판 (21)의 일면에는 제 2전극 (22)으로서 화소전극을 각각 형성한다. 이때 제 1기판과 제 2기판, 그리고 공통전극과 화소전극은 위치 및 그 기능에 따라 구분한 것으로 제 2기판에 공통전극이 형성될 수 도 있고 제 1기판에 화소전극이 형성될 수도 있다. One surface of the first substrate 11 has a common electrode (or transparent field) as the first electrode 12. Poles) and pixel electrodes as second electrodes 22 are formed on one surface of the second substrate 21, respectively. In this case, the first substrate and the second substrate, and the common electrode and the pixel electrode are divided according to the position and the function thereof. The common electrode may be formed on the second substrate or the pixel electrode may be formed on the first substrate.
상기 제 1 및 제 2 전극 (12 및 22)은 통상의 전극 형성 방법에 따라 제 조될 수 있으며, 상기 제 1 및 제 2 전극 형성 물질로는 통상 액정표시장 치의 전극 형성에 사용되는 물질이라면 특별한 제한없이 사용할 수 있다. 구체적으로는, 상기 제 1 및 제 2 전극 (12 및 22)은 금속산화물, 탄소계 전기전도성 물질 및 이들의 흔합물로 이루진 군에서 선택되는 것을 포함 할 수 있다. 바람직하게는, 인듐주석산화물 (indium tin oxide, I TO), 산 화아연 (zinc oxide, Z0) , 인듐아연산화물 ( i nindi zinc oxide, IZO) , 산화 주석 (tin oxide, TO), 산화인듐 (indium oxide, 10), 산화알루미늄 (A1203, AO), 산화은 (AgO), 산화티타늄 (Ti02), 불소 도핑된 주석 산화물 The first and second electrodes 12 and 22 may be manufactured according to a conventional electrode forming method, and the first and second electrode forming materials may be particularly limited as long as they are materials used for forming electrodes of a liquid crystal display device. Can be used without Specifically, the first and second electrodes 12 and 22 may include one selected from the group consisting of metal oxides, carbon-based electrically conductive materials, and mixtures thereof. Preferably, indium tin oxide (ITO), zinc oxide (Z0), indium zinc oxide (IZO), tin oxide (TO), indium oxide ( indium oxide, 10), aluminum oxide (A1 2 0 3 , AO), silver oxide (AgO), titanium oxide (Ti0 2 ), fluorine-doped tin oxide
(fluorine-doped tin oxide, FTO) , 알루미늄 도핑된 아연 산화물 (fluorine-doped tin oxide, FTO), aluminum doped zinc oxide
(aluminum doped zinc oxide , AZO) , 아연인듐주석 산화물 (zinc indium tin oxide, ZITO) , 니켈 산화물 (nickel oxide, NiO) , 니켈 아연 주석 산 화물 (nickel zinc tin oxide, NZTO) , 니켈티타늄 산화물 (nickel titanium oxide, NTO) , 니켈주석 산화물 (nickel tin oxide) , 그래핀 (graphene), 그 래핀 산화물 (graphene oxide, GO) 및 이들의 흔합물로 이루진 군에서 선 택되는 화합물을 포함할 수 있다. (aluminum doped zinc oxide (AZO), zinc indium tin oxide (ZITO), nickel oxide (NiO), nickel zinc tin oxide (NZTO), nickel titanium oxide (nickel titanium oxide (NTO), nickel tin oxide (nickel tin oxide), graphene (graphene), graphene oxide (graphene oxide, GO) and may include a compound selected from the group consisting of their mixtures.
또한 상기 제 1및 제 2전극 (12 및 22)은 기판 (11, 21) 전면에 걸쳐 형성 될 수도 있고, 또는 별도의 패턴화 공정을 통해 아일랜드, 스프라이트, 피시본 등의 소정의 형태로 패턴화 (미도시 )될 수도 있다. 이에 따라 본 발명의 다른 일 구현예에 따르면 상기 제 1및 제 2전극 (12 및 22) 중 적어 도 어느 하나의 전극이 패턴화된 액정표시장치를 제공한다.  In addition, the first and second electrodes 12 and 22 may be formed over the entire surface of the substrates 11 and 21, or may be patterned into predetermined shapes such as islands, sprites, and fishbones through a separate patterning process. (Not shown). Accordingly, according to another embodiment of the present invention, a liquid crystal display device in which at least one of the first and second electrodes 12 and 22 is patterned is provided.
또한, 상기 전극 형성 단계 전 제 1 및 제 2 기판 (11 및 21)중 적어도 어 느 하나의 기판에 대해, 또는 상기 전극 형성 후 제 1 및 게 2전극 (12 및 22) 중 적어도 어느 하나의 전극 상에 전기절연성 화합물층 (미도시 )을 형 성하는 단계를 더 실시할 수 있으며, 또는 상기 전극 형성 단계 전과 전 극 형성 후 둘 모두에 대해 전기절연성 화합물충을 형성하는 단계를 실시 할 수 있다. 이 같은 전기절연성 화합물층의 형성은 액정 표시 소자내 전 극이 패턴화된 경우에 보다 바람직하다.  Further, at least one of the first and the second electrodes 12 and 22 with respect to at least one of the first and second substrates 11 and 21 before the electrode forming step or after the formation of the electrode. A step of forming an electrically insulating compound layer (not shown) may be further performed on the step, or the step of forming the electrically insulating compound charge may be performed both before and after the electrode formation step. The formation of such an electrically insulating compound layer is more preferable when the electrode in the liquid crystal display device is patterned.
상기 공정의 결과로 전극의 상부 또는 하부에는 패시베이션층  The passivation layer on top or bottom of the electrode as a result of the process
(passivation layer) 또는 절연층의 역할을 하는 전기절연성 화합물층이 형성될 수 았으며 또한 전극 형성 전 및 전극 형성 후 전기절연성 화합 물층 형성 공정을 실시함으로써 전극의 상부 및 하부 둘 모두에 전기절연 성 화합물층이 형성될 수 있다. 이에 따라 본 발명의 또 다른 일 구현예 에 따르면, 상기 제 1 및 제 2 전극 (12 및 22) 중 적어도 어느 하나의 전극 에 대해 위나 아래, 또는 둘 모두에 전기절연성 화합물층이 형성된 액정 표시장치를 제공한다 . electrically insulating compound layer acting as a passivation layer or insulating layer In addition, an electrically insulating compound layer may be formed on both the upper and lower portions of the electrode by performing a process of forming an electrically insulating compound layer before and after forming the electrode. Accordingly, according to another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a liquid crystal display device having an electrically insulating compound layer formed above, below, or both of at least one of the first and second electrodes 12 and 22. do .
상기 전기절연성 화합물층은 유기 절연성 물질, 비금속 산화물 또는 비 금속 질화물을 포함할 수 있다. 구체적으로는 상기 전기 절연성 화합물층 은 실리콘 산화물 (SiOx) 또는 실리콘 질화물 (SiNx)로 구성된 단일막이거 나, 또는 실리콘산화물막 및 실리콘질화물막으로 구성된 이중막 내지는 다층구조체일 수 있다.  The electrically insulating compound layer may include an organic insulating material, a nonmetal oxide, or a non metal nitride. Specifically, the electrically insulating compound layer may be a single layer composed of silicon oxide (SiOx) or silicon nitride (SiNx), or a double layer or multilayer structure composed of a silicon oxide layer and a silicon nitride layer.
또한, 전극 (12 및 22)이 형성된 각각의 기판 (11 및 21)에 대해 선택적 으로 세제를 이용한 수용액 ; 아세톤, 이소프로필알코을 등의 유기용매 ; 오존; 또는 플라즈마 등을 이용하여 세정 후 건조하여 전극 표면의 불순 물 및 수분을 제거하는 공정을 실시할 수도 있다.  Further, an aqueous solution using a detergent selectively for each of the substrates 11 and 21 on which the electrodes 12 and 22 are formed; Organic solvents such as acetone and isopropyl alcohol; ozone; Alternatively, a process of removing impurities and water from the surface of the electrode by washing and drying using a plasma or the like may be performed.
단계 2는 상기 제 1 및 제 2전극 (12 및 22)을 포함하는 제 1기판 및 계 2기 판 (11 및 21)을 전극들끼리 대면하도록 하여 접합한 후 제 1기판과 제 2기 판 사이의 공간에 액정층 형성용 조성물 (13a)을 주입하거나, 또는 상기 거 U 및 제 2전극 (12 및 22)을 포함하는 제 1기판과 제 2기판 (11 및 21) 중 어느 하나에 대해 진공하에서 액정층 형성용 조성물 (13)을 적하한 후 나 머지 기판을 전극끼리 대면하도록 접합하여 조립체를 제조하는 단계이다 (S12).  In step 2, the first and second substrates 11 and 21 including the first and second electrodes 12 and 22 are joined to each other so that the electrodes face each other, and thereafter, between the first and second substrates. The liquid crystal layer-forming composition 13a is injected into a space of the liquid crystal layer or under vacuum with respect to any one of the first and second substrates 11 and 21 including the above U and second electrodes 12 and 22. After dropping the composition 13 for forming a liquid crystal layer, the remaining substrates are bonded to each other so that the electrodes face each other (S12).
상기 액정층 형성용 조성물 (13)은 앞서 설명한 바와 동일하다.  The composition 13 for forming a liquid crystal layer is the same as described above.
상기 액정 호스트로는 통상 액정 표시 소자에 사용되는 것이라면 특별 한 한정없이 사용가능하다. 구체적으로는 음의 유전율 이방성을 가지는 네마틱 액정을 사용할 수 있다.  As the liquid crystal host, any one used in a liquid crystal display device may be used without particular limitation. Specifically, a nematic liquid crystal having negative dielectric anisotropy can be used.
상기와 같은 액정수직배향 유도제를 포함하는 액정층 형성용 조성물은, 액정 호스트와 함께 표면 반웅기의 광반웅을 유도하기 위한 통상의 광 개 시제 (photo-initiaror)를 더 포함할 수도 있다.  The composition for forming a liquid crystal layer including the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer as described above may further include a conventional photo-initiaror for inducing photo reaction of the surface reaction together with the liquid crystal host.
상기 제 1기판과 제 2기판 (11, 21)의 접합 공정과, 액정층 형성용 조성물 (13)의 주입 또는 적하 공정은 통상의 방법에 따라 실사할 수 있다.  The bonding process of the said 1st board | substrate and the 2nd board | substrates 11 and 21 and the injection | pouring or dripping process of the liquid crystal layer formation composition 13 can be carried out according to a conventional method.
상기와 같은 공정에 따라 액정층 형성용 조성물 (13)을 주입하게 되면, 도 3에 나타난 바와 같이 액정은 통상적인 배향막의 코팅 없이도 수직 배 향하게 된다 (S12). When the composition 13 for forming a liquid crystal layer is injected according to the above process, as shown in FIG. 3, the liquid crystal is vertically oriented even without coating of a conventional alignment layer. It is faced (S12).
이때 액정의 수직배향을 효과적으로 유도하기 위해 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물의 주입 또는 적하 후 액정 호스트와 액정 수직배향 유도제의 흔합 물의 네마틱—아이소트로픽 상전이 온도 보다 10 내지 20°C 높은 은도로 조립체를 가열한 후 분당 0.1 내지 10°C의 속도로 냉각시키는 액정의 수 직배열을 유도 공정을 더 실시할 수도 있다. In this case, in order to effectively induce the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal, after the injection or dropping of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer, the nematic of the mixture of the liquid crystal host and the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is heated to 10 to 20 ° C higher silver than the isotropic phase transition temperature After inducing the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal to be cooled at a rate of 0.1 to 10 ° C. per minute may be further carried out.
또한 상기 조립체의 제조 단계 이후 선택적으로 상기 조립체의 제 1기판 과 제 2기판 (11, 21) 사이에 전기장을 인가한 후 광 조사하여 액정표시장 치를 제조하는 단계를 더 실시할 수도 있다 (S13).  In addition, after the manufacturing step of the assembly, optionally applying an electric field between the first substrate and the second substrate (11, 21) of the assembly may be further performed to manufacture a liquid crystal display by light irradiation (S13) .
상기 전기장 인가 공정은 액정표시장치의 광투과율이 직교편광자 하에 서 최대 투과도의 5% (T05) 내지 100% (Τ100)가 되는 직류 또는 교류 전기 장을 인가하는 조건에서 실시되는 것이 바람직하다 . The electric field applying process is preferably performed under a condition of applying a direct current or an alternating electric field such that the light transmittance of the liquid crystal display becomes 5% (T 05 ) to 100% (Τ 100 ) of the maximum transmittance under a cross polarizer.
상기와 같은 조건에서 전기장 인가에 의해 조립체 내 액정에 대해 특정 광학상태를 유도한 후 광반응성기를 화학반웅시킬 수 있는 파장의 광, 바 람직하게는 자외선을 조사한다 . 바람직하게는 200 nm 내지 400 nm 파장 범위의 자외선을, 1분 내지 60분 동안 100 mW/cm2 내지 50yW/cm2 의 세 기로 조사하는 것이 광반웅성 화합물에 있어서의 광반응성기의 광안정화 효율을 최대화하여 액정배향의 표면안정화 효과를 얻을 수 있기 때문에 좋다. 또한, 광 조사 공정은 인가하는 전기장이나 조사하는 광의 세기를 다르게 하여 2가지 이상의 단계로 실시할 수도 있다. Under the above conditions, a specific optical state is induced for the liquid crystal in the assembly by applying an electric field, and then light of a wavelength capable of chemically reacting a photoreactive group is irradiated with ultraviolet rays. Preferably, irradiating ultraviolet light in the wavelength range of 200 nm to 400 nm at three groups of 100 mW / cm 2 to 50yW / cm 2 for 1 to 60 minutes may improve the photostabilization efficiency of the photoreactive group in the photoreactive compound. It is good because it can maximize and obtain the surface stabilization effect of liquid crystal orientation. In addition, the light irradiation step may be carried out in two or more steps by varying the electric field to be applied or the intensity of light to be irradiated.
상기 광 조사 공정은 전기장을 인가한 후 결함이 최소화될 때까지 기다 렸다가 액정의 배열상태가 안정된 상태가 된 후 실시하는 것이 바람직하 다.  The light irradiation process is preferably performed after applying an electric field and waiting for the defect to be minimized before the arrangement of the liquid crystals becomes stable.
액정층 형성용 조성물내 존재하는 액정 수직배향 유도제의 미세조립체 가 고체화되어 전극 위에 패시베이션층을 형성함에 따라 상기 액정층은 상기 미세조립체에 의해 형성된 패시베이션층으로서 액정 수직배향 및 광 안정화 층 (13b 및 13b' )을 더 포함할 수 있다 .  As the microassembly of the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent present in the liquid crystal layer forming composition solidifies to form a passivation layer on the electrode, the liquid crystal layer is a passivation layer formed by the microassembly and the liquid crystal vertical alignment and light stabilization layers 13b and 13b. ') May be further included.
또한 액정 수직배향 유도제를 형성하는 화합물이 광반웅성기를 포함하 는 광반웅성 화합물인 경우, 상기와 같은 광 조사 공정에 의해 광반웅성 화합물의 광반웅성기가 광반응을 일으켜 광중합체를 형성하며, 그 결과로 액정의 배열 및 광학상태가 더욱 안정화되고, 액정의 표면 선경사각 유도 및 화소 단위의 표면 안정화를 실현할 수 있다.  In addition, when the compound forming the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is a photo-reflective compound including a photo-neutral group, the photo-reflective group of the photo-reflective compound causes a photoreaction to form a photopolymer by the light irradiation process as described above. As a result, the arrangement and optical state of the liquid crystal can be further stabilized, and the surface pretilt angle induction of the liquid crystal and the surface stabilization in pixel units can be realized.
구체적으로, 광안정화 처리가 되지 않은 액정표시장치에 제 1 및 제 2 기 판 (11, 21)을 통해 기판에 수직인 전기장을 인가하게 되면 액정분자가 전 기장에 수직인 방향으로 회전하면서 투과도가 증가하게 된다. 이때 액정 분자는 특정 방향으로의 선경사각이 형성되어 있지 않으므로 액정의 회전 방향은 액정 셀의 부위에 따라 불규칙적으로 일어나게 된다. 따라서 액정 배열의 결함이 생기게 되고 이것은 소자의 특성을 악화시키는 원인으로 작용하게 된다. 그러나 상기와 같은 광 조사 및 광반웅 공정을 통해 액정 호스트에 대해 표면에 특정 방향으로 선경사각을 유도하고, 이후 인가된 전기장을 제거하면 단계 S13에 나타난 바와 같이, 액정 호스트는 표면의 액정 프리틸트 방향을 기억하는 수직 배향 상태로 전이되게 된다. 이와 같이 액정의 배향이 표면 안정화됨으로써 선경사각을 가지게 되어 결함의 발생을 제거할 수 있으므로 액정의 반웅특성 및 소자의 밝기 및 대비비를 향상 시킬 수 있다. 따라서, 본 발명에서 제안된 액정배열의 표면 안정화 기술 즉, 광반응성 화합물의 광 반웅성 유기기의 화학반웅을 통한 액정 배열 안정화 방법을 이용하여 액정표시장치를 제조할 경우 액정표시장치 의 휘도 및 대비비 (contrast ratio)가 향상되고 액정의 스위칭 속도를 빠 르게 할 수 있다. Specifically, when an electric field perpendicular to the substrate is applied to the liquid crystal display device without the light stabilization process through the first and second substrates 11 and 21, the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, and thus transmittance is achieved. Will increase. LCD Since the molecules do not have a pretilt angle in a specific direction, the rotation direction of the liquid crystal occurs irregularly according to the portion of the liquid crystal cell. Therefore, the defect of the liquid crystal array is generated, which acts as a cause of deterioration of the characteristics of the device. However, when the inclination angle is induced in a specific direction with respect to the surface of the liquid crystal host through the light irradiation and the light reaction process as described above, and then the applied electric field is removed, as shown in step S13, the liquid crystal host has the liquid crystal pretilt direction of the surface. Is transferred to a vertical alignment state that stores. As such, the alignment of the liquid crystal is stabilized to have a pretilt angle, thereby eliminating defects, thereby improving the reaction properties of the liquid crystal and the brightness and contrast ratio of the device. Therefore, when manufacturing a liquid crystal display device using the surface stabilization technology of the liquid crystal array proposed in the present invention, that is, the liquid crystal array stabilization method through the chemical reaction of the photo-banung organic group of the photoreactive compound, the brightness and contrast of the liquid crystal display device The contrast ratio can be improved and the switching speed of the liquid crystal can be increased.
상기와 같이 본 발명에 따른 제조방법은 최적화된 비친액정성 비율을 가져 액정 호스트와 흔합시 액정 호스트 중에서 자가조립에 의해 미세 조 립체를 형성하여 균일하게 분산가능한 액정 수직배향 유도제를 이용함으 로써, 별도의 고분자 배향막의 도포 및 고온 소성 공정없이, 액정의 수직 배향을 유도할 수 있다. 또한 상기 제조방법은, 배향제가 처리된 액정셀 에 액정 호스트로서 반응성 액정을 흔합하여 광반웅시킴으로써 배향 안정 화를 달성하는 종래 액정표시장치 제조방법과는 달리, 또한 광반웅성기를 갖는 광반웅성 화합물의 전기장 인가 하에서 광조사에 의한 광중합을 통 해 액정의 배향 안정화를 구현함으로써 광 안정화 후 발생할 수 있는 불 량을 획기적으로 감소시킬 수 있다. 그 결과 액정표시장치 제조의 생산성 및 액정표시장치의 신뢰성을 향상시킬 수 있다.  As described above, the manufacturing method according to the present invention has an optimized non-lipophilic crystalline ratio, and when mixed with a liquid crystal host, forms a fine assembly by self-assembly in the liquid crystal host, thereby using a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer that can be uniformly dispersed. The vertical alignment of the liquid crystal can be induced without the application of the polymer alignment film and the high temperature baking process. In addition, the manufacturing method is different from the conventional liquid crystal display device manufacturing method of achieving alignment stabilization by mixing and reacting a reactive liquid crystal as a liquid crystal host in a liquid crystal cell treated with an alignment agent to achieve an alignment stabilization. By implementing the stabilization of the alignment of the liquid crystal through the photopolymerization by light irradiation under the electric field application it can significantly reduce the defects that can occur after the light stabilization. As a result, the productivity of the liquid crystal display device manufacturing and the reliability of the liquid crystal display device can be improved.
또한 상기 액정 배열의 안정화로 인해 소자 구동시 발생하는 액정의 결 함 발생을 방지하고 반웅속도를 개선하여 소자의 성능 및 신뢰성을 향상 시킬 수 있다. 특히 화소 단위의 표면 액정 선경사각 유도 및 방향자 안 정화가 가능하므로 액정소자의 휘도, 명암 대비율, 반응속도 등 광학 /전 기광학 특성을 더욱 향상시킬 수 있다. 또한, 상기 제조방법은 상온에서 공정이 실시되기 때문에 공정온도가 종래 고분자 배향막의 소성 온도보다 현저히 낮고, 공정이 단순하다, 그 결과 유리기판을 이용한 고품위 액정 표시장치뿐만 아니라, 유연성 기판 (flexible substrate)을 사용한 플랙서 블 액정표시장치와 같은 고온 공정이 어려운 액정표시장치의 제작에 유용 하다. In addition, due to stabilization of the liquid crystal array, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of defects in the liquid crystal generated when driving the device and improve the reaction speed, thereby improving the performance and reliability of the device. In particular, it is possible to induce the surface liquid crystal pretilt angle in the pixel unit and to purify the director, thereby further improving the optical and electro-optical characteristics such as brightness, contrast ratio, and reaction speed of the liquid crystal device. In addition, since the process is performed at room temperature, the process temperature is significantly lower than the firing temperature of the conventional polymer alignment layer, and the process is simple. As a result, not only a high-quality liquid crystal display device using a glass substrate, but also a flexible substrate Flexer with It is useful for manufacturing a liquid crystal display device having a high temperature process such as a liquid crystal display device.
이와 같은 제조방법에 의해 제조된 본 발명에 따른 액정표시장치는 액 정 배열이 안정화되고, 화소 단위의 선경사각 유도가 가능하며 , 소자구동 시 나타나는 결함이 최소화되고 반웅속도가 향상되어 개선된 광학적, 전 기광학적 특성을 나타낼 수 있다. 그 결과 TV, 3D— TV, 모니터 , 태블릿 PC, 각종 모바일 기기 등 액정을 이용한 전기광학 소자 제품, 특히 평판 디스 플레이에 다양하게 적용될 수 있다.  The liquid crystal display according to the present invention manufactured by such a manufacturing method is stabilized liquid crystal arrangement, it is possible to induce the pre-tilt angle of the pixel unit, minimize the defects appearing when driving the device and improve the reaction speed is improved optical, Electro-optic properties. As a result, it can be applied to electro-optical device products using liquid crystal, especially flat panel displays, such as TV, 3D-TV, monitor, tablet PC, and various mobile devices.
본 발명의 또 다른 일 구현예에 따르면, 액정 수직배향 유도제가 자가 조립에 의해 미세조립체를 형성하여 액정 호스트중에 균일하게 분산되어 있는 액정층 형성용 조성물을 이용하여 배향 안정성을 갖는 액정의 수직 배향을 유도하는 방법을 제공한다. 이때 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물은 액 정 호스트와 함께 상기한 액정 수직배향 유도제를 포함하며, 그 각각은 앞서 설명한 바와 동일하다 .  According to another embodiment of the present invention, the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent forms a fine assembly by self-assembly to form a vertical alignment of the liquid crystal having an alignment stability by using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host. Provide a way to induce. At this time, the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer includes the liquid crystal vertical alignment induction agent together with the liquid crystal host, each of which is the same as described above.
본 발명의 또 다른 일 구현예에 따르면 , 광반응성의 액정 수직배향 유 도제가 자가조립에 의해 미세조립체를 형성하여 액정 호스트중에 균일하 게 분산되어 있는 액정층 형성용 조성물을 이용하여 액정의 수직배향 및 광안정화를 유도하는 방법을 제공한다. 이때 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물 은 액정 호스트와 함께 상기한 액정 수직배향 유도제를 포함하되 , 상기 액정 수직배향 유도제는 친액정성 영역 또는 비친액정성 영역 중에 적어 도 어느 하나의 영역에 광반응성기를 포함하는 친액정성ᅳ비친액정성 화합 물을 포함하며, 상기 광반웅성기를 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 은 앞서 설명한 바와 동일하다.  According to another embodiment of the present invention, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer in which the photoreactive liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent forms a fine assembly by self-assembly and is uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host. And a method of inducing photostabilization. In this case, the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer includes the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer together with a liquid crystal host, wherein the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent includes a photoreactive group in at least one region of the lipophilic crystalline region or the non-lipophilic crystalline region. A lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound comprising a lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound and including the photobanung group is the same as described above.
본 발명의 또 다른 일 구현예에 따르면, 기판의 선 코팅처리 없이 종래 에 비해 단순화된 공정으로 전극층과 액정층 사이에 절연성의 액정 수직 배향 및 광안정화 층을 형성하는 방법을 제공한다.  According to another embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a method of forming an insulating liquid crystal vertical alignment and a light stabilization layer between an electrode layer and a liquid crystal layer in a simplified process as compared to the prior art without a line coating treatment of the substrate.
상기 액정 수직배향 및 광안정화층 형성방법은, 액정 호스트와, 광반응 성의 액정 수직배향 유도제가 자가조립에 의해 미세조립체를 형성하여 액 정 호스트중에 균일하게 분산되어 있는 액정층 형성용 조성물을 액정층내 에 주입한 후 전기장을 인가하고 광조사함으로써 실시될 수 있다.  The liquid crystal vertical alignment and light stabilization layer forming method includes a liquid crystal host and a liquid crystal layer forming composition in which a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent of photoreactive liquid crystal is uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host by forming a microassembly by self-assembly. After injection into the can be applied by applying an electric field and light irradiation.
상기 액정층 형성용 조성물을 액정층 내에 주입한 후 광조사를 실시하 면, 액정층 형성용 조성물내 존재하는 미세 조립체가 고체화되어 전극층 위에 패시베이션층으로서 액정 수직배향 및 광안정화층을 형성하게 된다. 이때 , 상기 액정 호스트 및 광반응성의 액정 수직배향 유도제 그리고 광 조사 공정은 앞서 설명한 바와 동일하다.  When the liquid crystal layer-forming composition is injected into the liquid crystal layer and subjected to light irradiation, the fine granules present in the liquid crystal layer-forming composition are solidified to form the liquid crystal vertical alignment and the light stabilization layer as a passivation layer on the electrode layer. In this case, the liquid crystal host and the photoreactive liquid crystal vertical alignment guide and the light irradiation process are the same as described above.
발명의 실시를 위한 형태 Embodiment for Invention
이하, 본 발명이 속하는 기술 분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자가 용이 하게 실시할 수 있도록 본 발명의 실시예에 대하여 상세히 설명한다 . 그 러나 본 발명은 여러 가지 상이한 형태로 구현될 수 있으며 여기에서 설 명하는 실시예에 한정되지 않는다. Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail so that those skilled in the art can easily implement the present invention. That However, the present invention may be embodied in many different forms and should not be construed as limited to the embodiments set forth herein.
실시예 1  Example 1
패턴화되지 않은 투명전극 (ΠΌ) 및 피쉬본 형태로 패턴화된 화소전극 (ΠΌ)이 각각 형성된 기판을 제 1 및 제 2기판으로 사용하여 , 도 3에 제시 된 액정표시장치의 제조공정에 따라 액정 표시 장치를 제조하였다.  According to the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 3, using a substrate on which an unpatterned transparent electrode (ΠΌ) and a patterned pixel electrode (ΠΌ) in the form of fishbone are formed as the first and second substrates, respectively, A liquid crystal display device was manufactured.
도 3을 참조하여 상세히 설명하면 , 제 1 및 제 2 기판 (11, 1Γ)에 대해 패턴화되지 않은 투명전극 (IT0) 및 패턴화된 화소전극 (IT0K12, 12')을 각각 형성한 후, 세정제를 사용하여 증류수에서 초음파 세정 후 아세톤 및 이소프로필알코을로 각각 세정하고, 건조하였다. 별도의 배향처리 없 이 상기 제 1 및 제 2기판에서의 투명전극 (12)과 화소전극 (12')이 서로 대 향하도록 조립한 후, 액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 음의 유전 율 이방성을 가지는 액장호스트 99.9중량¾와 광반응성의 친액정성-비친액 정성 화합물로서 하기 구조식의 펜타에리쓰리틀 디아크릴레이트 모노스테 아레이트 (pentaerythr i tol diacrylate monostearate) ( 1 ) 0.1중량¾를 균일 흔합하여 제조한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 주입하여 액정표시장치를 제조 하였다.  3, the unpatterned transparent electrode IT0 and the patterned pixel electrodes IT0K12 and 12 'are formed on the first and second substrates 11 and 1Γ, respectively. After ultrasonic cleaning in distilled water, and then washed with acetone and isopropyl alcohol, respectively, and dried. After assembling the transparent electrode 12 and the pixel electrode 12 'on the first and second substrates to face each other without a separate alignment treatment, negative dielectric anisotropy with respect to the total weight of the liquid crystal layer forming composition It is a liquid host with 99.9 weight ¾ and a photoreactive lipophilic-non-liquid qualitative compound, with a pentaerythr i tol diacrylate monostearate of the following structural formula: The liquid crystal layer forming composition was injected to prepare a liquid crystal display device.
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
상기 광반웅성의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물은 비친액정성 다가알코올 인 펜타에리스리를에 두개의 광반응성기 (즉, 아크릴기 )와 하나의 친액정 성 탄화수소 체인이 각각 치환된 화합물로, 하나의 히드록시기를 포함하 는 펜타에리스리를 그룹이 비친액정성 영역을 형성한다. 또한 상기 광반 웅성 화합물의 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')을 상기 수학식 1에 따라 계산한 결과, (133/511) X 10 = 2.60이었다 .  The photo-banung lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound is a compound in which two photoreactive groups (ie, acryl groups) and one lipophilic hydrocarbon chain are substituted with a non-liquid crystalline polyhydric alcohol pentaerythri, The pentaerythri containing one hydroxyl group forms a non-lipophilic crystalline region. In addition, the ratio of non-liquid crystalline ratio (Χ ′) of the light semi-male compound was calculated according to Equation 1 above, and it was (133/511) X 10 = 2.60.
또한 상기 조립체 형성시 제 1기판과 제 2기판 사이의 간극은 4.2 /加로 유지하였으며 , 액정층 형성용 조성물의 주입 공정은 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물의 등방상 온도인 8(rc에서 실시하였다.  In addition, the gap between the first substrate and the second substrate was maintained at 4.2 / gram when the assembly was formed, and the injection process of the liquid crystal layer forming composition was performed at 8 (rc), which is an isotropic temperature of the liquid crystal layer forming composition.
액정층 형성용 조성물의 주입 후, 분당 5°C의 속도로 상기 조립체를 냉 각시키고, 액정의 배열상태를 편광현미경 및 코노스코피를 이용하여 관찰 하였다. 그 결과 별도의 배향처리공정 없이도 액정 셀 내부에서 액정은 기판에 대하여 수직인 방향으로 배열됨을 확인하였다. After injecting the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer, the assembly is cooled at a rate of 5 ° C. per minute, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal is observed using a polarizing microscope and a conoscopy. It was. As a result, it was confirmed that the liquid crystal is arranged in a direction perpendicular to the substrate inside the liquid crystal cell without a separate alignment treatment process.
이어서 상기 제조된 액정표시장치의 제 1 및 제 2기판 사이에 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%) 조건의 교류 전기장을 인가하여, 결함이 최소화 되고, 액정의 배열상태가 안정된 것을 확인한 후, 전기장이 인가된 액정 표시장치에 대해 365nm 파장의 자외선을 30 mW/cm2 세기로 10분간 조사하 여 액정층 형성시 액정 호스트와 함께 흔합한 광반웅성의 친액정성 -비친 액정성 화합물 중의 광반웅성기를 광반응시킴으로써 액정의 표면 선경사 각을 유도하고 액정의 배향을 표면 안정화시켰다. Subsequently, an alternating electric field was applied between the first and second substrates of the manufactured liquid crystal display device under a T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance) condition to confirm that defects were minimized and the arrangement of the liquid crystals was stable. This applied liquid crystal display device was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 365 nm wavelength at 30 mW / cm 2 intensity for 10 minutes to form a liquid crystal layer. Photoreaction was induced to induce the surface pretilt angle of the liquid crystal and to surface stabilize the alignment of the liquid crystal.
상기 액정표시장치에서의 액정층을 편광현미경으로 관찰하고, 그 결과 를 도 4a에 나타내었다. 또한, 코노스코피 (conoscopy) 이미지를 통해 액 정분자의 배열을 관찰하였으며, 그 결과를 도 4b에 나타내었다.  The liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal display device was observed with a polarizing microscope, and the results are shown in FIG. 4A. In addition, the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules was observed through conoscopy images, and the results are shown in FIG. 4B.
도 4a 및 4b에 나타난 바와 같이, 액정표시장치에서의 액정층은 직교 편광자 하에서 완전한 소광상태를 보였으며 코노스코피 (conoscopy) 이미 지를 통해 액정분자가 기판 표면에 수직으로 배열되었음을 확인하였다. 또한 , 상기 액정표시장치에 있어서 액정층에 대한 전기장 인가 전 액정 분자의 배열과, 상기 광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 공정 실시 전 액정표시 장치에 대해 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기 장을 인가한 후의 액정분자의 배향 상태를 관찰하고 , 그 결과를 도 5a 내 지 도 5c에 각각 나타내었다 . As shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, the liquid crystal layer in the liquid crystal display showed a completely quenched state under a quadrature polarizer, and confirmed that the liquid crystal molecules were arranged perpendicularly to the surface of the substrate through a conoscopy image. In addition, the liquid crystal display device has an intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance) of the liquid crystal display before the electric field is applied to the liquid crystal layer and the liquid crystal display device before performing the alignment stabilization process through light irradiation. The orientation state of the liquid crystal molecules after applying the electric field of was observed, and the results are shown in FIGS. 5A to 5C, respectively.
일반적으로 기판에 대해 수직 배열된 액정층은 직교편광자 하에서 도 5a에 나타난 바와 같이 소광상태를 나타내며, 이에 대해 전기장을 인가하 면 액정분자가 전기장에 수직인 방향으로 회전하면서 투과도가 증가하게 된다. 그러나 광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 이전에는 액정분자가 특정 방 향으로의 선경사각이 형성되어 있지 않았기 때문에 , 액정의 회전방향은 액정 셀의 부위에서 무작위로 일어나게 된다. 이 경우, 도 5b에 나타난 바와 같이 액정 배열의 결함이 다수 발생하게 되고, 이로 인한 액정 표시 소자의 특성 악화를 가져오게 된다. 그러나, 도 5b에 나타난 결함은 시간 이 경과함에 따라 천천이 제거되며 도 5c에서와 같이 균일한 밝음상태로 전이된다 .  In general, a liquid crystal layer vertically aligned with respect to a substrate exhibits an extinction state as shown in FIG. 5A under a quadrature polarizer. When an electric field is applied thereto, liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field to increase transmittance. However, since the liquid crystal molecules did not have a pretilt angle in a specific direction before the alignment stabilization through light irradiation, the rotation direction of the liquid crystal occurs randomly at the portion of the liquid crystal cell. In this case, as shown in FIG. 5B, a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array are generated, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display device. However, the defect shown in FIG. 5B is slowly removed and transitions to a uniform brightness state as shown in FIG. 5C.
추가적으로, 상기 전기장 인가 및 광조사에 따른 안정화 처리 후의 액 정 표시 소자에 대해 온 -오프 (0n-0ff) 스위칭 시 액정결함의 발생 여부를 관찰하였다. 그 결과를 도 6a 내지 6c에 나타내었다. 도 6a에 나타난 바와 같은 초기 어둠상태 (dark, black)에서 위와 동일 하게 T80 (촤대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장올 인 가하면 액정이 반응하여 배열상태가 바뀌게 되고, 이에 따라 액정의 광축 이 기판면에서 편광자의 투과축과 45도의 각을 이루게 됨으로써 액정결함 의 생성과정 없이 도 6b 및 6c에서와 같은 밝음 상태로 바로 전이됨을 관 찰하였다. 이는 액정의 수직배향을 유도했던 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 이 함유하고 있는 광반웅기가 광 조사 공정을 거쳐 셀 내부 표면에서 액 정분자가 특정 방향으로 선경사각을 형성하게 함으로써 액정의 배향이 표 면 안정화되어 나타나는 현상으로, 이를 통하여 액정의 반웅속도 개선 및 소자의 밝기 및 대비비가 향상됨을 알 수 있다. In addition, it was observed whether a liquid crystal defect occurred during on-off (0n-0ff) switching of the liquid crystal display device after the stabilization treatment due to the electric field application and light irradiation. The results are shown in Figures 6a to 6c. In the initial dark state (dark, black) as shown in Figure 6a as above, if the electric field of the intensity corresponding to T 80 (transmittance 80% of the transmittance of the maximum) is added to the liquid crystal reacts to change the arrangement state, accordingly It was observed that the optical axis of was formed at an angle of 45 degrees to the transmission axis of the polarizer on the substrate surface, so that it immediately transitioned to the same bright state as in 6b and 6c without generating a liquid crystal defect. This is because the photoreaction of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound that induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal causes the liquid crystal molecules to form a pretilt angle in a specific direction on the inner surface of the cell through a light irradiation process. As a phenomenon that appears to be stabilized, it can be seen that through this improvement of the reaction speed of the liquid crystal and the brightness and contrast ratio of the device is improved.
또한 안정화 처리가 되지 않은 도 5b와 안정화 처리가 된 도 6b를 비교 했을 때, 안정화처리가 된 도 6b는 결함의 발생이 제거되고, 반웅속도도 빠르게 되므로 안정화 처리에 의해 소자의 전기광학적 특성을 향상시킬 수 있음을 알 수 있다.  In addition, when comparing FIG. 5B without stabilization with FIG. 6B with stabilization, the stabilization process of FIG. 6B eliminates defects and increases reaction speed, thereby improving electro-optical characteristics of the device by stabilization. It can be seen that.
실시예 2  Example 2
액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 음의 유전율 이방성을 가지는 액정호스트 99.9중량%와 광반웅성의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물로서 하 기 구조식의 글루코실 메타크릴레이트 (glucosyl methacrylate) 유도체 (2) 를 0.1중량 % 비율로 균일 흔합한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 사용하여 액정 층을 형성하는 것을 제외하고는 상기 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 실 시하여 액정 표시 장치를 제작하였다.  Glucosyl methacrylate derivative represented by the following structural formula as a liquid crystalline host having a negative dielectric anisotropy with respect to the total weight of the liquid crystal layer forming composition and a photophilic lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound (2) Was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except for forming a liquid crystal layer using a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer uniformly mixed at a ratio of 0.1% by weight to prepare a liquid crystal display device.
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
이때 상기 광반웅성의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물은 비친액정성 다가 알코올기인 글루코오스에 한 개의 광반웅성기 (즉, 메타크릴기 )가 옥틸옥 시페놀 (octyloxyphenol)기를 통하여 친액정성기의 말단에 치환되어있는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물로, 광반웅성기가 친액정성 영역의 말단에 치 환되어 있으며 , 상기 광반웅성 화합물의 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')을 상기 수 학식 1에 따라 계산한 결과, (179/468) X 10 = 3.82이었다.  At this time, the photobanung lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound is a non-lipophilic polyhydric alcohol group in which one photobanung group (that is, methacryl group) is octyloxyphenol (octyloxyphenol) group at the end of the lipophilic group Substituted lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound, the photo-banung group is substituted at the end of the lipophilic crystalline region, the non-lipophilic ratio (Χ ') of the photo-banung compound is calculated according to Equation 1 As a result, (179/468) X 10 = 3.82.
상기 제조된 액정표시장치의 액정층에 대해 상기 실시예 1에서와 동일 한 방법으로 제 1기판과 제 2기판 사이에 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인가한 후 액정분자의 배향 상태를 관 찰하였다. 전기장 인가 전후의 결과를 도 7a 내지 7c에 각각 나타내었다. 도 7a에 나타난 바와 같이, 일반적으로 기판에 대해 수직 배열된 액정 층은 직교편광자 하에서 소광 상태를 나타내며, 이에 대해 전기장을 인가 하면 액정분자가 전기장에 수직인 방향으로 회전하면서 투과도가 증가하 게 된다. 그러나 광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 이전에는 액정분자가 특정 방향으로의 선경사각이 형성되어 있지 않았기 때문에 도 7b에 나타난 바 와 같이 액정 배열의 결함이 다수 발생하게 되는 과정을 거쳐 도 7c의 밝 음상태로 전이된다 . 이로 인한 액정 표시 소자의 반응속도가 늦게 되고 시인성의 악화를 가져오게 된다 . Same as in Example 1 for the liquid crystal layer of the manufactured liquid crystal display device In one method, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules was observed after applying an electric field having an intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance versus maximum transmittance) between the first substrate and the second substrate. The results before and after applying the electric field are shown in FIGS. 7A to 7C, respectively. As shown in FIG. 7A, in general, the liquid crystal layer vertically aligned with respect to the substrate exhibits an extinction state under a quadrature polarizer. When the electric field is applied thereto, the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field to increase transmittance. However, before the alignment stabilization through light irradiation, since the liquid crystal molecules did not have a pretilt angle in a specific direction, as shown in FIG. 7B, a plurality of defects of the liquid crystal array were generated. Is transferred. As a result, the response speed of the liquid crystal display device is slowed and the visibility is deteriorated.
또한 상기 제조된 액정표시장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으 로 전기장 인가 및 광조사에 의한 안정화 처리 후, 소자의 온 -오프 (On- Off ) 스위칭 시 액정결함의 발생 여부를 관찰하였다. 그 결과를 도 8a 내 지 8c에 나타내었다.  In addition, after the stabilization treatment by applying the electric field and light irradiation in the same manner as in Example 1 for the prepared liquid crystal display device, it was observed whether the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during On-Off switching of the device. The results are shown in Figures 8a to 8c.
도 8a에 나타난 바와 같은 초기 어둠상태 (dark, black)에서 위와 동일 하게 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인 가하면 액정이 반응하여 배열상태가 바뀌게 되고, 이에 따라 액정의 광축 이 기판면에서 편광자의 투과축과 45도의 각을 이루게 됨으로써 액정결함 의 생성과정 없이 도 8b 및 8c에서와 같은 밝음상태로 바로 전이됨을 관 찰하였다. 이는 액정의 수직배향을 유도했던 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 이 포함하고 있는 광반웅기가 광 조사 공정을 거쳐 셀 내부 표면에서 액 정분자가 특정 방향으로 선경사각을 형성하게 함으로써 액정의 배향이 표 면 안정화되어 나타나는 현상으로, 이를 통하여 액정의 반웅속도 개선 및 소자의 밝기 및 대비비가 향상됨올 알 수 있다. In the initial dark state (dark, black) as shown in Figure 8a as above, when the electric field of the intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance) is applied, the liquid crystal reacts to change the arrangement state, accordingly It was observed that the optical axis of was formed at an angle of 45 degrees to the transmission axis of the polarizer on the substrate surface, so that it immediately transitioned to the bright state as in 8b and 8c without generating the liquid crystal defect. This is because the photoreaction of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound which induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal causes the liquid crystal molecules to form a pretilt angle in a specific direction on the inner surface of the cell through a light irradiation process. As a phenomenon that appears to be stabilized, it can be seen that through this improvement the reaction speed of the liquid crystal and the brightness and contrast ratio of the device is improved.
또한 안정화 처리가 되지 않은 도 7b와 안정화 처리가 된 도 8b를 비교 했올 때, 안정화처리가 된 도 8b는 결함의 발생이 제거되고, 반웅속도도 빠르게 되므로 안정화 처리에 의해 소자의 전기광학적 특성을 향상시킬 수 있음올 알 수 있다.  In addition, when comparing the stabilization process of FIG. 7B and the stabilization process of FIG. 8B, the stabilization process of FIG. 8B eliminates the occurrence of defects and increases the reaction speed, thereby improving the electro-optical characteristics of the device by the stabilization process. It can be seen.
실시예 3  Example 3
패턴화되지 않은 투명전극 (ΠΌ) 및 화소전극 (ΠΌ)이 각각 형성된 기판 올 제 1 및 제 2기판으로 사용하여, 도 3에 제시된 액정표시장치의 제조공 정에 따라 액정 표시 장치를 제조하였다. 도 3을 참조하여 상세히 설명하면, 제 1 및 제 2 기판 (11, 11')에 대해 패턴화되지 않은 투명전극 (IT0) 및 화소전극 (IT0K12, 12')을 각각 형성 한 후, 세정제를 사용하여 증류수에서 초음파 세정 후 아세톤 및 이소프 로필알코을로 각각 세정하고, 건조하였다. 별도의 배향처리 없이 상기 제 1 및 제 2기판에서의 투명전극 (12)과 화소전극 (12')이 서로 대향하도록 조 립한 후, 액정층 형성용 조성물을 주입하였다. 이때 , 액정층 형성용 조성 물의 두께ᅳ즉 셀 간극은 10 瞧으로 하였다. The liquid crystal display device was manufactured according to the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 3, using the unpatterned transparent electrode (Ό) and the pixel electrode (Ό) as the first and second substrates, respectively. Referring to FIG. 3, the unpatterned transparent electrode IT0 and the pixel electrodes IT0K12 and 12 'are formed on the first and second substrates 11 and 11', respectively, and then a cleaning agent is used. After ultrasonic cleaning in distilled water, the mixture was washed with acetone and isopropyl alcohol, respectively, and dried. After the transparent electrodes 12 and the pixel electrodes 12 ′ of the first and second substrates were assembled to face each other without an alignment process, a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer was injected. At this time, the thickness of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer, that is, the cell gap was set to 10 mm 3.
상기 액정층 형성용 조성물은 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 음의 유전율 이 방성을 가지는 액정호스트 99.9중량 %와 광반응성의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물로서 하기 구조식의 펜타에리쓰리를 테트라아크릴레이트  The composition for forming a liquid crystal layer is tetraacrylate of a pentaerythride of the following structural formula as 99.9% by weight of a liquid crystal host having a negative dielectric anisotropy relative to the total weight of the composition and a photoreactive lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound.
(pentaerythritol tetraacrylate)(3) 0.03중량 %와 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물로서 하기 구조식의 핵사데칸 -1,2-디아민 (Hexadecane-1,2- diamine)(4) 0.07중량 %를 균일 흔합한 흔합물을 사용하였다. (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate) (3) 0.03% by weight and a lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound were uniformly mixed with 0.07% by weight of nuxadecane-1,2-diamine (4) The mixture was used.
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
이때, 상기 광반응성의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물과 친액정성-비친액 정성 화합물의 흔합물에서의 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')을 상기 수학식 2에 따 라 계산한 결과, (O^xXi UxX^^ 이었다. 이때 상기 펜타에리쓰 리를 테트라아크릴레이트의 비친액정성 비율 ( ) = ( 132/352) X 10=3.75, 핵 사데칸 -1,2-디아민의 비친액정성 비율 (X2) = (59/256) X 10=2.30이다. At this time, the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio (Χ ') in the mixture of the photoreactive lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound and the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound was calculated according to Equation 2 above, and (O ^ xXi UxX ^^ where the non-liquid crystalline ratio of tetraacrylate was determined to be the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio () = (132/352) X 10 = 3.75, and the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of the nucleus decane -1,2-diamine ( X 2 ) = (59/256) X 10 = 2.30.
상기 광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 공정 실시 전, 상기 제조된 액정표시 장치에 대해 상기 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 제 1기판과 게 2기판 사 이에 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되,는 세기의 전기장을 인 가한 후 액정분자의 배향 상태를 관찰하였다. 전기장 인가 전후의 결과를 도 9a 및 9b에 각각 나타내었다. Before performing the alignment stabilization process through the light irradiation, the manufactured liquid crystal display device corresponds to T 80 (80% transmittance relative to the maximum transmittance) between the first substrate and the second substrate in the same manner as in Example 1, After the electric field of intensity was applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules was observed. The results before and after applying the electric field are shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B, respectively.
도 9a에 나타난 바와 같이, 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물을 액정셀에 주 입하면 통상적인 배향막 처리공정 없이도 액정의 광축이 기판에 대해 수 직되어 직교편광자 하에서 소광상태를 나타냄을 확인하였다, 이에 대해 전기장을 인가하면 액정분자가 전기장에 수직인 방향으로 회전하면서 투 과도가 증가하게 된다. 그러나 광 조사 이전에는 도 9b에 나타난 바와 같 이 액정 배열의 결함이 다수 발생하게 되고, 이로 인한 액정 표시 소자의 특성 악화를 가져오게 된다. 이러한 결함발생은 액정분자가 특정 방향으 로의 선경사각이 형성되어 있지 않았기 때문에 발생하는 현상으로 광중합 이전에는 배향 안정화가 이루어지지 않았음을 의미한다 . As shown in FIG. 9A, when the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer was injected into a liquid crystal cell, the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without a conventional alignment layer treatment process, and thus an extinction state was exhibited under orthogonal polarizers. When the electric field is applied, the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing the permeability. However, prior to light irradiation, as shown in FIG. 9B, a large number of defects of the liquid crystal array are generated, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display. This defect occurs because the liquid crystal molecules do not have a pretilt angle in a specific direction, which means that the alignment is not stabilized before the photopolymerization.
추가적으로, 상기 제조한 액정표시장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 돋일한 방법으로 전기장 인가 및 광조사에 따른 안정화 공정을 실시하고 , 소자의 온 -오프 (Οη-Off) 스위칭 시 액정결함의 발생 여부를 관찰하였다. 그 결과 를 도 10a 및 10b에 나타내었다 .  In addition, the liquid crystal display device manufactured according to Example 1 was subjected to the stabilization process according to the electric field application and the light irradiation in the same manner as in Example 1, and the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during the on-off switching of the device. Observed. The results are shown in FIGS. 10A and 10B.
도 10a에 나타난 바와 같은 초기 어둠상태 (dark, black)에서 위와 동일 하게 T80(최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인 가하면 액정이 반응하여 배열상태가 바뀌게 되고, 이에 따라 액정의 광축 이 기판면에서 편광자의 투과축과 45도의 각을 이루게 됨으로써 액정결함 의 생성과정 없이 도 9b에서와 같은 밝음 상태로 전이됨을 관찰하였다. 이는 액정의 수직배향을 유도했던 친액정성ᅳ비친액정성 화합물이 포함하 고 있는 광반웅기가 광 조사 공정을 거쳐 셀 내부 표면에서 액정분자가 특정 방향으로 선경사각을 형성하게 함으로써 액정의 배향이 표면 안정화 되어 나타나는 현상으로, 이를 통하여 액정의 반응속도 개선 및 소자의 밝기 및 대비비가 향상됨을 알 수 있다. In the initial dark state (dark, black) as shown in Figure 10a as above, if the electric field of the intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance) is applied, the liquid crystal reacts to change the arrangement state, accordingly It was observed that the optical axis of was formed at an angle of 45 degrees to the transmission axis of the polarizer on the substrate surface, so that the optical axis was transferred to the same bright state as in FIG. 9b without generating a liquid crystal defect. This is because the photoreaction of the lipophilic and non-lipophilic crystalline compounds that induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal causes the liquid crystal molecules to form a pretilt angle in a specific direction on the inner surface of the cell through a light irradiation process. As a phenomenon that appears to be stabilized, it can be seen that through this improvement of the reaction rate of the liquid crystal and the brightness and contrast ratio of the device is improved.
또한 안정화 처리가 되지 않은 도 9b와 안정화 처리가 된 도 10b를 비 교했을 때 , 안정화처리가 된 도 10b는 결함의 발생이 제거되고, 반응속도 도 빠르게 되므로 안정화 처리에 의해 소자의 전기광학적 특성을 향상시 킬 수 있음을 알 수 있다.  In addition, when comparing FIG. 9B with no stabilization and FIG. 10B with stabilization, the stabilization process of FIG. 10B eliminates the occurrence of defects and speeds up the reaction rate, thereby stabilizing the electro-optical characteristics of the device. It can be seen that it can be improved.
실시예 4  Example 4
액정층 형성용 조성물 총 증량에 대하여 음의 유전율 이방성올 가지는 액정호스트 99.9중량%와 광반웅성의 친액정성 비친액정성 화합물로서 하 기 구조식의 폴리 (에틸렌글리콜)메틸에테르 메타크릴레이트  Poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacrylate of the following structural formula as 99.9% by weight of liquid crystal host having a negative dielectric anisotropy and a photobanung lipophilic non-liquid crystalline compound with respect to the total amount of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer.
(poly(ethylene glycol ) methyl ether methacrylate)(5) 0.04 중량 ¾, 그 리고 비친액정성 영역으로서 소르비탄 (sorbitan) 유래기를, 친액정성 영 역으로서 팔미테이트 (palmitate) 유래기를 각각 포함하는 하기 구조식의 소르비탄 모노팔미테이트 (sorbitan monopalmi tate) (6)의 친액정성 -비친 액정성 화합물 0.06중량 %의 균일 흔합물을 첨가하여 제조한 액정층 형성 용 조성물올 사용하여 액정층을 형성하는 것을 제외하고는 상기 실시예 3 에서와 동일한 방법으로 실시하여 액정 표시 장치를 제작하였다. (poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacrylate) (5) 0.04 weight ¾, and a sorbitan-derived group as a non-lipophilic region, and a palmitate-derived group as a lipophilic region, respectively. Formation of a liquid crystal layer prepared by adding a homogeneous mixture of sorbitan monopalmitate (6) to a hydrophilic crystalline-visible liquid crystalline compound of 0.06% by weight of sorbitan monopalmitate (6) A liquid crystal display device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the liquid crystal layer was formed using the composition for sol.
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
이때, 광반웅성 화합물과 친액정성ᅳ비친액정성 화합물의 흔합물의 비친 액정성 비율은 (θΛχχ^+ δχχ^ ^θ^이때 폴리 (에틸렌글리콜)메틸에 테르 메타크릴레이트의 비친액정성 비율 Ο^χι δ^ ^χιθδ.δδ이고, 소 르비탄 모노팔미테이트의 비친액정성 비율 (Χ2) = (164/403)Χ10=4.07이다) 이었다. At this time, the non-liquid crystalline ratio of the mixture of the photo-banung compound and the non-liquid crystalline non-liquid crystalline compound is (θ Λ χ χ ^ + δ χ χ ^ ^ θ ^. Sex ratio Ο ^ χι δ ^ ^ χιθδ.δδ, and the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of sorbitan monopalmitate (Fig. 2 ) = (164/403) Fig. 10 = 4.07.
광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 공정 실시 전, 상기에서 제조된 액정표시 장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 제 1기판과 제 2기판 사이에 Τ80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인가한 후 액정분자의 배향 상태를 관찰하였다. 전기장 인가 전후의 결과를 도 11a 및 lib에 각각 나타내었다. Before the alignment stabilization process by light irradiation, the intensity corresponding to Τ 80 (80% transmittance relative to the maximum transmittance) between the first substrate and the second substrate in the same manner as in Example 1 for the liquid crystal display device manufactured above After the electric field of was applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules was observed. The results before and after applying the electric field are shown in FIGS. 11A and lib, respectively.
도 11a에 나타난 바와 같이 , 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물을 액정샐에 주 입하면 통상적인 배향막 처리공정이 없이도 액정의 광축이 기판에 대해 수직되어 직교편광자 하에서 소광상태를 나타내었다. 이에 대해 전기장을 인가하면 액정분자가 전기장에 수직인 방향으로 회전하면서 투과도가 증 가하게 된다. 그러나 광 조사 이전에는 도 lib에 나타난 바와 같이 액정 배열의 결함이 다수 발생하게 되고, 이로 인한 액정 표시 소자의 특성 악 화를 가져오게 된다. 이러한 결함발생은 액정분자가 특정 방향으로의 선 경사각이 형성되어 있지 않았기 때문에 발생하는 현상으로 광중합 이전에 는 배향 안정화가 이루어지지 않았음을 의미한다 .  As shown in FIG. 11A, when the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer was injected into a liquid crystal cell, the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without a conventional alignment layer treatment process, thereby exhibiting an quenched state under orthogonal polarizers. When the electric field is applied, the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing the transmittance. However, prior to light irradiation, as shown in FIG. Lib, a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array are generated, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display device. This defect occurs because the liquid crystal molecules do not have a linear inclination angle in a specific direction, which means that the alignment is not stabilized before photopolymerization.
상기 제조된 액정표시장치에 대해 상기 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으 로 전기장 인가 및 광조사에 따른 안정화 처리를 실시한 후, 소자의 온- 오프 (Οη-Off) 스위칭 시 액정결함의 발생 여부를 관찰하였다. 그 결과를 도 12a 및 12b에 나타내었다. After performing the stabilization treatment according to the electric field application and light irradiation in the same manner as in Example 1 with respect to the manufactured liquid crystal display device, the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during the on-off switching of the device is observed. It was. The result 12A and 12B.
도 12a에 나타난 바와 같은 초기 어둠상태 (dark, Mack)에서 위와 동일 하게 T80(최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인 가하면 액정이 반웅하여 배열상태가 바뀌게 되고, 이에 따라 액정의 광축 이 기판면에서 편광자의 투과축과 45도의 각을 이루게 됨으로써 액정결함 의 생성과정 없이 도 12b에서와 같은 밝음 상태로 전이됨을 관찰하였다. 이는 액정의 수직배향을 유도했던 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 함유하 고 있는 광반응기가 광 조사 공정을 거쳐 샐 내부 표면에서 액정분자가 특정 방향으로 선경사각을 형성하게 함으로써 액정의 배향이 표면 안정화 되어 나타나는 현상으로, 이를 통하여 액정의 반웅속도 개선 및 소자의 밝기 및 대비비가 향상됨을 알 수 있다. In the initial dark state (dark, Mack) as shown in Figure 12a as above, if the electric field of intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance) is applied, the liquid crystal reacts to change the arrangement state, accordingly It was observed that the optical axis of was formed at an angle of 45 degrees to the transmission axis of the polarizer on the substrate surface, so that the optical axis was transferred to the same bright state as in FIG. 12b without generating a liquid crystal defect. This is because the photoreactor containing the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound that induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal causes the liquid crystal molecules to form a pretilt angle in a specific direction on the inner surface of the cell through a light irradiation process. As a phenomenon that appears to be stabilized, it can be seen that through this improvement of the reaction speed of the liquid crystal and the brightness and contrast ratio of the device is improved.
또한 안정화 처리가 되지 않은 도 lib와 안정화 처리가 된 도 12b를 비 교했을 때, 안정화처리가 된 도 12b는 결함의 발생이 제거되고, 반응속도 도 빠르게 되므로 안정화 처리에 의해 소자의 전기광학적 특성올 향상시 킬 수 있음을 알 수 있다.  In addition, when comparing the stabilization process lib and the stabilization process FIG. 12b, the stabilization process of FIG. 12b eliminates the occurrence of defects and the reaction rate is faster, so that the electro-optical characteristics of the device are stabilized. It can be seen that it can be improved.
실시예 5  Example 5
액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 음의 유전율 이방성을 가지는 액정호스트 99.9중량¾>와 광반웅성의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물로서 페 닐기의 3 또는 4 위치에 메타크릴옥시메틸기가 치환된 하기 구조식의 메 타크릴옥시 메틸펜에틸 트리스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란 아이소머의 흔합물 (methacry 1 oxy methylphenethyl tris(trimethylsil oxy ) s i 1 ane , mixed isomer, Gelst 사제) (7) 0.07 중량 % 및 광반웅성기가 없는 화학식 8의 친 액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 (Gel st 사제) (8) 0.03 중량 %를 균일 흔합하여 제조한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 사용하여 액정층을 형성하는 것을 제외하 고는 상기 실시예 3에서와 동일한 방법으로 실시하여 액정 표시 장치를 제작하였다.  A liquid crystal host having a negative dielectric anisotropy with respect to the total weight of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer> 99.9 weight ¾> and a photophilic lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound, in which the methacryloxymethyl group is substituted at the 3 or 4 position of the phenyl group A mixture of methacryloxy methylphenethyl tris (trimethylsiloxy) silane isomer of the structural formula (methacry 1 oxy methylphenethyl tris (trimethylsil oxy) si 1 ane, mixed isomer, manufactured by Gelst) (7) 0.07 wt% and light reaction Except for forming a liquid crystal layer using a liquid crystal layer-forming composition prepared by uniformly mixing 0.03 weight% of a liquid-crystalline non-liquid crystalline compound of Chemical Formula 8 (manufactured by Gel st) without a penis group. The liquid crystal display device was produced in the same manner as in Example 3.
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
(7)
Figure imgf000057_0001
(7)
Figure imgf000057_0001
(8) 이때 상기 화합물 (7)은 친액정성 영역에 한 개의 광반응성기 (즉, 메타 아크릴기)가 치환되어 있고, 비친액정성 영역으로서 세 개의 실록시기를 가지는 실란 (trisiloxy silane)기를 포함하는 광반웅성의 친액정성 -비친 액정성 화합물로, 수학식 1에 따라 계산한 비친액정성 비율 Od^l  (8) In this case, the compound (7) includes a silane (trisiloxy silane) group in which one photoreactive group (that is, methacryl group) is substituted in the lipophilic region and has three siloxy groups as the non-lipophilic region. Photophilic lyophilic crystalline-non-liquid crystalline compound, calculated by Equation 1, non-lipophilic ratio Od ^ l
(160/498) X 10=3.21이었다 . 또한 상기 화합물 (8)은 광반응성기 없이, 친 액정성 영역으로서 옥타데실 하이드로카본 및 7개의 메틸기와 비친액정성 영역으로서 트리실록산 (trisiloxane)을 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화 합물로서 비친액정성 비을 ( ) = ( 116/474) X 10=2.45이다)이었다. 따라서, 상기 화합물 7과 8의 흔합물에 대해 수학식 2에 따라 비친액정성 비율을 계산한 결과 X'=(0.7XX!) + (0.3XX2)=2.98 이다. (160/498) X 10 = 3.21. The compound (8) is also reflected as a lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound containing octadecyl hydrocarbon as the liquid crystalline region and trimethyl as the non-lipophilic crystalline region without photoreactive group. The liquid crystalline ratio was () = (116/474) X 10 = 2.45). Therefore, as a result of calculating the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of the mixture of Compounds 7 and 8 according to Equation 2, X '= (0.7XX ! ) + (0.3XX 2 ) = 2.98.
이어서, 광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 공정 실시 전, 상기에서 제조한 액정표시장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 제 1기판과 계 2기판 사이에 Τ80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인가한 후 액정분자의 배향 상태를 관찰하였다. 전기장 인가 전후의 결과 를 도 13a 및 13b에 각각 나타내었다 . Subsequently, before the alignment stabilization process through light irradiation, the liquid crystal display device manufactured above corresponds to Τ 80 (80% transmittance relative to maximum transmittance) between the first substrate and the second substrate in the same manner as in Example 1. After applying the electric field of the intensity, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules was observed. The results before and after applying the electric field are shown in FIGS. 13A and 13B, respectively.
도 13a에 나타난 바와 같이 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물을 액정샐에 주 입하면 통상적인 배향막 처리공정이 없이도 액정의 광축이 기판에 대해 수직되어 직교편광자 하에서 소광상태를 나타내었다. 이에 대해 전기장을 인가하면 액정분자가 전기장에 수직인 방향으로 희전하면서 투과도가 증 가하게 된다. 그러나 광 조사 이전에는 도 13b에 나타난 바와 같이 액정 배열의 결함이 다수 발생하게 되고, 이로 인한 액정 표시 소자의 특성 악 화를 가져오게 된다. 이러한 결함발생은 액정분자가 특정 방향으로의 선 경사각이 형성되어 있지 않았기 때문에 발생하는 현상으로 광중합 이전에 는 배향 안정화가 이루어지지 않았음을 의미한다.  As shown in FIG. 13A, when the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer was injected into a liquid crystal cell, the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without a conventional alignment layer treatment process, thereby exhibiting an quenched state under a cross polarizer. When the electric field is applied, the liquid crystal molecules are dilute in the direction perpendicular to the electric field and the transmittance increases. However, prior to light irradiation, as shown in FIG. 13B, a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array occur, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display. This defect occurs because the liquid crystal molecules do not have a linear inclination angle in a specific direction, which means that the alignment is not stabilized before the photopolymerization.
추가적으로, 상기에서 제조한 액정표시장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동 일한 방법으로 전기장 인가 및 광조사에 따른 안정화 처리후, 소자의 온- 오프 (Οη-Off) 스위칭 시 액정결함의 발생 여부를 관찰하였다. 그 결과를 도 14a 및 14b에 나타내었다. 도 14a에 나타난 바와 같은 초기 어둠상태 (dark, black)에서 위와 동일 하게 T80(최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인 가하면 액정이 반응하여 배열상태가 바뀌게 되고, 이에 따라 액정의 광축 이 기판면에서 편광자의 투과축과 45도의 각을 이루게 됨으로써 액정결함 의 생성과정 없이 도 14b에서와 같은 밝음 상태로 전이됨을 관찰하였다. 이는 액정의 수직배향을 유도했던 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 함유하 고 있는 광반웅기가 광 조사 공정을 거쳐 셀 내부 표면에서 액정분자가 특정 방향으로 선경사각을 형성하게 함으로써 액정의 배향이 표면 안정화 되어 나타나는 현상으로, 이를 통하여 액정의 반웅속도 개선 및 소자의 밝기 및 대비비가 향상됨을 알 수 있다. In addition, the liquid crystal display device prepared above was observed in the same manner as in Example 1 after the stabilization treatment due to the application of electric field and light irradiation, and the occurrence of liquid crystal defects when switching on / off (Οη-Off) of the device was observed. It was. The results are shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B. As shown in FIG. 14A, when an electric field of an intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance) is applied in the same way as above, the liquid crystal reacts to change the arrangement state. It was observed that the optical axis of was formed at an angle of 45 degrees to the transmission axis of the polarizer on the substrate surface, thereby transitioning to the bright state as in FIG. 14b without generating the liquid crystal defect. This is because the photoreaction of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound that induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal causes the liquid crystal molecules to form a pretilt angle in a specific direction on the inner surface of the cell through a light irradiation process. As a phenomenon that appears to be stabilized, it can be seen that through this improvement of the reaction speed of the liquid crystal and the brightness and contrast ratio of the device is improved.
또한 안정화 처리가 되지 않은 도 13b와 안정화 처리가 된 도 14b를 비 교했을 때, 안정화처리가 된 도 14b는 결함의 발생이 제거되고, 반웅속도 도 빠르게 되므로 안정화 처리에 와해 소자의 전기광학적 특성을 향상시 킬 수 있음을 알 수 있다.  In addition, when comparing the stabilization process of FIG. 13B and the stabilization process of FIG. 14B, the stabilization process of FIG. 14B eliminates the occurrence of defects and increases the reaction speed. It can be seen that it can be improved.
실시예 6  Example 6
액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 음의 유전율 이방성을 가지는 액정호스트 99.85중량 %와 하기 구조식의 폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 트리스 테아레이트 (Tween®65, 시그마알드리치사제 )(9) 및 하기 구조식의 히드록 시부틸 아크릴레이트 (10)를 각각 0.07중량 % 및 0.08중량 %로 균일 흔합하 여 제조한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 사용하여 액정층을 형성하는 것올 제 외하고는 상기 실시예 3에서와 동일한 방법으로 실시하여 액정 표시 장치 를 제작하였다. 99.85% by weight of a liquid crystal host having negative dielectric anisotropy with respect to the total weight of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer, polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate (Tween ® 65, manufactured by Sigma Aldrich Co., Ltd.) (9), and a hydroxide of the following structural formula: Except for forming a liquid crystal layer using a liquid crystal layer forming composition prepared by uniformly mixing the citryl acrylate (10) at 0.07% and 0.08% by weight, respectively, in the same manner as in Example 3 above. It carried out and produced the liquid crystal display device.
Figure imgf000058_0001
(9)
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
(9)
Figure imgf000059_0001
이때 상기 화합물 (9)은 친액정성 영역에 세 개의 스테아레이트가 치환 되어 있고, 비친액정성 영역으로서 폴리옥시에틸렌기가 치환된 소르비탄 기를 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물로, 상기 수학식 1에 따라 계 산한 비친액정성 비율 00이 5.3이다. 또한 상기 화합물 (10)은 비친액정성 비율이 1.18이고, 따라서 수학식 2에 따른 이들 혼합물의 비친액정성 비 율 (Χ')은 (0.07/1.15) Χ5.3 + (0.08/1.15)xl.18=3.1이다.  At this time, the compound (9) is a lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound containing a sorbitan group in which three stearates are substituted in the lipophilic region, and a polyoxyethylene group is substituted as the non-lipophilic crystalline region, The non-lipophilic ratio 00, calculated according to 1, is 5.3. In addition, the compound (10) has a non-lipophilic ratio of 1.18, and therefore, the non-lipophilic ratio (Χ ′) of these mixtures according to Equation 2 is (0.07 / 1.15) Χ 5.3 + (0.08 / 1.15) xl. 18 = 3.1.
광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 공정 실시 전 , 상기에서 제조한 액정표시 장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 제 1기판과 계 2기판 사이에 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인가한 후 액정분자의 배향 상태를 관찰하였다. 전기장 인가 전후의 결과를 도 15a 및 15b에 각각 나타내었다. Before the alignment stabilization process through light irradiation, the intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance versus maximum transmittance) between the first substrate and the second substrate in the same manner as in Example 1 for the liquid crystal display device manufactured above. After the electric field of was applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules was observed. The results before and after applying the electric field are shown in Figs. 15A and 15B, respectively.
도 15a에 나타난 바와 같이 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물을 액정셀에 주 입하면 통상적인 배향막 처리공정이 없이도 액정의 광축이 기판에 대해 수직되어 직교편광자 하에서 소광상태를 나타냄을 확인하였다, 이에 대해 전기장을 인가하면 액정분자가 전기장에 수직인 방향으로 회전하면서 투 과도가 증가하게 된다. 그러나 광 조사 이전에는 도 15b에 나타난 바와 같이 액정 배열의 결함이 다수 발생하게 되고, 이로 인한 액정 표시 소자 의 특성 악화를 가져오게 된다. 이러한 결함발생은 액정분자가 특정 방향 으로의 선경사각이 형성되어 있지 않았기 때문에 발생하는 현상으로 광증 합 이전에는 배향 안정화가 이루어지지 않았음을 의미한다.  As shown in FIG. 15A, when the liquid crystal layer-forming composition was injected into a liquid crystal cell, the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without a conventional alignment layer treatment process, and the light axis was exhibited under an orthogonal polarizer. When applied, the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing the permeability. However, prior to light irradiation, as shown in FIG. 15B, a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array are generated, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display. This defect occurs because the liquid crystal molecules do not have a pretilt angle in a specific direction, which means that the alignment is not stabilized before the photopolymerization.
추가적으로, 상기 액정표시장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으 로 전기장 인가 및 광조사에 따른 안정화 처리 후, 소자의 온ᅳ오프 (0n- Off) 스위칭 시 액정결함의 발생 여부를 관찰하였다. 그 결과를 도 16a 및 16b에 나타내었다 .  In addition, the liquid crystal display device was observed in the same manner as in Example 1 after the stabilization treatment due to electric field application and light irradiation, and the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during on / off switching of the device. The results are shown in FIGS. 16A and 16B.
도 16a에 나타난 바와 같은 초기 어둠상태 (dark, black)에서 위와 동일 하게 T80(최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80¾>)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인 가하면 액정이 반응하여 배열상태가 바뀌게 되고, 이에 따라 액정의 광축 이 기판면에서 편광자의 투과축과 45도의 각을 이루게 됨으로써 액정결함 의 생성과정 없이 도 16b에서와 같은 밝음 상태로 전이됨을 관찰하였다. 이는 액정의 수직배향을 유도했던 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 함유하 고 있는 광반웅기가 광 조사 공정을 거쳐 셀 내부 표면에서 액정분자가 특정 방향으로 선경사각을 형성하게 함으로써 액정의 배향이 표면 안정화 되어 나타나는 현상으로, 이를 통하여 액정의 반웅속도 개선 및 소자의 밝기 및 대비비가 향상됨을 알 수 있다. In the initial dark state (dark, black) as shown in FIG. 16a, when the electric field of intensity corresponding to T 80 (transmittance ratio 80¾>) is applied in the same manner as above, the liquid crystal reacts to change the arrangement state. It was observed that the optical axis of was formed at an angle of 45 degrees with the transmission axis of the polarizer on the substrate surface, so that the optical axis was transferred to the same bright state as in 16b without generating a liquid crystal defect. It contains the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound that induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal. This is a phenomenon in which the alignment of liquid crystals is surface stabilized by causing the liquid crystal molecules to form a pretilt angle in a specific direction through the light irradiation process through the light irradiation process, thereby improving the reaction speed of the liquid crystal and the brightness and contrast of the device. It can be seen that the rain is improved.
또한 안정화 처리가 되지 않은 도 15b와 안정화 처리가 된 도 16b를 비 교했을 때, 안정화처리가 된 도 16b는 결함의 발생이 제거되고, 반웅속도 도 빠르게 되므로 안정화 처리에 의해 소자의 전기광학적 특성을 향상시 킬 수 있음을 알 수 있다.  In addition, when comparing FIG. 15B without stabilization and FIG. 16B with stabilization, stabilization of FIG. 16B eliminates the occurrence of defects and increases the reaction speed, thereby improving the electro-optical characteristics of the device by stabilization. It can be seen that it can be improved.
실시예 7  Example 7
액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 음의 유전율 이방성을 가지는 액정호스트 99.8중량%와 광반웅성의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물로서 하 기 구조식의 글리세를 유도체 (11) 0.1중량 %, 그리고 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물로서 하기 구조식의 설폰산계 화합물 (12) 0.1중량 ¾>을 각각 균일 흔 합하여 제조한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 사용하여 액정층을 형성하는 것을 제외하고는 상기 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 실시하여 액정 표시 장 치를 제작하였다.  99.8 wt% of the liquid crystal host having negative dielectric anisotropy with respect to the total weight of the composition for forming the liquid crystal layer and 0.1 wt% of the glycerol derivative of the structural formula (11) as a photophilic lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound Except for forming a liquid crystal layer using a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer prepared by uniformly mixing each of the sulfonic acid compound (12) of the structural formula (12) 0.1 weight ¾> as a sex-non-liquid crystalline compound, The liquid crystal display device was manufactured by the same method.
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
상기 화합물 (11)은 아크릴기 및 메타클릴레이트기가 각각 하나씩 치환 된 글리세를 유도체이고, 상기 화합물 (12)는 광반응성기 없이, 친액정성 영역으로서 도데실벤젠기와 비친액정성 영역으로서 술포닉산 (sulfonic acid)을 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이다. 또한 상기 광반응성 의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물과 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 흔합물 에 대해 수학식 2에 따라 비친액정성 비율을 계산한 결과  The compound (11) is a glycerol derivative in which an acryl group and a methacrylate group are each substituted one by one, and the compound (12) is a sulfonic acid as a non-lipophilic crystalline region as a dodecylbenzene group without a photoreactive group. It is a lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound containing (sulfonic acid). In addition, the non-lipophilic ratio of the photoreactive lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound and the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound was calculated according to equation (2).
X'=(0.5XX1) + (0.5XX2)= 3.35 (이때 화학식 11의 화합물의 비친액정성 비 율 Χ1=4.2이고 화학식 12의 화합물의 비친액정성 비율 ¾=2.5이다)이었다 광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 공정 실시 전, 상기에서 제조한 액정표시 장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 제 1기판과 제 2기판 사이에 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인가한 후 액정분자의 배향 상태를 관찰하였다. 전기장 인가 전후의 결과를 도 17a 및 17b에 각각 나타내었다. X '= (0.5XX 1 ) + (0.5XX 2 ) = 3.35, wherein the non-lipophilic ratio of the compound of Formula 11 was Χ 1 = 4.2 and the non-lipophilic ratio of the compound of Formula 12 was ¾ = 2.5. Before the alignment stabilization process through the above, between the first substrate and the second substrate in the same manner as in Example 1 for the liquid crystal display device After applying an electric field of intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance), the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules was observed. The results before and after applying the electric field are shown in Figs. 17A and 17B, respectively.
도 17a에 나타난 바와 같이, 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물을 액정셀에 주 입하면 통상적인 배향막 처리공정이 없이도 액정의 광축이 기판에 대해 수직되어 직교편광자 하에서 소광상태를 나타내었다. 이에 대해 전기장을 인가하면 액정분자가 전기장에 수직인 방향으로 회전하면서 투과도가 증 가하게 된다. 그러나 광 조사 이전에는 도 17b에 나타난 바와 같이 액정 배열의 결함이 다수 발생하게 되고, 이로 인한 액정 표시 소자의 특성 악 화를 가져오게 된다. 이러한 결함발생은 액정분자가 특정 방향으로의 선 경사각이 형성되어 있지 않았기 때문에 발생하는 현상으로 광중합 이전에 는 배향 안정화가 이루어지지 않았음을 의미한다.  As shown in FIG. 17A, when the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer was injected into a liquid crystal cell, the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without a conventional alignment layer treatment process, thereby exhibiting an quenched state under orthogonal polarizers. When the electric field is applied, the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing the transmittance. However, prior to light irradiation, as shown in FIG. 17B, a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array occur, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display. This defect occurs because the liquid crystal molecules do not have a linear inclination angle in a specific direction, which means that the alignment is not stabilized before the photopolymerization.
추가적으로 상기 액정표시장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 전기장 인가 및 광조사에 따른 안정화 처리 후, 소자의 온 -오프 (0n-0ff) 스위칭 시 액정결함의 발생 여부를 관찰하였다. 그 결과를 도 18a 및 18b 에 나타내었다.  In addition, the liquid crystal display device was observed in the same manner as in Example 1 after the stabilization treatment due to electric field application and light irradiation, and the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during on-off (0n-0ff) switching of the device. The results are shown in FIGS. 18A and 18B.
도 18a에 나타난 바와 같은 초기 어둠상태 (dark, black)에서 위와 동일 하게 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80¾ 에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인 가하면 액정이 반웅하여 배열상태가 바뀌게 되고, 이에 따라 액정의 광축 이 기판면에서 편광자의 투과축과 45도의 각을 이루게 됨으로써 액정결함 의 생성과정 없이 도 18b에서와 같은 밝음 상태로 전이됨을 관찰하였다. 이는 액정의 수직배향을 유도했던 친액정성—비친액정성 화합물이 함유하 고 있는 광반웅기가 광 조사 공정을 거쳐 셀 내부 표면에서 액정분자가 특정 방향으로 선경사각을 형성하게 함으로써 액정의 배향이 표면 안정화 되어 나타나는 현상으로, 이를 통하여 액정의 반웅속도 개선 및 소자의 밝기 및 대비비가 향상됨을 알 수 있다. In the initial dark state (dark, black) as shown in Figure 18a as above, T 80 (approximately transmittance of 80 ¾ of the maximum transmittance of the intensity of the electric field corresponding to the intensity of the liquid crystals react to change the arrangement state, accordingly the optical axis of the liquid crystal By forming the angle of 45 degrees to the transmission axis of the polarizer on the surface of the substrate, it was observed that the transition to the bright state as shown in Figure 18b without the formation of liquid crystal defects, which was induced by the liquid-crystal crystalline—non-liquid crystalline compound that induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal This photoreflector causes the liquid crystal molecules to form a pretilt angle in a specific direction through the light irradiation process, resulting in surface stabilization of the liquid crystal, thereby improving the reaction velocity of the liquid crystal and It can be seen that the brightness and contrast ratio are improved.
또한 안정화 처리가 되지 않은 도 17b와 안정화 처리가 된 도 18b를 비 교했을 때, 안정화처리가 된 도 18b는 결함의 발생이 제거되고, 반웅속도 도 빠르게 되므로 안정화 처리에 의해 소자의 전기광학적 특성을 향상시 킬 수 있음을 알 수 있다.  Also, when comparing FIG. 17B without stabilization and FIG. 18B with stabilization, stabilization of FIG. 18B eliminates the occurrence of defects and speeds up reaction speed, thereby improving the electro-optical characteristics of the device by stabilization. It can be seen that it can be improved.
실시예 8  Example 8
액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 음의 유전율 이방성을 가지는 액정호스트 99.92중량 %와 광반웅성의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물로서 반 웅성 액정기를 포함하는 하기 구조식의 갤레이트 유도체 (13)를 0.08중량 % 비율로 첨가하여 균일 흔합하여 제조한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 사용하여 액정층을 형성하는 것을 제외하고는 상기 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으 로 실시하여 액정 표시 장치를 제작하였다. 99.92% by weight of liquid crystal host having negative dielectric anisotropy with respect to the total weight of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer and a half-reflective lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound Except for forming a liquid crystal layer using a liquid crystal layer forming composition prepared by homogeneously mixing by adding a gallate derivative (13) of the following structural formula containing a male liquid crystal in a ratio of 0.08% by weight and The liquid crystal display device was manufactured by the same method.
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
상기 화합물 (13)은 광반응성의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물은 친액정성 영역으로서 반웅성 액정기를 포함하고, 비친액정성 영역으로서 갤레이트 (gal late) 유래기를 포함한다 . 상기 화합물 (13)에 대해 수학식 1에 따라 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')을 계산한 결과, (169/566) X 10=2.99이었다.  The compound (13) includes a photoreactive lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound as a lipophilic crystalline region and a semi latent liquid crystal group and a gal late derived group as the lipophilic crystalline region. The non-lipophilic crystalline ratio (Χ ') of the compound (13) was calculated according to Formula (1), and it was (169/566) X 10 = 2.99.
광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 공정 실시 전, 상기에서 제조한 액정표시 장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 제 1기판과 제 2기판 사이에 Τ80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인가한 후 액정분자의 배향 상태를 관찰하였다. 전기장 인가 전후의 결과를 도 19a 내지 19c에 각각 나타내었다 . Before the alignment stabilization process through light irradiation, the intensity corresponding to Τ 80 (80% transmittance versus maximum transmittance) between the first substrate and the second substrate in the same manner as in Example 1 for the liquid crystal display device manufactured above. After the electric field of was applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules was observed. The results before and after applying the electric field are shown in Figs. 19A to 19C, respectively.
도 19a에 나타난 바와 같이, 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물을 액정셀에 주 입하면 통상적인 배향막 처리공정이 없이도 액정의 광축이 기판에 대해 수직되어 직교편광자 하에서 소광상태를 나타내었다. 이에 대해 전기장을 인가하면 액정분자가 전기장에 수직인 방향으로 회전하면서 투과도가 증 가하게 된다. 그러나 광 조사 이전에는 도 19b에 나타난 바와 같이 액정 배열의 결함이 다수 발생하게 되고, 이로 인한 액정 표시 소자의 특성 악 화를 가져오게 된다. 이러한 결함발생은 액정분자가 특정 방향으로의 선 경사각이 형성되어 있지 않았기 때문에 발생하는 현상으로 광중합 이전에 는 배향 안정화가 이루어지지 않았음을 의미한다. 도 19b에 나타난 결함 은 시간이 경과함에 따라 천천이 제거되며 도 19c에서와 같이 균일한 밝 음상태로 전이되므로 표시소자의 시인성뿐만 아니라 반응속도에도 악영향 을 미치게 된다.  As shown in FIG. 19A, when the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer was injected into a liquid crystal cell, the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without a conventional alignment layer treatment process, thereby exhibiting an quenched state under orthogonal polarizers. When the electric field is applied, the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing the transmittance. However, prior to light irradiation, as shown in FIG. 19B, a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array occur, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display. This defect occurs because the liquid crystal molecules do not have a linear inclination angle in a specific direction, which means that the alignment is not stabilized before the photopolymerization. The defect shown in FIG. 19B is removed as time goes by and transitions to a uniform brightness state as shown in FIG. 19C, thereby adversely affecting not only the visibility of the display device but also the reaction speed.
추가적으로 상기 액정표시장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 전기장 인가 및 광조사에 따른 안정화 처리 후, 소자의 온 -오프 (Οη-Off) 스위칭 시 액정결함의 발생 여부를 관찰하였다. 그 결과를 도 20a 내지 20c에 나 타내었다. 도 20a에 나타난 바와 같은 초기 어둠상태 (dark, black)에서 위와 동일 하게 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인 가하면 액정이 반응하여 배열상태가 바뀌게 되고, 이에 따라 액정의 광축 이 기판면에서 편광자의 투과축과 45도의 각을 이루게 됨으로써 액정결함 의 생성과정 없이 도 20b 및 도 20c에서와 같은 밝음 상태로 전이됨을 관 찰하였다. 이는 액정의 수직배향을 유도했던 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 이 함유하고 있는 광반응기가 광 조사 공정을 거쳐 셀 내부 표면에서 액 정분자가 특정 방향으로 선경사각을 '형성하게 함으로써 액정의 배향이 표 면 안정화되어 나타나는 현상으로, 이를 통하여 액정의 반옹속도 개선 및 소자의 밝기 및 대비비가 향상됨을 알 수 있다. In addition, after the stabilization treatment according to the same electric field application and light irradiation as in Example 1 for the liquid crystal display device, it was observed whether the liquid crystal defect occurs during the on-off switching of the device. The results are shown in Figures 20a to 20c. In the initial dark state (dark, black) as shown in FIG. 20a, when the electric field of intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance) is applied as above, the liquid crystal reacts to change the arrangement state. It was observed that the optical axis of was formed at an angle of 45 degrees to the transmission axis of the polarizer on the substrate surface, so that the optical axis was transferred to the bright state as shown in FIGS. 20b and 20c without generating a liquid crystal defect. This is because the photoreactor containing the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound that induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal causes the liquid crystal molecules to form a pretilt angle in a specific direction on the inner surface of the cell through a light irradiation process. Surface stabilization is a phenomenon that can be seen that through this improves the reaction speed of the liquid crystal and the brightness and contrast ratio of the device.
또한 안정화 처리가 되지 않은 도 19b와 안정화 처리가 된 도 20b를 비 교했을 때, 안정화처리가 된 도 20b는 결함의 발생이 제거되고, 반웅속도 도 빠르게 되므로 안정화 처리에 의해 소자의 전기광학적 특성을 향상시 킬 수 있음을 알 수 있다.  In addition, when comparing FIG. 19B with no stabilization and FIG. 20B with stabilization, the stabilization process of FIG. 20B eliminates the occurrence of defects and increases the reaction speed, thereby improving the electro-optical characteristics of the device. It can be seen that it can be improved.
실시예 9  Example 9
액정층 형성용 조성물 '총 중량에 대하여 음의 유전을 이방성을 가지는 액정호스트 99.8중량%와 친액정성—비친액정성 화합물로서 하기 구조식의 디핵사데실 포스페이트 (dihexadecyl phosphate) ( 14)를 0.1중량 ¾ 비율로 첨가하고, 광반응성의 친액정성 -비친액 성 화합물로서 하기 구조식의 펜 타에리쓰리를 트리아크릴레이트 (pentaerythritol t r i aery 1 at e) ( 15)를 0.1 중량 % 비율로 첨가하여 균일하게 흔합한 액정층 형성용 조성물올 사용하 여 액정층을 형성하는 것을 제외하고는 상기 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법 으로 실시하여 액정 표시 장치를 제작하였다. \ Composition for forming a liquid crystal layer '' 99.8 wt% of a liquid crystal host having a negative dielectric anisotropy with respect to the total weight, and 0.1 wt% of a dihexadecyl phosphate (14) having the following structural formula as a lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound. And pentaerythride of the following structural formula as a photoreactive lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound by adding 0.1% by weight of triacrylate (pentaerythritol triaery 1 at e) in a proportion of 0.1% by weight. A liquid crystal display device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the liquid crystal layer was formed using the combined composition for forming a liquid crystal layer. \
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
이때, 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 (14)과 광반웅성의 친액정성-비친액 정성 화합물 (15)의 흔합물의 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')은 (Ο.δΧΧ^ + ίΟ.δΧΧ^-^θ^이때 디핵사데실 포스페이트 (14)의 비친액정성 비율 (Χι) = (80/547)Χ10=1.46이고, 펜타에리쓰리틀 트리아크릴레이트 (15) 의 비친액정성 비율 (X2) = (133/298)xl0=4.46이다)이었다. At this time, the non-lipophilic ratio (Χ ') of the mixture of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound (14) and the photophilic lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound (15) is (Ο.δΧΧ ^ + ίΟ.δΧΧ ^-^ θ ^ where the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of dinuxadecyl phosphate (14) = (80/547) Χ 10 = 1.46, and pentaerythritol triacrylate (15 Non-liquid crystalline ratio (X 2 ) = (133/298) xl0 = 4.46).
광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 공정 실시 전, 상기에서 제조한 액정표시 장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 제 1기판과 계 2기판 사이에 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80¾>)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인가한 후 액정분자의 배향 상태를 관찰하였다. 전기장 인가 전후의 결과를 도 21a 내지 21c에 각각 나타내었다. Before the alignment stabilization process through light irradiation, the intensity corresponding to T 80 (transmittance ratio 80¾>) between the first substrate and the second substrate in the same manner as in Example 1 for the liquid crystal display device manufactured above. After the electric field of was applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules was observed. The results before and after applying the electric field are shown in Figs. 21A to 21C, respectively.
도 21a에 나타난 바와 같이 , 일반적으로 기판에 대해 수직 배열된 액정 층은 직교편광자 하에서 소광 상태를 나타내며 , 이에 대해 전기장을 인가 하면 액정분자가 전기장에 수직인 방향으로 회전하면서 투과도가 증가하 게 된다 . 그러나 광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 이전에는 액정분자가 특정 방향으로의 선경사각이 형성되어 있지 않았기 때문에 도 21b에 나타난 바 와 같이 액정 배열의 결함이 다수 발생하게 되는 과정을 거쳐 도 21c의 밝음상태로 전이된다. 이로 인한 액정 표시 소자의 반옹속도가 늦게 되고 시인성의 악화를 가져오게 된다.  As shown in FIG. 21A, a liquid crystal layer arranged perpendicularly to a substrate generally exhibits an extinction state under a quadrature polarizer. When an electric field is applied thereto, the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing transmittance. However, before the alignment stabilization through light irradiation, since the liquid crystal molecules did not have a pretilt angle in a specific direction, as shown in FIG. 21B, a plurality of defects of the liquid crystal array were generated, thereby transitioning to the bright state of FIG. 21C. do. As a result, the reaction speed of the liquid crystal display device is slowed, leading to deterioration of visibility.
추가적으로, 상기 액정표시장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으 로 전기장 인가 및 광조사에 따른 안정화 처리 후, 소자의 온 -오프 (On- Off) 스위칭 시 액정결함의 발생 여부를 관찰하였다. 그 결과를 도 22a 내지 22c에 나타내었다 .  In addition, the liquid crystal display device was observed in the same manner as in Example 1 after the stabilization treatment due to the electric field application and light irradiation, the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during On-Off switching of the device. The results are shown in Figs. 22A to 22C.
도 22a에 나타난 바와 같은 초기 어둠상태 (dark, black)에서 위와 동일 하게 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인 가하면 액정이 반웅하여 배열상태가 바뀌게 되고, 이에 따라 액정의 광축 이 기판면에서 편광자의 투과축과 45도의 각을 이루게 됨으로써 액정결함 의 생성과정 없이 도 22b 및 22c에서와 같은 밝음상태로 바로 전이됨을 관찰하였다. 이는 액정의 수직배향을 유도했던 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합 물이 포함하고 있는 광반웅기가 광 조사 공정을 거쳐 셀 내부 표면에서 액정분자가 특정 방향으로 선경사각을 형성하게 함으로써 액정의 배향이 표면 안정화되어 나타나는 현상으로, 이를 통하여 액정의 반웅속도 개선 및 소자의 밝기 및 대비비가 향상됨을 알 수 있다. In the initial dark state (dark, black) as shown in Figure 22a as above, when the electric field of the intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance) is applied, the liquid crystal reacts to change the arrangement state, accordingly It was observed that the optical axis of was formed at an angle of 45 degrees to the transmission axis of the polarizer on the substrate surface, so that it immediately transitioned to the same bright state as in 22b and 22c without generating a liquid crystal defect. This is because the photoreaction of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound which induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal causes the liquid crystal molecules to form a pretilt angle in a specific direction on the inner surface of the cell through a light irradiation process. As a phenomenon that appears to be stabilized, it can be seen that through this improvement of the reaction speed of the liquid crystal and the brightness and contrast ratio of the device is improved.
또한 안정화 처리가 되지 않은 도 21b와 안정화 처리가 된 도 22b를 비 교했을 때, 안정화처리가 된 도 21b는 결함의 발생이 제거되고, 반웅속도 도 빠르게 되므로 안정화 처리에 의해 소자의 전기광학적 특성을 향상시 킬 수 있음을 알 수 있다. In addition, when comparing FIG. 21B without stabilization and FIG. 22B with stabilization, stabilization of FIG. 21B eliminates the occurrence of defects and increases the reaction speed, thereby improving the electro-optical characteristics of the device by stabilization. When improving It can be seen that.
실시예 10  Example 10
액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 음의 유전율 이방성을 가지는 액정호스트 99.5중량¾와 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물로서 하기 구조식의 팔미트산 (palmitic acid)(16) 0.4중량¾와 광반웅성 화합물로서 히드록시 부틸 아크릴레이트를 0.1중량 % 비율로 첨가하여 균일하게 흔합한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 사용하여 액정층을 형성하는 것을 제외하고는 상기 실시 예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 실시하여 액정 표시 장치를 제작하였다.
Figure imgf000065_0001
99.5 weight ¾ of liquid crystal host having negative dielectric anisotropy with respect to the total weight of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer and 0.4 wt ¾ of palmitic acid (16) having a structure of the following formula as a non-liquid crystalline compound. The liquid crystal display device was fabricated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that hydroxy butyl acrylate was added at a ratio of 0.1% by weight to form a liquid crystal layer using a uniformly mixed composition for forming a liquid crystal layer. Produced.
Figure imgf000065_0001
이때, 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 (16)과 광반응성 화합물의 흔합물의 비친액정성 비율 (χ')은 (ο.δχχ + υχχ^ ι.δ (이때 팔미트산의 비친 액정성 비율 (Χι) = (45/256)Χ10=1.76이고 히드록시부틸 아크릴레이트의 비 친액정성 비율 (Χ2) = (Γ7/144) X 10=1.18이다 )이었다. At this time, the non-lipophilic ratio (χ ') of the mixture of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound (16) and the photoreactive compound is (ο.δ χ χ + υ χ χ ^ ι.δ The liquid crystalline ratio (Χι) = (45/256) Χ 10 = 1.76 and the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of the hydroxybutyl acrylate (Χ 2 ) = (Γ 7/144) X 10 = 1.18).
광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 공정 실시 전,.상기에서 제조한 액정표시 장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 제 1기판과 제 2기판 사이에 Before performing the alignment stabilization process through light irradiation, between the first substrate and the second substrate in the same manner as in Example 1 with respect to the liquid crystal display device
Τ80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80¾»)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인가한 후 액정분자의 배향 상태를 관찰하였다. 전기장 인가 전후의 결과를 도After applying an electric field of an intensity corresponding to Τ 80 (transmittance ratio 80¾ »), the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules was observed. The results before and after applying the electric field
23a 내지 23c에 각각 나타내었다 . 23a to 23c, respectively.
도 23a에 나타난 바와 같이, 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물을 액정샐에 주 입하면 통상적인 배향막 처리공정이 없이도 액정의 광축이 기판에 대해 수직되어 직교편광자 하에서 소광상태를 나타내었다. 이에 대해 전기장을 인가하면 액정분자가 전기장에 수직인 방향으로 회전하면서 투과도가 증 가하게 된다. 그러나 광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 이전에는 액정분자가 특정 방향으로의 선경사각이 형성되어 있지 않았기 때문에 도 23b에 나타 난 바와 같이 액정 배열의 결함이 다수 발생하게 되는 과정을 거쳐 도 23c의 밝음상태로 전이된다 .  As shown in FIG. 23A, when the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer was injected into a liquid crystal cell, the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without a conventional alignment layer treatment process, thereby exhibiting an quenched state under orthogonal polarizers. When the electric field is applied, the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing the transmittance. However, since the liquid crystal molecules did not have a pretilt angle in a specific direction before alignment stabilization through light irradiation, as shown in FIG. 23B, a plurality of defects of the liquid crystal array were generated, thereby transitioning to the bright state of FIG. 23C. do .
추가적으로, 상기 액정표시장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으 로 전기장 인가 및 광조사에 따른 안정화 처리 후, 소자의 온 -오프 (On- Off) 스위칭 시 액정결함의 발생 여부를 관찰하였다. 그 결과를 도 24a 내지 24c에 나타내었다 .  In addition, the liquid crystal display device was observed in the same manner as in Example 1 after the stabilization treatment due to the electric field application and light irradiation, the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during On-Off switching of the device. The results are shown in Figures 24a to 24c.
도 24a에 나타난 바와 같은 초기 어둠상태 (dark, black)에서 위와 동일 하게 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인 가하면 액정이 반웅하여 배열상태가 바뀌게 되고, 이에 따라 액정의 광축 이 기판면에서 편광자의 투과축과 45도의 각을 이루게 됨으로써 액정결함 의 생성과정 없이 도 24b 및 도 24c에서와 같은 밝음 상태로 전이됨을 관 찰하였다. 이는 액정의 수직배향을 유도했던 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 이 함유하고 있는 광반웅기가 광 조사 공정을 거쳐 셀 내부 표면에서 액 정분자가 특정 방향으로 선경사각을 형성하게 함으로써 액정의 배향이 표 면 안정화되어 나타나는 현상으로, 이를 통하여 액정의 반웅속도 개선 및 소자의 밝기 및 대비비가 향상됨을 알 수 있다. Same as above in the initial dark state (dark, black) as shown in Figure 24a When an electric field with an intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance) is applied, the liquid crystal reacts to change the arrangement state. Accordingly, the optical axis of the liquid crystal forms an angle of 45 degrees with the transmission axis of the polarizer on the substrate surface. It was observed that the transition to the bright state as in FIG. 24B and FIG. 24C without the generation of liquid crystal defects was observed. This is because the photoreaction of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound that induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal causes the liquid crystal molecules to form a pretilt angle in a specific direction on the inner surface of the cell through a light irradiation process. As a phenomenon that appears to be stabilized, it can be seen that through this improvement of the reaction speed of the liquid crystal and the brightness and contrast ratio of the device is improved.
또한 안정화 처리가 되지 않은 도 23b와 안정화 처리가 된 도 24b를 비 교했을 때 , 안정화처리가 된 도 24b는 결함의 발생이 제거되고, 반응속도 도 빠르게 되므로 안정화 처리에 의해 소자의 전기광학적 특성을 향상시 킬 수 있음을 알 수 있다.  Also, when comparing FIG. 23B without stabilization with FIG. 24B with stabilization, stabilization of FIG. 24B eliminates the occurrence of defects and speeds up the reaction speed, thereby stabilizing the electro-optical characteristics of the device by stabilization. It can be seen that it can be improved.
실시예 11  Example 11
액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 음의 유전율 이방성을 가지는 액정호스트 99중량 ¾>와 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물로서 하기 구조식의 도 데실아민 (dodecyl amine)(17) 0.8중량%와 광반응성 화합물로서 펜타에리 쓰리를 트리아크릴레이트를 0.2중량 % 비율로 첨가하여 균일하게 흔합한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 사용하여 액정층을 형성하는 것을 제외하고는 상 기 실시예 3에서와 동일한 방법으로 실시하여 액정 표시 장치를 제작하였 다.  99 weight ¾> of liquid crystal host having negative dielectric anisotropy with respect to the total weight of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer and a lyophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound, 0.8 wt% of dodecyl amine (17) of the following structural formula and photoreactivity Pentaery three as a compound was carried out in the same manner as in Example 3, except that the liquid crystal layer was formed using a uniformly mixed composition for forming a liquid crystal layer by adding triacrylate in a ratio of 0.2% by weight. A liquid crystal display device was manufactured.
GH3(CH2)ioCH2NH2 (17) 이때, 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 (17)과 광반응성 화합물의 흔합물의 비친액정성 비율 (χ')은 (ο.δχχ +ω^χχ^-ι.δδ*:이때 도데실아민의 비친 액정성 비율 0( = (16/185)><10=0.86이고 펜타에리쓰리를 트리아크릴레이 트의 비친액정성 비율 ( ) = ( 133/298) X 10=4.46이다)이었다. GH3 (CH2) ioCH 2 NH2 ( 17 ) At this time, the non-lipophilic ratio (χ ') of the mixture of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound (17) and the photoreactive compound is (ο.δ χ χ + ω ^ χ χ ^ -ι.δδ *: The ratio of the non-liquid crystallinity of dodecylamine to 0 (= (16/185)><10 = 0.86 and the ratio of non-liquid crystallinity of the pentaerythride to triacrylate () = (133/298 X 10 = 4.46).
광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 공정 실시 전, 상기에서 제조한 액정표시 장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 제 1기판과 제 2기판 사이에 Τ80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인가한 후 액정분자의 배향 상태를 관찰하였다. 전기장 인가 전후의 결과를 도 25a 및 25b에 각각 나타내었다 . Before the alignment stabilization process through light irradiation, the intensity corresponding to Τ 80 (80% transmittance versus maximum transmittance) between the first substrate and the second substrate in the same manner as in Example 1 for the liquid crystal display device manufactured above. After the electric field of was applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules was observed. The results before and after applying the electric field are shown in Figs. 25A and 25B, respectively.
도 25a에 나타난 바와 같이 상기 액정층 형성용 조성물을 액정셀에 주 입하면 통상적인 배향막 처리공정이 없이도 액정의 광축이 기판에 대해 수직되어 직교편광자 하에서 소광상태를 나타내었다. 이에 대해 전기장을 인가하면 액정분자가 전기장에 수직인 방향으로 회전하면서 투과도가 증 가하게 된다. 그러나 광 조사 이전에는 도 25b에 나타난 바와 같이 액정 배열의 결함이 다수 발생하게 되고, 이로 인한 액정 표시 소자의 특성 악 화를 가져오게 된다. 이러한 결함발생은 액정분자가 특정 방향으로의 선 경사각이 형성되어 있지 않았기 때문에 발생하는 현상으로 광중합 이전에 는 배향 안정화가 이루어지지 않았음을 의미한다 . As shown in FIG. 25A, the liquid crystal layer forming composition is applied to a liquid crystal cell. Upon entering, the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without the usual alignment film treatment process, and exhibited an quenched state under the orthogonal polarizer. When the electric field is applied, the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing the transmittance. However, prior to light irradiation, as shown in FIG. 25B, a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array occur, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display. This defect occurs because the liquid crystal molecules do not have a linear inclination angle in a specific direction, which means that the alignment is not stabilized before photopolymerization.
추가적으로, 상기 액정표시장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으 로 전기장 인가 및 광조사에 따른 안정화 처리 후, 소자의 온 -오프 (On- Off ) 스위칭 시 액정결함의 발생 여부를 관찰하였다. 그 결과를 도 26a 및 26b에 나타내었다.  In addition, the liquid crystal display device was observed in the same manner as in Example 1 after the stabilization treatment due to the electric field application and light irradiation, the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during On-Off switching of the device. The results are shown in FIGS. 26A and 26B.
도 26a에 나타난 바와 같은 초기 어둠상태 (dark, black)에서 위와 동일 하게 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인 가하면 액정이 반응하여 배열상태가 바뀌게 되고, 이에 따라 액정의 광축 이 기판면에서 편광자의 투과축과 45도의 각을 이루게 됨으로써 액정결함 의 생성과정 없이 도 26b에서와 같은 밝음 상태로 전이됨을 관찰하였다. 이는 액정의 수직배향을 유도했던 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 함유하 고 있는 광반웅기가 광 조사 공정을 거쳐 샐 내부 표면에서 액정분자가 특정 방향으로 선경사각을 형성하게 함으로써 액정의 배향이 표면 안정화 되어 나타나는 현상으로, 이를 통하여 액정의 반응속도 개선 및 소자의 밝기 및 대비비가 향상됨을 알 수 있다. In the initial dark state (dark, black) as shown in Figure 26a as above, if the electric field of the intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance) is applied, the liquid crystal reacts to change the arrangement state, accordingly It was observed that the optical axis of was formed at an angle of 45 degrees to the transmission axis of the polarizer on the substrate surface, so that the optical axis was transferred to the same bright state as in FIG. 26B without generating a liquid crystal defect. This is because the photoreaction of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound that induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal causes the liquid crystal molecules to form a pretilt angle in a specific direction on the inner surface of the cell through a light irradiation process. As a phenomenon that appears to be stabilized, it can be seen that through this, the reaction speed of the liquid crystal is improved and the brightness and contrast ratio of the device are improved.
또한 안정화 처리가 되지 않은 도 25b와 안정화 처리가 된 도 26b를 비 교했을 때, 안정화처리가 된 도 26b는 결함의 발생이 제거되고, 반응속도 도 빠르게 되므로 안정화 처리에 의해 소자의 전기광학적 특성을 향상시 킬 수 있음을 알 수 있다.  In addition, when comparing FIG. 25B without stabilization with FIG. 26B with stabilization, stabilization of FIG. 26B eliminates defects and speeds up the reaction speed, thereby stabilizing the electro-optical characteristics of the device. It can be seen that it can be improved.
실시예 12  Example 12
액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 음의 유전율 이방성을 가지는 액정호스트 99중량 %와 친액정성 -비친액정성 영역을 가지는 액정배향 유도 제로서 하기 구조식의 폴리옥시에틸렌 (2) 스테아릴 에테르  Polyoxyethylene (2) stearyl ether of the following structural formula as a liquid crystal alignment inducing agent having 99% by weight of a liquid crystal host having a negative dielectric anisotropy and a lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline region relative to the total weight of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer
(polyoxyethylen (2) stearyl ether)(18) 0.8중량%와 광반웅성 화합물로 서 하기 구조식의 폴리에틸렌글리콜 메틸 에테르 아크릴레이트  (polyoxyethylen (2) stearyl ether) (18) Polyethyleneglycol methyl ether acrylate of the following structural formula as 0.8 wt%
(Poly(ethylene glycol ) methyl ether acrylate) (19)를 0.2중량 % 비율로 첨가하여 균일하게 흔합한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 사용하여 액정층을 형 성하는 것을 제외하고는 상기 실시예 3에서와 동일한 방법으로 실시하여 액정 표시 장치를 제작하였다. (Poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether acrylate) (19) in 0.2% by weight A liquid crystal display device was fabricated in the same manner as in Example 3, except that the liquid crystal layer was formed by using a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer uniformly added thereto.
Figure imgf000068_0001
이때, 친액정성ᅳ비친액정성 화합물 (18)과 광반응성 화합물 (19)의 흔합 물의 비친액정성 비율 (χ')은 (ο.βχχ^+ω^χχ^ ^θθ (이때 폴리옥시에 틸렌 (2) 스테아릴 에테르의 비친액정성 비율 (Χ ^ΙΟδ/βδ^ΧΚ^Θδ이 고 폴리에틸렌글리콜 메틸 에테르 아크릴레이트의 비친액정성 비율 ( ) = ( 160/246) X 10=3.25이다)이었다.
Figure imgf000068_0001
At this time, the non-lipophilic ratio (χ ') of the mixture of the lipophilic crystalline non-lipophilic crystalline compound (18) and the photoreactive compound (19) is (ο.β χ χ ^ + ω ^ χ χ ^ ^ θθ Non-lipophilic ratio of oxyethylene (2) stearyl ether (Χ ^ ΙΟδ / βδ ^ ΧΚ ^ Θδ and non-lipophilic ratio of polyethylene glycol methyl ether acrylate () = (160/246) X 10 = 3.25 Was.
광 조사를 통한 배향 안정화 공정 실시 전, 상기에서 제조한 액정표시 장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 제 1기판과 제 2기판 사이에 Τ100 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 100%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인가한 후 액정분자의 배향 상태를 관찰하였다. Before the alignment stabilization process through light irradiation, the intensity corresponding to Τ 100 (100% transmittance versus maximum transmittance) between the first substrate and the second substrate in the same manner as in Example 1 for the liquid crystal display device manufactured above. After the electric field of was applied, the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules was observed.
상기에서 제조한 액정층 형성용 조성물올 액정샐에 주입하면 통상적인 배향막 처리공정이 없이도 액정의 광축이 기판에 대해 수직되어 직교편광 자 하에서 소광상태를 나타내었다. 이에 대해 전기장을 인가하면 액정분 자가 전기장에 수직인 방향으로 회전하면서 투과도가 증가하게 된다. 그 러나 광 조사 이전에는 상기의 실시예들에서와 같이 액정 배열의 결함이 다수 발생하게 되고, 이로 인한 액정 표시 소자의 특성 악화를 가져오게 된다. 이러한 결함발생은 광증합 이전에는 배향 안정화가 이루어지지 않 았음을 의미한다 .  When the liquid crystal layer-forming composition prepared above was injected into the liquid crystal cell, the optical axis of the liquid crystal was perpendicular to the substrate without the usual alignment layer treatment process, and exhibited an quenched state under orthogonal polarizers. When the electric field is applied, the liquid crystal molecules rotate in a direction perpendicular to the electric field, thereby increasing the transmittance. However, prior to light irradiation, as in the above embodiments, a large number of defects in the liquid crystal array are generated, resulting in deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display device. These defects indicate that orientation stabilization did not occur prior to photopolymerization.
추가적으로, 상기 액정표시장치에 대해 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으 로 전기장 인가 및 광조사에 따른 안정화 처리 후, 소자의 온 -오프 (0η- Off) 스위칭 시 액정결함의 발생 여부를 관찰하였다.  In addition, the liquid crystal display device was observed in the same manner as in Example 1 after the stabilization treatment due to the electric field applied and light irradiation, the occurrence of liquid crystal defects during the on-off switching of the device.
초기 어둠상태 (dark, Mack)에서 위와 동일하게 T100 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 100¾>)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인가하면 액정이 반웅하여 배 열상태가 바뀌게 되고, 이에 따라 액정의 광축이 기판면에서 편광자의 투 과축과 45도의 각을 이루게 됨으로써 액정결함의 생성과정 없이 도 15b에 서와 같은 밝음 상태로 전이됨을 관찰하였다. 이는 액정의 수직배향을 유 도했던 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 함유하고 있는 광반웅기가 광 조사 공정을 거쳐 셀 내부 표면에서 액정분자가 특정 방향으로 선경사각을 형 성하게 함으로써 액정의 배향이 표면 안정화되어 나타나는 현상으로, 이 를 통하여 액정의 반응속도 개선 및 소자의 밝기 및 대비비가 향상됨을 알 수 있었다. Applying an electric field with an intensity equal to T 100 (transmittance to 100¾>) in the initial dark state (dark, Mack) as above, the liquid crystal reacts to change the arrangement state and thus the optical axis of the liquid crystal Of polarizer By forming an angle of 45 degrees with the hyperaxial, it was observed that the transition to the bright state as shown in Fig. 15b without the formation of liquid crystal defects. This is because the photoreaction of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound, which induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal, causes the liquid crystal molecules to form a pretilt angle in a specific direction on the inner surface of the cell through a light irradiation process. Surface stabilization, which can be seen to improve the response rate of the liquid crystal and the brightness and contrast ratio of the device.
시험예 1  Test Example 1
본 발명에서 사용되는 광반응성 화합물 및 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 은 별도의 배향막 공정 없이 액정의 수직배향을 유도하고, 수직배향을 유 도한 후 전기장 인가 하에서 광 조사에 의한 광중합 과정을 거쳐 특정한 배향상태를 안정화시키는 역할을 한다. 그 결과 본 발명에 따른 효과를 이루기 위해서는 액정의 수직배향 유도가 선행되어야 한다.  The photoreactive compound and the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound used in the present invention induce vertical alignment of the liquid crystal without a separate alignment layer process, induce vertical alignment, and then undergo a specific polymerization through photopolymerization by light irradiation under electric field application. Stabilizes the state. As a result, in order to achieve the effect of the present invention, the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal must be preceded.
이러한 일차적인 수직배향의 유도에 영향을 미치는 인자는 친액정성-비 친액정성 분자에 있어서 비친액정성 영역의 비율이다. 이에 본 시험예에 서는 비친액정성 비율 (χ') 값에 따른 액정의 수직배향 유도 효과를 평가 하였다.  The factor influencing this primary vertical orientation is the ratio of non-lipophilic regions in the lipophilic-non-lipophilic molecules. In this test example, the vertical alignment induction effect of the liquid crystal was evaluated according to the non-liquid crystalline ratio (χ ') value.
음의 유전율 이방성을 가지는 액정 호스트와 함께, 친액정성-비친액정 성 화합물로서 수학식 1에 따라 계산한 비친액정성 비율 (^이 (169/254) X10=6.65인 하기 구조식의 핵실 갈레이트 (Hexyl gal late)(20) 또는 비친 액정성 비율 (X2)이 (169/310) X 10=5.45인 하기 구조식의 데실 갈레이트 (Decyl gal late) (21)를 액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 0.5증량 ¾» 씩 첨가하여 액정층 형성용 조성물을 각각 제조하였다. A non-lipophilic crystalline ratio calculated according to Equation 1 as a lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound together with a liquid crystal host having negative dielectric anisotropy (nusil gallate of the following structural formula: (169/254) X10 = 6.65) Decyl gal late (21) of the following structural formula having a hexyl gal late) (20) or a liquid crystalline ratio (X 2 ) of (169/310) X 10 = 5.45 was added to the total weight of the composition for liquid crystal layer formation. 0.5 parts by 3/4 "of each was added to prepare a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer.
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
액정과의 친화도가 층분하지 않아 액정과 균일한 흔합물을 만들지 다. The affinity with the liquid crystal is not sufficient to make a homogeneous mixture with the liquid crystal All.
또한, 상기 제조된 불균일한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 상기 실시예 1에 기재된 방법과 동일한 방법으로 제조한 조립체의 액정층 내에 주입한 후 액정의 배향상태를 편광현미경으로 관찰하였다. 그 결과를 도 27에 나타 내었다.  Further, after injecting the prepared non-uniform liquid crystal layer-forming composition into the liquid crystal layer of the granules prepared in the same manner as described in Example 1, the alignment state of the liquid crystal was observed by a polarizing microscope. The result is shown in FIG.
도 27에 나타난 바와 같이, 액정분자가 셀 내부에서 랜덤하게 수평 배 향되어 있음을 확인할 수 있었으며, 이로부터 액정의 수직배향이 유도되 지 않음을 알 수 있다.  As shown in FIG. 27, it was confirmed that the liquid crystal molecules were randomly horizontally aligned inside the cell, and it can be seen that the vertical alignment of the liquid crystals was not induced therefrom.
한편, 동일한 비친액정성기를 가지면서 친액정기의 비율이 증가하여 X2 값이 5.45인 상기 데실 갈레이트는 향상된 친액정성으로 인하여 액정에 균일하게 흔합되었다. On the other hand, the ratio of lipophilic groups with the same non-liquid crystalline group was increased, so that the decyl gallate having an X 2 value of 5.45 was uniformly mixed in the liquid crystal due to improved lipophilic crystallinity.
또한, 상기 제조된 균일한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 상기 실시예 1에 기 재된 방법과 동일한 방법으로 제조한 조립체의 액정층 내에 주입한 후 액 정 배향을 관찰하였다. 그 결과를 도 28에 나타내었다.  In addition, the liquid crystal alignment was observed after injecting the prepared composition for forming a liquid crystal layer into the liquid crystal layer of the assembly prepared by the same method as described in Example 1. The results are shown in FIG.
도 28에 나타난 바와 같이, 액정분자가 균일하게 수직배향되어 있음을 확인할 수 있었다. 코노스코피 이미지 (미도시 ) 또한 액정이 기판에 대하 여 수직배향되었을 경우 나타나는 아이소자이리스 (isozyres)를 명확하게 보여주었다.  As shown in FIG. 28, it was confirmed that the liquid crystal molecules were uniformly aligned vertically. Conoscopy images (not shown) also clearly show the isozyres that appear when the liquid crystals are oriented perpendicular to the substrate.
상기와 같은 실험결과로부터, 동일한 비친액정성기를 포함함에도 불구 하고 핵실 갈레이트가 데실 갈레이트 보다 짧은 친액정성기를 포함하고 있으므로, 데실 갈레이트에 비해 더 큰 비친액정 성질을 나타내었다. 또 한, 친액정성기인 탄화수소 길이가 탄소수 8개 미만이고 비친액정성 비율 (Χ') 값이 상기 X값인 6을 초과하여 비친액정성이 지나치게 커짐에 따라 액정화합물과의 섞임성이 좋지 않고 액정의 수직배향 특성이 나타나지 않 았다. 따라서 , 액정과 균일한 흔합물을 형성하며 액정의 수직배향을 유도 하기 위해서는 비친액정성 비율 (Χ') 값이 6 이하의 값을 가져야 함을 알 수 있다.  From the above experimental results, even though the same non-lipophilic crystalline group, the nucleosil gallate contained a shorter lipophilic group than decyl gallate, and thus exhibited more non-lipophilic crystalline properties than decyl gallate. In addition, as the non-liquid crystalline ratio becomes too large to have a hydrocarbon length of less than 8 carbon atoms and the non-liquid crystalline ratio (Χ ′) exceeds 6, which is the X value, the mixing with the liquid crystal compound is poor, There was no vertical orientation of. Therefore, it can be seen that the non-liquid crystalline ratio (Χ ′) should have a value of 6 or less in order to form a uniform mixture with the liquid crystal and induce vertical alignment of the liquid crystal.
상기와 별도로, 음의 유전율 이방성을 가지는 액정 호스트와 함께, 친 액정성 화합물로서 수학식 1에 따라 계산한 비친액정성 비율 0^)이 0인 하기 구조식의 옥타데칸 (octadecane) (22) 또는 친액정성—비친액정성 화 합물로서 비친액정성 비율 (X2)이 (17/270) X 10=0.63인 하기 구조식의 1- 옥타데칸올 (1ᅳ octadecanol)(23)을 액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하 여 1.0중량¾씩 첨가하여 액정층 형성용 조성물을 각각 제조하였다.
Figure imgf000071_0001
Apart from the above, in addition to the liquid crystal host having negative dielectric anisotropy, an octadecane (22) of the following structural formula or a parent having a non-liquid crystalline ratio 0 ^ calculated according to Equation 1 as a lipophilic compound 1-octadecanol (23) of the following structural formula having a liquid crystalline non-liquid crystalline compound having a non-liquid crystalline ratio (X 2 ) of (17/270) X 10 = 0.63. The liquid crystal layer-forming composition was prepared by adding 1.0 wt ¾ of the total weight.
Figure imgf000071_0001
CH3(CH2)i6CH2OH (23) 상기 옥타데칸은 100% 친액정성기로 이루어진 화합물로 비친액정성 비 율 Od l 0이므로 액정에 쉽게 용해되었다. 한편 , 상기 1-옥타데칸을은 친액정성기인 탄화수소 체인에 비해 비친액정성기인 히드록시기의 화합물 내 분율이 작아 액정과의 친화도가 큰 물질로서, 액정과 균일한 흔합물을 형성하였다. CH3 (CH2) i6CH 2 OH (2 3 ) The octadecane is a compound consisting of a 100 % lipophilic group, which is easily dissolved in a liquid crystal because of the non-lipophilic ratio Od 0. On the other hand, the 1-octadecane has a small affinity in the compound of the hydroxy group as the non-liquid crystalline group compared to the hydrocarbon chain as the lipophilic group and has a high affinity with the liquid crystal, thereby forming a uniform mixture with the liquid crystal.
상기 제조된 액정층 형성용 조성물을 상기 실시예 1에 기재된 방법과 동일한 방법으로 제조한 조립체의 액정층 내에 주입한 후 액정의 배향상 태를 편광현미경으로 관찰하였다. 그 결과를 도 29에 나타내었다.  After injecting the prepared composition for forming a liquid crystal layer into a liquid crystal layer of a granule prepared in the same manner as described in Example 1, the alignment state of the liquid crystal was observed with a polarizing microscope. The results are shown in FIG. 29.
그 결과, 옥타데칸을 포함하는 액정층 형성용 조성물은 액정 배열에 영 향을 미치지 않기 때문에, 도 29에서와 같이 랜덤한 수평배열 상태를 나 타내는 반면, 1-옥타데칸을을 첨가한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 주입한 액 정셀에서는 액정의 배향이 균일하게 기판에 대하여 수직으로 배열됨을 확 인할 수 있었다.  As a result, since the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer containing octadecane does not affect the liquid crystal array, the liquid crystal layer is formed by adding 1-octadecane while showing a random horizontal arrangement as shown in FIG. 29. In the liquid crystal cell in which the composition was injected, it was confirmed that the alignment of the liquid crystals was uniformly arranged perpendicularly to the substrate.
도 30a 및 30b는 시험예 2에서 1-옥타데칸을을 첨가한 액정층 형성용 조성물을 주입한 액정셀의 배향상태를 나타낸 편광현미경 및 코노스코피 사진이다. 도 30a 및 30b에 나타낸 바와 같이 액정셀의 균일한 소광상태 및 정중앙에 위치한 십자의 아이소자이리스 (isozyres)는 액정이 수직배향 되어 광축이 기판에 수직으로 형성되어 있음을 잘 보여주고 있다.  30A and 30B are polarization microscopes and conoscopy photographs showing the alignment state of a liquid crystal cell in which the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer to which 1-octadecane was added in Test Example 2 was injected. As shown in FIGS. 30A and 30B, the uniform quenching state of the liquid crystal cell and the cross-shaped isozyres located at the center of the liquid crystal well show that the liquid crystal is vertically oriented so that the optical axis is formed perpendicular to the substrate.
상기한 바와 같이 첨가물의 친액정성이 지나치게 크고 비친액정성 특성 이 지나치게 작을 경우, 액정에 용해되려는 특성이 너무 강하여 액정의 수직배향을 유도하지 못한다. 따라서, 수직배향 유도제인 친액정성 -비친 액정성 화합물의 비친액정성비 (X)는 액정의 수직배향 유도를 위한 적정 한 범위를 가진다.  As described above, when the lipophilic crystallinity of the additive is too large and the non-lipophilic crystalline characteristic is too small, the property to be dissolved in the liquid crystal is too strong to induce vertical alignment of the liquid crystal. Therefore, the non-liquid crystalline ratio (X) of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound which is a vertical alignment inducing agent has an appropriate range for inducing vertical alignment of the liquid crystal.
이러한 현상은 친액정성—비친액정성 화합물에서의 친액정성과 비친액정 성 사이의 균형이 액정의 수직배향 유도에 중요한 인자임을 나타내는 것 으로써, 이러한 균형을 정량적으로 나타내는 X 값이 중요한 지표가 될 수 있음을 의미한다. 따라서, 본 발명의 목적에 부합하는 결과를 위해서 유 효한 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 X값은 최소 0.5 이상이 되는 것이 바 람직하다. X 값이 0.5 보다 작을 경우에는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 액정에 대한 친화성이 지나치게 커서 액정의 수직배향을 유도하지 못하게 된다. This phenomenon indicates that the balance between lipophilic crystalline and non-lipophilic crystalline in non-liquid crystalline compounds is an important factor in inducing the vertical alignment of liquid crystals. It means that there is. Therefore, it is preferable that the X value of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound which is effective for the result consistent with the object of the present invention is at least 0.5. If the X value is less than 0.5, the lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound The affinity for the liquid crystal is too great to induce vertical alignment of the liquid crystal.
시험예 2  Test Example 2
친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 흔합하여 사용하는 경우 비친액정성 비 율 범위에 따른 효과를 평가하였다.  When a mixture of lipophilic-non-lipophilic compounds was used, the effects of the range of non-lipophilic crystalline ratios were evaluated.
상세하게는, 하기 구조식의 n—도데실 β— D-말톡사이드 (n-dodecyl β -D- maltoside, 비친액정성 비율 (Χ = (342/510) x 10=6.69) (24) (화합물 A), 1- 옥타데칸올 (비친액정성 비율 (X2) = (17/270)X 10=0.63) (화합물 B), 하기 구 조식의 글리코실옥시에틸 메타크릴레이트 (Glycosyloxyethyl methacry 1 ate 비친액정성 비율 (X3) = (179/292) X 10=6.13)(25) (화합물 C) 또는 하기 구조 식의 팔미트산 (Palmitic acid, 비친액정성 비율 Specifically, n-dodecyl β-D-maltoside of the following structural formula (n-dodecyl β-D-maltoside, non-lipophilic ratio (Χ = (342/510) x 10 = 6.69) (24) (Compound A ), 1-octadecanol (non-liquid crystalline ratio (X 2 ) = (17/270) X 10 = 0.63) (Compound B), glycosyloxyethyl methacry 1 ate non-liquid crystal Sex ratio (X 3 ) = (179/292) X 10 = 6.13) (25) (Compound C) or Palmitic acid (non-liquid crystalline ratio)
(X4) = (45/256)xi0=1.76)(26) (화합물 D)을 이용하여 하기 표 1에 제시된 흔합비로 음의 유전율 이방성을 가지는 액정호스트와 각각 흔합하여 액정 층 형성용 조성물을 제조하았다. (X 4 ) = (45/256) xi0 = 1.76) (26) Using (Compound D), a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer was mixed with a liquid crystal host having negative dielectric anisotropy at the mixing ratios shown in Table 1 below. Prepared.
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
[표 1]  TABLE 1
Figure imgf000072_0002
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000072_0002
Figure imgf000073_0001
먼저, 화합물 A를 액정층 형성용 조성물 총 증량에 대하여 0.3중량 % 흔 합할 경우 (실시번호 2-1), 화합물 A의 X 값이 너무 크므로 액정과 균일하 게 섞이지 않고 액정의 수직배향을 유도하지 못함을 확인하였다.  First, when compound A is mixed with 0.3% by weight of the total amount of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer (Example No. 2-1), since the X value of compound A is too large, it does not mix uniformly with the liquid crystal and induces vertical alignment of the liquid crystal. I could not confirm.
한편, 화합물 B는 액정 호스트와 잘 섞이며, 액정의 수직배향을 유도함 을 확인하였다.  On the other hand, Compound B was well mixed with the liquid crystal host, it was confirmed that induces the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal.
그러나, 화합물 A와 B를 40 대 60의 중량비로 섞은 흔합물을 액정층 형 성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 0.3중량 ¾> 및 0,5중량%로 각각 흔합한 경우 (실시번호 2-3 및 2ᅳ 4), 화합물 A와 B가 균일하게 액정에 분산됨을 확인 하였다. 또한, 화합물 A와 B가 균일하게 흔합된 액정층 형성용 조성물을 상기 실시예 1에서와 동일한 방법으로 제조한 조립체의 액정층에 주입했 을 때, 액정의 수직배향이 유도되었다.  However, when a mixture of compounds A and B were mixed at a weight ratio of 40 to 60 was mixed at 0.3 weight ¾> and 0,5 wt%, respectively, based on the total weight of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer (Examples 2-3 and 2 ᅳ). 4), It was confirmed that the compounds A and B are uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal. In addition, when a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer in which Compounds A and B were uniformly mixed was injected into the liquid crystal layer of the granules prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, vertical alignment of the liquid crystal was induced.
도 31 및 도 32은 화합물 A를 액정층 형성용 조성물 중에 0.3중량 % 흔 합할 경우 (실시번호 2-1)와 화합물 A와 B를 40 대 60의 중량비로 섞은 흔 합물을 액정층 형성용 조성물 중에 0.5중량¾로 흔합 경우 (실시번호 2-4) 의 액정배향을 나타내는 편광현미경 사진이다.  31 and 32 show that when Compound A is mixed with 0.3% by weight in the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer (Example No. 2-1), a mixture of Compound A and B in a weight ratio of 40 to 60 is added to the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer. It is the polarization microscope photograph which shows the liquid-crystal orientation in case of mixing by 0.5 weight ¾ (Example No. 2-4).
도 31의 경우에는 랜덤 수평배향을 나타낸 반면, 도 32의 경우에는 균 일하게 수직배향된 상태를 잘 보여주고 있다.  In the case of FIG. 31, the random horizontal alignment is shown, whereas in FIG. 32, the vertical alignment is uniformly shown.
이것은 실시번호 2-4의 액정층 형성용 조성물에 포함된, 친액정성 -비친 액정성 화합물올 포함하는 흔합물의 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')이  This indicates that the non-lipophilic crystalline ratio (Χ ′) of the mixture containing the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compoundol contained in the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer of Example No. 2-4
(0.4X6.69) + (0.6X0.63)=3.05로, 본 발명에서 제시한 바람직한 비친액정 성 비율 (Χ') 값의 범위에 포함되는 값이다. 이러한 결과는, 각각 비친액 정성이 지나치게 크거나 지나치게 작은 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물에 이 와 반대되는 즉, 각각의 친액정성이 크거나 작은 친액정성 -비친액정성 화 합물을 흔합하게 되면 , 흔합된 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 친액정성과 비친액정성이 균형을 이루어 바람직한 X 값의 범위를 가지게 되므로, 그 흔합비를 적절히 조절함으로써 본 발명의 효과를 얻을 수 있음을 보여주 고 있다.  (0.4X6.69) + (0.6X0.63) = 3.05, which is a value within the range of the preferred non-liquid crystalline ratio (Χ ') value presented in the present invention. These results indicate that lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic compounds that are too large or too small, respectively, are opposite to each other. When the lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound is mixed, the lipophilic crystalline and the non-lipophilic crystalline are balanced to have a desirable X value range, thereby showing that the effect of the present invention can be obtained by appropriately adjusting the mixing ratio. It is.
또한, 화합물 C를 액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대해 0.2중량%로 포 함시킬 경우 (실시번호 2-5) 화합물 C의 비친액정성이 너무 강하여 액정과 균일하게 섞이지 않았으며, 액정층내 주입시 액정의 수직배향을 유도하지 못함을 확인하였다. 그러나, 화합물 C와 D를 40 대 60의 중량비로 섞은 흔합물을 액정층 형성용 조성물 총 증량에 대하여 0.2중량%로 흔합한 경 우 (실시예 2-6), 화합물 C와 D가 균일하게 액정호스트에 분산됨을 확인하 였다. 이 경우 화합물 C와 D의 흔합물의 비친액정성 비율 (Χ') 값이 In addition, when the compound C was included in an amount of 0.2% by weight based on the total weight of the liquid crystal layer-forming composition (Example No. 2-5), the non-lipophilic crystallinity of the compound C was so strong that it was not uniformly mixed with the liquid crystal and injected into the liquid crystal layer. It does not induce the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal It was confirmed that no. However, in the case where a mixture of compounds C and D was mixed at a weight ratio of 40 to 60 at 0.2% by weight based on the total amount of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer (Example 2-6), compounds C and D were uniformly liquid crystal. We confirmed that it is distributed to hosts. In this case, the non-lipophilic ratio (Χ ') of the mixture of compounds C and D is
(0·4Χ6.13) + (0.6Χ1.76)=3.51로 본 발명에서 제시한 바람직한 X 값의 범 위에 포함되는 값이다. 또한, 화합물 C와 D가 균일하게 흔합된 액정층 형 성용 조성물을 상기 실시예 1에서와 같은 하부기판의 전극이 피쉬본 형태 로 패턴된 조립체의 액정층내에 주입할 경우 우수한 특성을 나타내는 수 직배향된 액정셀이 얻어졌다 . It is a value included in the range of the preferable X value proposed by this invention as (0 * 4 * 6.13) + (0.6 * 1.76) = 3.51. In addition, the liquid crystal layer forming composition in which the compounds C and D are uniformly mixed is injected into the liquid crystal layer of the assembly patterned in the form of fishbone by the electrode of the lower substrate as in Example 1, vertical alignment showing excellent characteristics. The obtained liquid crystal cell was obtained.
도 33 및 도 34은 화합물 C를 액정에 0.2중량 % 흔합할 경우 (실시번호 2-5)와 화합물 C와 D를 40 대 60의 중량비로 섞은 흔합물을 액정에 대하 여 0.2 중량 ¾로 흔합 경우 (실시번호 2ᅳ 6)의 액정배향을 나타내는 편광현 미경 사진이다.  33 and 34 show that when Compound C is mixed with 0.2% by weight of the liquid crystal (Example No. 2-5) and the mixture of Compounds C and D in a weight ratio of 40 to 60 is mixed with 0.2% by weight ¾ of the liquid crystal. It is a polarizing microscope micrograph which shows the liquid-crystal orientation of (No. 2-6).
도 33의 경우에는 랜덤 수평배향을, 도 34의 경우에는 균일하게 수직배 향된 상태를 잘 보여주고 있다.  In the case of FIG. 33, the random horizontal alignment is shown, and in the case of FIG. 34, the vertical alignment is uniformly shown.
추가적으로 화합물 C와 D가 흔합된 액정층 형성용 조성물 (실시번호 2- 6)을 이용하여 수직배향이 유도된 액정셀에 대하여 전기장 인가하에서 광 조사를 통한 배향안정화를 시도하였다.  In addition, using the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer (Examples No. 2-6) in which Compounds C and D were mixed, an alignment stabilization was performed through irradiation of light under an electric field on a liquid crystal cell in which vertical alignment was induced.
상세하게는, 실시예 1 에서와 동일한 방법으로 액정표시장치에 대해 제 1 및 게 2기판 사이에 Τ80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%) 조건의 교류 전 기장을 인가하고, 결함이 최소화되고, 액정의 배열상태가 안정된 것을 확 인한 후, 전기장이 인가된 조립체에 대해 365nm 파장의 자외선을 30 mW/cm2 세기로 30분간 조사하였다. Specifically, in the same manner as in Example 1, an alternating electric field of Τ 80 (80% transmittance to 80% transmittance) is applied to the liquid crystal display device between the first and the second substrates, and defects are minimized. After confirming that the arrangement of was stabilized, ultraviolet rays of 365 nm wavelength were irradiated for 30 minutes at an intensity of 30 mW / cm 2 for the assembly to which the electric field was applied.
상기 액정표시장치에 대한 전기장 인가 전 및 인가 후의 액정의 배열상 태를 관찰하고, 그 결과를 도 35a 내지 도 35c에 나타내었다.  The arrangement of the liquid crystals before and after the electric field application to the liquid crystal display device was observed, and the results are shown in FIGS. 35A to 35C.
도 35a에 나타난 바와 같이, 제조된 액정표시장치에서의 액정층은 직교 편광자 하에서 완전한 소광상태를 보였으며 또한, 코노스코피 (conoscopy) 이미지 (미도시 )를 통해 액정분자의 배열을 관찰한 결과 액정이 기판면에 대하여 수직배향됨을 확인하였다. 여기에 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인가한 후 액정분자의 스위칭 상태를 관찰한 결과 도 35b 및 도 35c에 나타낸 바와 같이 액정배열의 결함이 다 수 발생하는 도 35b 상태를 거쳐 도 34c 상태로 전이됨으로써 액정 표시 소자의 특성 악화를 가져오게 됨을 관찰하였다. 또한 상기 액정표시장치에 대한 전기장 인가 및 광조사에 따른 안정화 처리 후 소자의 온 -오프 (Οη-Off) 스위칭 시 액정결함의 발생 여부를 관찰 하였다. 그 결과를 도 36a 내지 도 36c에 나타내었다. As shown in FIG. 35A, the liquid crystal layer in the manufactured liquid crystal display device exhibited a completely quenched state under a quadrature polarizer. Also, as a result of observing the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules through a conoscopy image (not shown), It was confirmed that the substrate is oriented perpendicular to the surface. As a result of observing the switching state of the liquid crystal molecules after applying an electric field of intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance), as shown in FIGS. 35B and 35C, a plurality of defects in the liquid crystal array are generated. It was observed that the transition to the state of FIG. 34C through the 35b state caused the deterioration of characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. In addition, it was observed whether a liquid crystal defect occurred during on-off switching of the device after stabilization treatment due to electric field application and light irradiation. The results are shown in Figs. 36A to 36C.
도 36a에 나타난 바와 같은 초기 어둠상태 (dark, black)에서 위와 동일 하게 T80 (최대 투과도 대비 투과율 80%)에 해당되는 세기의 전기장을 인 가하면 액정이 반응하여 배열상태가 바뀌게 되고, 이에 따라 액정의 광축 이 기판면에서 편광자의 투과축과 45도의 각을 이루게 됨으로써 액정결함 의 생성과정없이 도 36b 및 도 36c와 같은 밝음 상태로 전이됨을 관찰하 였다. 이는 광안정화 과정에서 액정의 배향이 표면 안정화되어 나타나는 현상으로, 이를 통하여 액정의 반응속도 개선, 소자의 밝기 및 대비비가 향상됨을 알 수 있다. In the initial dark state (dark, black) as shown in Figure 36a as above, when the electric field of the intensity corresponding to T 80 (80% transmittance to maximum transmittance) is applied, the liquid crystal reacts to change the arrangement state, accordingly It was observed that the optical axis of was formed at an angle of 45 degrees to the transmission axis of the polarizer on the substrate surface, so that the optical axis was transferred to the bright state as shown in FIGS. 36b and 36c without generating a liquid crystal defect. This is a phenomenon in which the alignment of the liquid crystal is surface stabilized during the light stabilization process, thereby improving the reaction speed of the liquid crystal and improving the brightness and contrast ratio of the device.
시험예 3  Test Example 3
하기 표 2에 제시된 화합물 종류 및 함량으로 액정 수직배향 유도제를 사용하는 것을 제외하고는 상기 실시예 3에서와 같은 방법으로 액정소자 를 제작하고 액정의 배향상태를 평가하였다. 사용된 액정 수직배향 유도 제 화합물의 X 값 및 수직배향 여부를 하기 표 2에 함께 나타내었다.  A liquid crystal device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 3, except that the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer was used as the compound type and content shown in Table 2, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was evaluated. The X value and the vertical alignment of the used liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing compound are shown together in Table 2 below.
[표 2]  TABLE 2
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
S1: 소르비탄 모노라우레이트 (Sorbitan monolaurate, Span® 20) S2: 소르비탄 모노팔미테이트 (Sorbitan monopalmi tate , Span® 40)S1: Sorbitan monolaurate (Span ® 20) S2: Sorbitan monopalmitate (Span ® 40)
S3: 소르비탄 모노스테아레이트 (Sorbitan monostearate, Span® 60)S3 : Sorbitan monostearate (Span ® 60)
S4 소르비탄 트리스테아레이트 (Sorbitan tristearate, Span® 65)S4 sorbitan tristearate (Sorbitan tristearate, Span ® 65)
S5: 소르비탄 모노올레이트 (Sorbitan monooleate, Span® 80) S5: Sorbitan monooleate (Span ® 80)
S6 소르비탄 세스퀴을레이트 (Sorbitan sesquioleate , Span® 83)S6 sorbitan sesquioleate (Sorbitan sesquioleate, Span ® 83)
S7 소르비탄 트리올레이트 (Sorbitan trioleate, Span® 85) 상기 표 2에 나타낸 바와 같이 , 비친액정성기로서 다가 알코올 유래 작 용기인 소르비탄기를 동일하게 포함하고, 친액정성기로서 다양한 종류의 탄화수소기를 다양한 함량으로 포함하는 실시번호 3-1 내지 3-7의 액정 수직배향 유도제는, 1.69 내지 4.71 범위에 해당하는 X값을 가져 양호한 액정 수직배향을 유도하였다. S7 sorbitan trioleate (Sorbitan trioleate, Span ® 85) As shown in Table 2, the non-liquid crystalline groups include the same sorbitan group as the polyhydric alcohol-derived working container, and the lipophilic crystalline groups containing the various kinds of hydrocarbon groups in various contents of the embodiments Nos. 3-1 to 3-7 The liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer had an X value in the range of 1.69 to 4.71 to induce good liquid crystal vertical alignment.
다만, 본 시험예에서 사용된 액정 수직배향 유도제는 광반응성기를 포 함하지 않으므로 액정 수직 배향 이후 광안정화를 위한 추가적인 공정은 실시하지 않았다.  However, the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide used in the present test example did not include a photoreactive group, and thus no additional process for photostabilization was performed after the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal.
시험예 4  Test Example 4
하기 표 3에 제시된 화합물 종류 및 함량으로 액정 수직배향 유도제를 사용하는 것을 제외하고는 상기 실시예 3에서와 같은 방법으로 액정소자 를 제작하고 액정의 배향상태를 평가하였다. 사용된 액정 수직배향 유도 제 화합물의 X 값 및 수직배향 여부를 하기 표 3에 함께 나타내었다.  A liquid crystal device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide was used as the compound type and content shown in Table 3 below, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was evaluated. The X value and the vertical alignment of the used liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing compound are shown in Table 3 together.
[표 3]  TABLE 3
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
PS1: 폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 트리스테아레이트 (Tween® 65)  PS1: polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate (Tween® 65)
PS2: 폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 트리올레이트 (Tween® 85)  PS2: polyoxyethylene sorbitan trioleate (Tween® 85)
PS3: 폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 스테아레이트 (Tween® 61)  PS3: polyoxyethylene sorbitan stearate (Tween® 61)
PS4: 폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 올레이트 (Tween® 81)  PS4: polyoxyethylene sorbitan oleate (Tween® 81)
상기 표 3에 나타낸 바와 같이, 비친액정성기로서 폴리옥시에틸렌이 치 환된 소르비탄기를 동일하게 포함하고, 친액정성기로서 다양한 종류의 탄 화수소기를 다양한 함량으로 포함하는 실시번호 4-1 내지 4-4에서 사용된 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들은, 4.9 내지 6.0 해당하는 X값을 가져 양 호한 액정 수직배향을 유도하였다.  As shown in Table 3 above, run numbers 4-1 to 4-4 including the same sorbitan group substituted with polyoxyethylene as the non-lipophilic group and various kinds of hydrocarbon groups as the lipophilic group. The lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds used in Eq., 4.9 to 6.0 had a corresponding X value to induce a good liquid crystal vertical alignment.
다만 본 시험예에서 사용된 액정층 형성용 조성물은 광반웅성기를 포함 하지 않으므로 광안정화를 위한 추가적인 공정은 실시하지 않았다 .  However, the liquid crystal layer-forming composition used in this test example did not include a photobanner, so no additional process for photostabilization was performed.
시험예 5  Test Example 5
하기 표 4에 제시된 화합물 종류 및 함량으로 액정 수직배향 유도제를 사용하는 것을 제외하고는 상기 실시예 3에서와 같은 방법으로 액정소자 를 제작하고 액정의 배향상태를 평가하였다. 사용된 액정 수직배향 유도 제 화합물의 X 값 및 수직배향 여부를 하기 표 4에 함께 나타내었다. To the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide to the compound type and content shown in Table 4 A liquid crystal device was fabricated in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the liquid crystal device was used, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was evaluated. The X value and the vertical alignment of the used liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing compound are shown in Table 4 together.
[표 4]  TABLE 4
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
G1: 디핵사데카노일 글리세를 (Dipalmitin)  G1: dinuxadecanoyl glycerol (Dipalmitin)
G2: 디옥타데카노일 글리세를  G2: dioctadecanoyl glycerol
G3: 디올레오일 글리세를  G3: dioleoyl glycerol
상기 표 4에 나타낸 바와 같이, 비친액정성기로서 다가 알코을 유래 작 용기인 소르비탄기를 동일하게 포함하고, 친액정성기로서 다양한 종류의 탄화수소기를 다양한 함량으로 포함하는 실시번호 5-1 내지 5-3에서 사용 된 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들은, 1.44 내지 1.58 범위에 해당하는 X 값을 가져 양호한 액정 수직배향을 유도하였다.  As shown in Table 4, in Examples Nos. 5-1 to 5-3 containing the same sorbitan group as a small container derived from polyhydric alcohol as a non-lipophilic crystalline group, and containing various kinds of hydrocarbon groups as various lipophilic groups. The lipophilic-non-lipophilic compounds used had X values in the range of 1.44 to 1.58, leading to good liquid crystal vertical alignment.
다만, 본 시험예에서 사용된 액정층 형성용 조성물은 광반웅성기를 포 함하지 않으므로 광안정화를 위한 추가적인 공정은 실시하지 않았다. 시험예 6  However, the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer used in the present test example did not include a photobanner, so no additional process for photostabilization was performed. Test Example 6
하기 표 5에 제시된 화합물 종류 및 함량으로 액정 수직배향 유도제를 사용하는 것을 제외하고는 상기 실시예 3에서와 같은 방법으로 액정소자 를 제작하고 액정의 배향상태를 평가하였다. 사용된 액정 수직배향 유도 제 화합물의 X 값 및 수직배향 여부를 하기 표 5에 함께 나타내었다.  A liquid crystal device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 3, except that the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer was used as the compound type and amount shown in Table 5, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was evaluated. The X value and the vertical alignment of the used liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing compound are shown in Table 5 together.
[표 5]  TABLE 5
Figure imgf000077_0002
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000077_0002
Figure imgf000078_0001
PAcl: 프로필 갈레이트 (Propyl gal late)  PAcl: Propyl gal late
PAc2: 옥틸 갈레이트  PAc2: octyl gallate
PAc3: 라우릴 갈레이트  PAc3: lauryl gallate
PAc4: 펜타에리쓰리를 디아크릴레이트 모노스테아레이트  PAc4: diacrylate monostearate to pentaerythrone
PAc5: 펜타에리쓰리를 모노아크릴레이트 모노스테아레이트  PAc5: Pentaerythrone monoacrylate monostearate
PAc6: 아스코르빅산 6-팔미테이트  PAc6: ascorbic acid 6-palmitate
PAc7: 매나이드 모노올레이트  PAc7: mannide monooleate
상기 표 5에 나타낸 바와 같이, X 값이 2.6 내지 5.99 범위에 있는 실 시번호 6-2 내지 6-7의 액정 수직배향 유도제는 액정에 대해 수직배향 유 도 효과를 나타내었다. 그러나, 친액정성 탄화수소기의 탄소수가 8개 미 만이면서 X값이 6.0을 초과하는 실시번호 6-1의 액정 수직배향 유도제는 액정의 수직배향을 유도하지 못했다.  As shown in Table 5, the liquid crystal vertical alignment guider of the embodiments 6-2 to 6-7 having an X value in the range of 2.6 to 5.99 showed a vertical alignment induction effect on the liquid crystal. However, the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer of Example No. 6-1, in which the number of carbon atoms of the lipophilic crystalline hydrocarbon group is less than 8 and the X value exceeds 6.0, did not induce the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal.
또한 화합물내 광반웅성의 아크릴레이트기를 포함하는 실시번호 6-4 및 6_5(화합물 PAc4 및 PAc5)에 대하여 상기 실시예 3에서와 동일한 방법으 로 전기장 인가 하에서 광안정화를 실시하였다.  Further, photo-stabilization was performed under the electric field application in the same manner as in Example 3 with respect to Examples Nos. 6-4 and 6_5 (Compounds PAc4 and PAc5) containing a photoreactive acrylate group in the compound.
그 결과 실시번호 6-4 및 6-5는 수직배향 유도 후 광조사에 의한 배향 안정화에 의해 액정의 선경사각이 유도되고 액정소장의 전기광학 특성이 향상되었다.  As a result, in Example Nos. 6-4 and 6-5, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal was induced by the alignment stabilization by light irradiation after the induction of vertical alignment, and the electro-optical characteristics of the liquid crystal small were improved.
시험예 7  Test Example 7
하기 표 6에 제시된 화합물 종류 및 함량으로 액정 수직배향 유도제를 사용하는 것을 제외하고는 상기 실시예 3에서와 같은 방법으로 액정소자 를 제작하고 액정의 배향상태를 평가하였다. 사용된 액정 수직배향 유도 제 화합물의 X 값 및 수직배향 여부를 하기 표 6에 함께 나타내었다.  A liquid crystal device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer was used as the compound type and amount shown in Table 6, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was evaluated. The X value and the vertical alignment of the used liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing compound are shown in Table 6 together.
[표 6]  TABLE 6
Figure imgf000078_0002
Figure imgf000078_0002
DAcl: 1,2-핵산디올 (1,2-Hexanediol)  DAcl: 1,2-Hexanediol
DAc2: 1,2-도데칸디올 DAc3: 1,2-헥사데칸디올 DAc2: 1,2-dodecanediol DAc3: 1,2-hexadecanediol
DAc4: 핵사데칸 1,2-디아민  DAc4: nucleodecane 1,2-diamine
상기 표 6에 나타난 바와 같이 , X 값이 2.3 내지 3.02 범위에 실시번호 7-2 내지 7-4의 액정 수직배향 유도제는 액정의 수직배향을 유도하였다. 그러나, 친액정성 탄화수소기의 탄소수가 8개 미만이면서 X값이 5.17 인 화합물 DAcl을 사용한 실시번호 7-1의 경우 X값이 6.0 이하의 범위에 포 함되지만 친액정성기의 탄소수 부족으로 인해 액정의 수직배향이 유도되 지 않았다.  As shown in Table 6, the liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent of Examples No. 7-2 to 7-4 in the X value range of 2.3 to 3.02 induced the vertical alignment of the liquid crystal. However, in the case of Example No. 7-1 using compound DAcl having less than 8 carbon atoms and having an X value of 5.17 of the lipophilic crystalline hydrocarbon group, the X value was in the range of 6.0 or less, The vertical orientation of was not induced.
본 시험예에서 사용된 액정층 형성용 조성물은 광반응성기를 포함하지 않으므로 광안정화를 위한 추가적인 공정은 실시하지 않았다.  Since the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer used in this test example does not include a photoreactive group, an additional process for photostabilization was not performed.
시험예 8  Test Example 8
하기 표 7에 제시된 화합물 종류 및 함량으로 액정 수직배향 유도제를 사용하는 것을 제외하고는 상기 실시예 3에서와 같은 방법으로 액정소자 를 제작하고 액정의 배향상태를 평가하였다. 사용된 액정 수직배향 유도 제 화합물의 X 값 및 수직배향 여부를 하기 표 7에 함께 나타내었다.  A liquid crystal device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer was used as the compound type and content shown in Table 7 below, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was evaluated. The X value and the vertical alignment of the used liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent compound are shown together in Table 7 below.
[표 7]  TABLE 7
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
Cal: 핵사노익산 (Hexanoic acid)  Cal: Hexanoic acid
Ca2 옥탄산  Ca2 Octanoic Acid
Ca3 데칸산  Ca3 decanoic acid
Ca4 도데칸산  Ca4 Dodecanoic Acid
Ca5 핵사데칸산  Ca5 nucleodecanoic acid
Ca6 옥타데칸산 Pal: 디핵사데실 포스페이트 Ca6 octadecanoic acid Pal: dinuxadecyl phosphate
Sal: 핵사데실술폰산  Sal: nucleodecylsulfonic acid
Sa2: 도데실벤젠술폰산  Sa2: dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid
상기 표 7에 나타난 바와 같이, X 값이 1.47 내지 3.13 범위에 있는 실 시번호 8-2 내지 8-9의 액정 수직배향 유도제는 액정 수직배향을 유도하 였다 . 그러나, 친액정성 탄화수소기의 탄소수가 8개 미만이면서 X값이 3.88 인 화합물 Cal을 사용한 실시번호 8—1의 경우, X값이 6.0이하의 범 위에 포함되지만 친액정성기의 탄소수 부족으로 인해 액정의 수직배향이 유도되지 않았다.  As shown in Table 7, the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducers of the reference numbers 8-2 to 8-9 having the X value in the range of 1.47 to 3.13 induced the liquid crystal vertical alignment. However, in the case of the implementation No. 8-1 using the compound Cal having less than 8 carbon atoms of the lipophilic crystalline hydrocarbon group and having an X value of 3.88, the X value was included in the range of 6.0 or less, No vertical orientation of was induced.
본 시험예에서 사용된 액정층 형성용 조성물은 광반응성기를 포함하지 않으므로 광안정화를 위한 추가적인 공정은 실시하지 않았다.  Since the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer used in this test example does not include a photoreactive group, an additional process for photostabilization was not performed.
시험예 9  Test Example 9
하기 표 8에 제시된 화합물 종류 및 함량으로 액정 수직배향 유도제를 사용하는 것을 제외하고는 상기 실시예 3에서와 같은 방법으로 액정소자 를 제작하고 액정의 배향상태를 평가하였다. 사용된 액정 수직배향 유도 제 화합물의 X 값 및 수작배향 여부를 하기 표 8에 함께 나타내었다.  A liquid crystal device was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 3 except that the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer was used as the compound type and content shown in Table 8, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal was evaluated. The X value of the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer compound used and whether or not the manual alignment is shown in Table 8 below.
[표 8]  TABLE 8
Figure imgf000080_0001
Ami: 1-핵실아민 (1-Hexylamine)
Figure imgf000080_0001
Ami: 1-Hexylamine
Am2: 옥틸아민  Am2: octylamine
Am3: 데실아민  Am3: decylamine
Am4: 도데실아민  Am4: dodecylamine
상기 표 8에 나타난 바와 같이, X 값이 0.63 내지 2.07 범위에 있는 실 시번호 9-2 내지 9-5, 그리고 실시번호 9-7 내지 9-9의 액정 수직배향 유 도제들은 액정의 수직배향을 유도하였다. 친액정성 탄화수소기의 탄소수 가 8개 미만인 화합물을 액정 수직배향 유도제로서 포함하는 실시번호 9- 1 및 9ᅳ6의 경우 X값이 6.0이하의 범위에 포함되지만 친액정성기의 탄소 수 부족으로 인해 액정의 수직배향이 유도되지 않았다.  As shown in Table 8, the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducers of the embodiments 9-2 to 9-5, and the implementation number 9-7 to 9-9 in which the X value is in the range of 0.63 to 2.07 are used. Induced. In the case of the embodiments Nos. 9-1 and 9 ᅳ 6 containing the compound having less than 8 carbon atoms of the lipophilic crystalline hydrocarbon group as the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, the X value is included in the range of 6.0 or less, Vertical alignment of the liquid crystal was not induced.
본 시험예들에서 사용된 액정층 형성용 조성물은 광반응성기를 포함하 지 않으므로 광안정화를 위한 추가적인 공정은 실시하지 않았다 .  Since the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer used in the test examples does not include a photoreactive group, an additional process for photostabilization was not performed.
이상에서 본 발명의 바람직한 실시예에 대하여 상세하게 설명하였지만 본 발명의 권리범위는 이에 한정되는 것은 아니고 다음의 청구범위에서 정의하고 있는 본 발명의 기본 개념을 이용한 당업자의 여러 변형 및 개 량 형태 또한 본 발명의 권리범위에 속하는 것이다.  Although the preferred embodiments of the present invention have been described in detail above, the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and various modifications and improvement forms of those skilled in the art using the basic concepts of the present invention defined in the following claims are also provided. It belongs to the scope of the invention.
[부호의 설명]  [Description of the code]
1, Γ, 11, 11': 기판  1, Γ, 11, 11 ': substrate
2, 2', 12, 12': 전극  2, 2 ', 12, 12': electrode
3, 3': 고분자 배향막  3, 3 ': polymer alignment film
4, 23: 액정층  4, 23: liquid crystal layer
13: 액정층 형성용 조성물  13: composition for liquid crystal layer formation
13a: 제 1액정층  13a: first liquid crystal layer
13b, 13b' : 액정 수직배향 및 광안정화층  13b, 13b ': liquid crystal vertical alignment and light stabilization layer
산업상 이용가능성 Industrial availability
본 발명은 액정 수직배향 유도제 및 이를 이용하여 제조된 액정표시장 치에 관한 것으로서, 상기 액정 수직배향 유도제는 액정호스트 내에서 자 가조립화된 미세집합체를 형성함으로써 액정호스트내에 균일하게 분산될 수 있어, 액정층 형성시 선처리된 배향층 없이도 액정 호스트의 수직배향 을 유도하고, 액정의 선경사각을 안정화시키며, 그 결과로 액정표시장치 의 제조공정을 단순화하고 액정표시장치의 성능 및 신뢰성을 향상시킬 수 있다.  The present invention relates to a liquid crystal vertical alignment guide and a liquid crystal display device manufactured using the same. The liquid crystal vertical alignment guide can be uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host by forming a self-assembled microassembly in the liquid crystal host. When forming the liquid crystal layer, it is possible to induce vertical alignment of the liquid crystal host without stabilizing the alignment layer, stabilize the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal, and as a result, simplify the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display and improve the performance and reliability of the liquid crystal display. .

Claims

청구범위 [청구항 1] 액정 호스트에 대해 화학적으로 친화성이 높은 친액정성기를 포함하는 친액정성 영역과 액정 호스트에 대해 친화성이 낮은 비친액정성기를 포함 하는 비친액정성 영역을 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 1종 이 상 포함하고, 상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 중 적어도 하나는 친액정 성 영역에 탄소수 8 이상의 친액정성기를 1개 이상 포함하는 것이며, 하기 수학식 1에 따라 계산된 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')이 0.5 내지 6인 액 정 수직배향 유도제 : Claims [Claim 1] A lipophilic crystal comprising a lipophilic region including a lipophilic crystalline group having a high chemical affinity for a liquid crystal host and a non-lipophilic crystalline region including a non-lipophilic crystalline group having a low affinity for a liquid crystal host. At least one lipophilic crystalline compound, at least one of the lipophilic crystalline non-lipophilic crystalline compounds includes at least one lipophilic crystalline group having 8 or more carbon atoms in the lipophilic crystalline region, Liquid crystal vertical orientation inducers having a non-liquid crystalline ratio (Χ ') of 0.5 to 6, calculated according to:
[수학식 1] fcj|; i 聽: |¾o [Equation 1] fcj |; i 聽: | ¾o
Figure imgf000082_0001
상기 수학식 1에서,
Figure imgf000082_0001
In Equation 1,
n은 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 종류 의 개수를 나타내는 1 이상의 정수이고,  n is an integer of 1 or more indicating the number of types of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer,
X는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 비친액정성 비율로 하 기 수학식 1-1에 따라 계산되며,  X is a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is calculated according to Equation 1-1 below. ,
[수학식 1-1]  [Equation 1-1]
해당화합물충비친 ^정성 기의분자량  Molecular weight of the corresponding compound
x= ^ ■ — cio  x = ^ ■ — cio
^당화합물와 ^자^ Y는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 중량비로, 하기 수학식 1-2에 따라 계산된다. ' ' ^ Sugar compound and ^ ja ^ Y is the weight ratio of any one of lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, Is calculated accordingly. ''
[수학식 1-2]  [Equation 1-2]
훼당화합물의중량  Weight of fructose compound
Y=  Y =
화합물들의총중량  Total weight of compounds
[청구항 2] [Claim 2]
제 1항에 있어서 상기 친액정성기는 선형, 분지형 또는 고리형의 치환 또는 비치환된 탄 소수 8 내지 30의 포화 또는 불포화 탄화수소기 ; 분자내에 N, 0, P, S 및 Si로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 1 이상의 헤테로 원자를 포함하는 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 8 내지 30의 헤테로알킬기 , 헤테로사이클기 및 헤 테로아로마틱기 ; 그리고 이들의 조합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 것인 액정 수직배향 유도제 . The method of claim 1 The lipophilic group may be a linear, branched or cyclic substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; A substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, a heterocycle group and a heteroaromatic group containing at least one hetero atom selected from the group consisting of N, 0, P, S and Si in a molecule; And a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent selected from the group consisting of a combination thereof.
[청구항 3]  [Claim 3]
제 1항에 있어서,  The method of claim 1,
상기 친액정성기는 할로겐 원자로 치환된거나 비치환된 탄소수 8 내지 30의, 알킬기, 알케닐알킬기, 알키닐알킬기, 사이클로알킬기, 아릴기 및 아릴알킬기 ; 분자내 카르보닐기 (_C(=0)— ), 에스테르기 (-C(=0)0-), 에테르 기 (-0-), 에틸렌옥사이드기 (-CH2CH20-), 아조기 (-N=N-), -COS- 및 S-로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 헤테로원자 함유 작용기를 포함하는 탄소수 8 내지 30의 헤테로알킬기, 헤테로사이클로알킬기 및 헤테로아릴기 ; 및 이 들의 조합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 것인 액정 수직배향 유도제 . The lipophilic group may be substituted or unsubstituted with a halogen atom, having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkyl group, an alkenylalkyl group, an alkynylalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group and an arylalkyl group; Intramolecular carbonyl group (_C (= 0) —), ester group (-C (= 0) 0-), ether group (-0-), ethylene oxide group (-CH 2 CH 2 0-), azo group (-N = N-), -COS- and S-C8 heteroalkyl group, heterocycloalkyl group and heteroaryl group containing a hetero atom-containing functional group selected from the group consisting of; And a liquid crystal vertical alignment guide agent selected from the group consisting of a combination thereof.
[청구항 4]  [Claim 4]
계 1항에 있어서,  According to claim 1,
상기 비친액정성기는 알코을, 다가알코올, 아민, 다가아민, 카르복실산, 다가카르복실산, 실란계 화합물, 실록산계 화합물, 폴리에틸렌글리콜, 폴 리프로필렌옥사이드, 플루오르화카본계 화합물, 티올, 다가티올, 설포닉 산, 설퍼릭산, 포스포닉산 및 포스퍼릭산으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 화합물로부터 유도된 작용기인 액정 수직배향 유도제 .  The non-lipophilic crystalline group is alcohol, polyhydric alcohol, amine, polyamine, carboxylic acid, polycarboxylic acid, silane compound, siloxane compound, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene oxide, fluorinated carbon compound, thiol, polyvalent thiol , Liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent which is a functional group derived from a compound selected from the group consisting of sulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphonic acid and phosphoric acid.
[청구항 5]  [Claim 5]
제 1항에 있어서,  The method of claim 1,
상기 비친액정성기는 1-올 (l-ol), 1,2-디올 (l,2-diol), 글리세를  The non-lipophilic group may be selected from 1-ol (l-ol), 1,2-diol (l, 2-diol), and glycerol.
(glycerol ) , 글루코오스 (glucose), 덱스트로스 (dextrose), 소르비를 glycerol, glucose, dextrose,
(sorbitol), 펜타에리스리를 (pent aerythr i to 1 ), 디펜타에리스리를 sorbitol, pent aerythr i to 1
(dipentaerythr itol ) , 트리펜타에리스리를 ( t r ipent aerythr i tol ), 소르비 탄 (sorbitan), 플룩토스 ( f luctose), 수크로스 (sucrose) , 갤릭산 (gallic acid) , 글루코피라노사이드 (glucopyranoside), 아스코르빅산 (ascorbic acid) , 매나이드 (mannide) 및 말토사이드 (maltoside)로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 화합물로부터 유도되는 작용기인 액정 수직배향 유도제 . (dipentaerythr itol), tripentaerythr (tr ipent aerythr i tol), sorbitan, fluctose, sucrose, gallic acid, glucopyranoside ( Liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent which is a functional group derived from a compound selected from the group consisting of glucopyranoside, ascorbic acid, mannide and maltoside.
[청구항 6] 제 1항에 있어서, [Claim 6] The method of claim 1,
상기 비친액정성기는 1-아민 (1-amine), 1, 2ᅳ디아민 ( 1, 2-di amine), 1,3- 디아민 (1,3-diamine), 에틸렌 디아민 (ethylene di amine), 디에틸렌 디아 민 (diethylene diamine) , 트리스 (2-아미노에틸)아민 ( t r i s (2—  The non-lipophilic groups include 1-amine, 1, 2-diamine, 1,3-diamine, 1,3-diamine, ethylene diamine, and di-amine. Diethylene diamine, tris (2-aminoethyl) amine (tris (2—
aminoethy 1 )amine) , 시클로핵산 디아민 (cyclohexane diamine), 디에틸렌 트리아민 (diethylene triamine) , 페닐디아민 (phenyldi amine), 페닐트리아 민 (phenyltriamine), 1,3,5ᅳ트리아진 4, 6-디아민 ( 1, 3, 5-t r i az ine 4, 6- diamine) , 1,3,5-트리아진 2, 4, 6-트리아민 ( 1, 3 , 5-t r i az ine 2,4,6- triamine) 및 사이클렌으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 화합물로부터 유도 된 작용기인 액정 수직배향 유도제 . aminoethy 1) amine), cyclohexane diamine, diethylene triamine, phenyldiamine, phenyltriamine, 1,3,5 phenyltriazine 4, 6-diamine (1, 3, 5-tri az ine 4, 6-diamine), 1,3,5-triazine 2, 4, 6-triamine (1, 3, 5-tri az ine 2,4,6- triamine Liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent which is a functional group derived from a compound selected from the group consisting of
[청구항 7]  [Claim 7]
제 1항에 있어서,  The method of claim 1,
상기 비친액정성기는 트리스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란  The non-liquid crystalline group is tris (trimethylsiloxy) silane
(tris(trimethylsiloxy)으로부터 유도되는 작용기인 액정 수직배향 유도 제 . Liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent which is a functional group derived from tris (trimethylsiloxy).
[청구항 8]  [Claim 8]
제 1항에 있어서,  The method of claim 1,
상기 비친액정성기는 하기 화학식 1의 실록시기를 1 내지 10개 포함하 는 선형, 분지형 또는 고리형 실록산계 화합물로부터 유도되는 작용기인 액정 수직배향 유도제 :  The non-lipophilic crystalline group is a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent which is a functional group derived from a linear, branched or cyclic siloxane compound containing 1 to 10 siloxy groups of Formula 1 below:
[화학식 1]  [Formula 1]
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
(상기 화학식 1에서, Ra 및 Rb는 각각 독립적으로 수소원자, 탄소수 1 내지 4의 알킬기, 실록시기 및 이들의 조합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되 고, m은 1 내지 10의 정수임 )  (In Formula 1, Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a siloxy group, and combinations thereof, m is an integer of 1 to 10)
[청구항 9]  [Claim 9]
계 1항에 있어서,  According to claim 1,
상기 비친액정성기는 에틸렌옥사이드 (ethyleneoxide)기를 2 내지 20개 포함하는 하기 화학식 2a의 탄소수 4 내지 40의 선형 폴리옥시에틸렌 또 는 하기 화학식 2b의 탄소수 4 내지 10의 고리형 폴리에틸렌글리콜 (crown ether)로부터 유도되는 작용기인 액정 수직배향 유도제 The non-lipophilic group includes a linear polyoxyethylene having 4 to 40 carbon atoms of Formula 2a or a cyclic polyethylene glycol having 4 to 10 carbon atoms of Formula 2b including 2 to 20 ethylene oxide groups. liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent which is a functional group derived from ether)
[화학식 2a]
Figure imgf000085_0001
[Formula 2a]
Figure imgf000085_0001
[화학식
Figure imgf000085_0002
Formula
Figure imgf000085_0002
(상기 화학식 2a 및 2b에서, m은 2 내지 20의 정수이고, n은 2 내지 5 의 정수이다)  (In Formulas 2a and 2b, m is an integer of 2 to 20, n is an integer of 2 to 5)
[청구항 10]  [Claim 10]
제 1항에 있어서,  The method of claim 1,
상기 비친액정성기는 플루오로기를 9 내지 41개 포함하는 탄소수 4 내 지 20의 플루오로카본계 화합물로부터 유도되는 퍼플루오로알킬기 또는 퍼플루오로아릴기인 작용기인 액정 수직배향 유도제 .  The non-lipophilic crystalline group is a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent which is a functional group which is a perfluoroalkyl group or a perfluoroaryl group derived from a fluorocarbon compound having 4 to 20 carbon atoms containing 9 to 41 fluoro groups.
[청구항 11]  [Claim 11]
제 1항에 있어서, - 상기 비친액정성기는 1-티올 (l-thiol), 1,2-디티올 (1,2-dithiol), 티오 글리세롤 (thioglycerol), 티오펜타에리쓰리를  The non-lipophilic crystalline group of claim 1, wherein 1-thiol, 1,2-dithiol, thioglycerol, or thiopentaerythritol are used.
(thiopentathiopentaerythritol ) 및 디티오트레이를 (di thiothrei tol )로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 화합물로부터 유도되는 작용기인 액정 수직배 (thiopentathiopentaerythritol) and dithiothracene (di thiothrei tol) is a vertical group of liquid crystals derived from a compound selected from the group consisting of
ΤΓ도제 . ΤΓ Apprenticeship.
[청구항 12]  [Claim 12]
제 1항에 있어서 ,  The method of claim 1,
상기 비친액정성기는 1-카르복실산 (1-carboxylic acid), 1,2-디카르복 실산 (1,2-dicarboxylyc acid) , 1,3-디카르복실산 (1,3-dicarboxylyc acid) 벤젠카르복실산 (benzenecarboxylic acid), 벤젠디카르복실산  The non-lipophilic group is 1-carboxylic acid (1-carboxylic acid), 1,2-dicarboxylic acid (1,2-dicarboxylyc acid), 1,3-dicarboxylic acid (1,3-dicarboxylyc acid) benzene Carboxylic acid, benzenedicarboxylic acid
(benzenedicarboxyl ic acid) , 1, 2 , 3—트리카르복실산 (1,2,3- tr icarboxyl ic acid) , 벤젠트리카르복실산 (benzenetricarboxylic acid) , 말릭산 (malic acid) , 말레익산 (maleic acid), 타르타르산 (tartar acid) , 시트릭산 (citric acid) , 말레아믹산 (maleamic acid) , 그루타믹산 (benzenedicarboxyl ic acid), 1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid (1,2,3-tr icarboxyl ic acid), benzenetricarboxylic acid, malic acid, maleic acid acid), tartar acid, citric acid, maleamic acid, glutamic acid
(glutamic acid) , 아가릭산 (agaric acid) , 아코니틱산 (aconit ic acid) , 트라이카르발릴릭산 (tricarballylic acid) , 및 아미노산 (amino acid)으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 화합물로부터 유도되는 작용기인 액정 수직배 향 유도제 . liquid crystal vertical, which is a functional group derived from a compound selected from the group consisting of (glutamic acid), agaric acid, aconitic acid, tricarballylic acid, and amino acid Orientation inducing agent.
[청구항 13] [Claim 13]
계 1항에 있어서,  According to claim 1,
상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물은 하기 화학식 3a 내지 3i의 화합물 및 이들의 흔합물로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 것인 액정 수직배향 유도 제 :  The lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound is a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is selected from the group consisting of compounds of the following formulas 3a to 3i and mixtures thereof:
[화학식 3a]
Figure imgf000086_0001
[Formula 3a]
Figure imgf000086_0001
[화학식 3b]  [Formula 3b]
Figure imgf000086_0002
Figure imgf000086_0002
[화학식 3d]  [Formula 3d]
Figure imgf000086_0003
Figure imgf000086_0003
[화학식 3ί]
Figure imgf000086_0004
[Formula 3ί]
Figure imgf000086_0004
[화학식 3g]  [Formula 3g]
(R7)d -@— ( T)b (R7) d-@ — (T) b
[화학식 3h]
Figure imgf000086_0005
[Formula 3h]
Figure imgf000086_0005
[화학식
Figure imgf000086_0006
Formula
Figure imgf000086_0006
상기 화학식 3a 내지
Figure imgf000086_0007
Ri 내지 R9은 각각 독립적으로 탄소수 8 내지 30의 알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내지 30의 알케닐알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내지 30의 알키닐알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내 지 30의 아릴알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내지 30의 사이클로알킬기 ; 탄소수 8 내지 30의 아릴기 ; 분자내 카르보닐기 (-C(=0)-), 에스테르기 (-C(=0)0— ), 에테 르기 (-0— ), 에틸렌옥사이드기 (-CH2CH20-), 아조기 (-N=N-), -COS- 및 -S- 로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 헤테로원자 함유 작용기를 포함하는 탄소수 8 내지 30의 헤테로알킬기, 헤테로사아클로알킬기 또는 헤테로아릴기 ; 및 이들의 조합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되며,
Formula 3a to
Figure imgf000086_0007
Ri to R 9 each independently represent an alkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; C8-C30 alkenylalkyl group; An alkynylalkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; Arylalkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; A cycloalkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; Aryl groups having 8 to 30 carbon atoms; Intramolecular carbonyl group (-C (= 0)-), ester group (-C (= 0) 0—), ether group (-0—), ethylene oxide group (-CH 2 CH 2 0-), azo group (- N = N-), a heteroalkyl group having 8 to 30 carbon atoms, a heteroacycloalkyl group or a heteroaryl group including a heteroatom-containing functional group selected from the group consisting of -COS- and -S-; And it is selected from the group consisting of a combination thereof,
Xi, ¾, , X7, X8 및 Xg은 각각 독립적으로, -0-, -S -, -C00-, -C0NH-, -C6H40- , -C6H4C00-, -C6H4C0NH- 및 단일결합으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되 고 , Xi, ¾,, X 7 , X 8 and Xg are each independently, -0-, -S-, -C00-, -C0NH-, -C 6 H 4 0-, -C 6 H 4 C00-,- C 6 H 4 C0NH- and selected from the group consisting of a single bond,
¾및 X4는 각각 독립적으로 단일결합, -0- 및 -C6H40-로 이루어진 군에 서 선택되고, ¾ and X 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of a single bond, -0- and -C 6 H 4 0-,
X6는 단일결합, _0CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2— , -C6H40CH2CH2-, -C6H4C00CH2CH2- 및 -(SiRaRb)-CH2CH2- (이때 Ra 및 Rb는 각각 수소원자이거나 또는 탄소수 1 내지 3의 알킬기임 )로 이루어진 군에서 선택되고, X 6 is a single bond, _0CH 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2 —, -C 6 H 4 0CH 2 CH 2- , -C 6 H 4 C00CH 2 CH 2 -and-(SiRaRb) -CH 2 CH 2 (Wherein Ra and Rb are each hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms),
PA, PAm, PS, PEO, FC, PT, CA 및 SP는 직접 또는 상기 )d 내지 ¾의 연결기를 통해 내지 와 각각 공유결합올 형성하는 비친액정성기로서 PA는 히드록시기를 1 내지 8개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 30의 알코을 또 는 다가알코을로부터 유도되는 작용기이고,  PA, PAm, PS, PEO, FC, PT, CA and SP are non-lipophilic crystalline groups which form a covalent bond with each of directly or through a linking group of) d to ¾, respectively, wherein PA is 1 to 8 carbon atoms containing 1 to 8 hydroxyl groups. A functional group derived from an alcohol of 1 to 30 or a polyhydric alcohol,
PAm는 아민기를 1 내지 6개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 20의 아민 또는 다 가아민으로부터 유도되는 작용기이고,  PAm is a functional group derived from an amine or a polyvalent amine having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 1 to 6 amine groups,
PS는 실릴기를 2 내지 10개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 20의 실란계 화합 물로부터 유도되는 작용기이거나, 또는 실록시 (siloxy)기를 1 내지 10개 포함하는 선형, 분지형 또는 고리형 실록산계 화합물로부터 유도되는 작 용기이고,  PS is a functional group derived from a silane compound having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 2 to 10 silyl groups or derived from a linear, branched or cyclic siloxane compound containing 1 to 10 siloxy groups. It's a small container,
PE0는 에틸렌옥사이드 (ethyleneoxide)기를 2 내지 20개 포함하는 하기 화학식 2a의 탄소수 4 내지 40의 선형 폴리옥시에틸렌 또는 하기 화학식 2b의 탄소수 4 내지 10의 고리형 폴리에틸렌글리콜로부터 유도되는 작용 기이고,  PE0 is a functional group derived from linear polyoxyethylene having 4 to 40 carbon atoms of Formula 2a or cyclic polyethylene glycol having 4 to 10 carbon atoms of Formula 2b including 2 to 20 ethylene oxide groups,
[화학식 2a]  [Formula 2a]
-CH,CH2-0¾ -CH, CH 2 -0¾
[화학식 2b]
Figure imgf000088_0001
[Formula 2b]
Figure imgf000088_0001
(상기 화학식 2a 및 2b에서, m은 2 내지 20의 정수이고, n은 2 내지 5 의 정수이다)  (In Formulas 2a and 2b, m is an integer of 2 to 20, n is an integer of 2 to 5)
FC는 플루오로기를 9 내지 41개 포함하는 탄소수 4 내지 20의 플루오로 카본계 화합물로부터 유도되는 퍼플루오로알킬기 또는 퍼플루오로아릴기 이며,  FC is a perfluoroalkyl group or a perfluoroaryl group derived from a fluorocarbon compound having 4 to 20 carbon atoms containing 9 to 41 fluoro groups,
PT는 티올기를 1 내지 8개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 20의 티을 및 다가 티올로부터 유도되는 작용기이고,  PT is a functional group derived from a tee and a polyvalent thiol having 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing 1 to 8 thiol groups,
CA는 카르복실산기를 1 내지 4개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 카르복 실산 및 다가 카르복실산으로부터 유도되는 작용기이고,  CA is a functional group derived from carboxylic acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and polyvalent carboxylic acid containing 1 to 4 carboxylic acid groups,
SP는 설포닉산기를 1 내지 3개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 설포닉산 또는 다가설포닉산으로부터 유도되는 작용기이거나, 설퍼릭산기를 1 내지 3개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 설퍼릭산 또는 다가 설퍼릭산으로부터 유도되는 작용기이거나, 포스포닉산기를 1 내지 3개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 포스포닉산 또는 다가포스포닉산으로부터 유도되는 작용기이거 나 또는 포스퍼릭산기를 1 내지 3개 포함하는 탄소수 1 내지 10의 포스퍼 릭산 또는 다가포스퍼릭산으로부터 유도되는 작용기이며, 그리고, 상기 al 내지 a9, 그리고 bl 내지 b9은 해당 작용기의 개수를 나타내는 수로, 각각 독립적으로 1 내지 3의 정수이다.  SP is a functional group derived from a sulfonic acid or polyhydric sulfonic acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms containing 1 to 3 sulfonic acid groups, or a sulfuric acid or polyvalent sulfur having 1 to 10 carbon atoms containing 1 to 3 sulfonic acid groups Is a functional group derived from lactic acid, or a functional group derived from phosphonic acid or polyhydric phosphonic acid having 1 to 10 carbon atoms containing 1 to 3 phosphonic acid groups or 1 to 3 carbon atoms containing 1 to 3 phosphoric acid groups It is a functional group derived from the phosphoric acid or polyhydric phosphoric acid of 10, and said al-a9 and bl-b9 are the numbers which show the number of the said functional groups, and are each independently an integer of 1-3.
[청구항 14]  [Claim 14]
제 1항에 있어서,  The method of claim 1,
상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 하기 화합물들로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 것인 액정 수직배향 유도제 :  Liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent wherein the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound is selected from the group consisting of the following compounds:
소르비탄 모노라우레이트 (Sorbitan monolaurate);  Sorbitan monolaurate;
소르비탄 모노팔미테이트 (Sorbitan monopalmitate);  Sorbitan monopalmitate;
소르비탄 모노스테아레이트 (Sorbitan monostearate);  Sorbitan monostearate;
소르비탄 트리스테아레이트 (Sorbitan tristearate);  Sorbitan tristearate;
소르비탄 모노올레이트 (Sorbitan monooleate);  Sorbitan monooleate;
소르비탄 세스퀴올레이트 (Sorbitan sesquioleate);  Sorbitan sesquioleate;
소르비탄 트리올레이트 (Sorbitan trioleate);  Sorbitan trioleate;
폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 트리스테아레이트 (Polyoxyethylenesorbitan tristearate);  Polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate;
폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 트리을레이트 (Polyoxyethylenesorbitan trioleate);  Polyoxyethylene sorbitan trioleate;
폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 스테아레이트 (Polyoxyethylenesorbitan stearate);  Polyoxyethylene sorbitan stearate;
폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 을레이트 (Polyoxyethylenesorbitan oleate); 디핵사데카노일 글리세롤 (Dihexadecanoyl glycerol , dipalmi t in); 디옥타데카노일 글리세를 (Dioctadecanoyl glycerol); Polyoxyethylenesorbitan oleate; Dihexadecanoyl glycerol (dipalmitin); Dioctadecanoyl glycerol;
디을레오일 글리세를 (Dioleoyl glycerol);  Dileoyl glycerol;
옥틸 갈레이트 (Octyl gallate);  Octyl gallate;
라우릴 갈레이트 (Lauryl gallate);  Lauryl gallate;
아스코르빅산 6-팔미테이트 (Ascorbic acid 6-palmitate);  Ascorbic acid 6-palmitate;
매나이드 모노을레이트 (Mannide monooleate);  Manide monooleate;
1,2-도데칸디올(1,2-1)0(1^^6(1101);  1,2-dodecanediol (1,2-1) 0 (1 ^^ 6 (1101);
1,2-핵사데칸디을(1,2-^ 8(1^31 ^01);  1,2-nucleatedcandi (1,2- ^ 8 (1 ^ 31 ^ 01);
핵사데칸 1,2一디아민 (Hexadecane 1 , 2-di amine);  Nuxadecane 1,2 diamine (Hexadecane 1, 2-di amine);
옥탄산 (Octanoic acid);  Octanoic acid;
데칸산 (Decanoic acid);  Decanoic acid;
도데칸산 (Dodecanoic acid);  Dodecanoic acid;
핵시"데칸산 (Hexadecanoic acid, Palmitic acid);  Nuclear "decanoic acid (Hexadecanoic acid, Palmitic acid);
옥타데칸산 (Octadecanoic acid, Stearic acid);  Octadecanoic acid (Stearic acid);
디핵사데실 포스페이트 (Dihexadecyl phosphate);  Dihexadecyl phosphate;
핵사데실술폰산 (hexadecyl sulfonic acid);  Hexadecyl sulfonic acid;
도데실벤젠술폰산 (dodecylbenzene sulfonic acid);  Dodecylbenzene sulfonic acid;
1-데칸올 (l-Decanol);  1-decanol;
1-도데칸을 (1-Dodecanol );  1-dodecane (1-Dodecanol);
1-핵사데칸을 (1-Hexadecanol );  1-nucledecane (1-Hexadecanol);
1-옥타데칸올 ( 1-Oc t adecano 1 );  1-octadecanol (1-Oc t adecano 1);
옥틸아민 (Octylamine);  Octylamine;
데실아민 (Decylamine);  Decylamine;
도데실아민 (Dodecyl amine );  Dodecyl amine;
메타크릴옥시 메틸펜에틸 트리스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란 아이소머 (methacryloxy methy lpenethyl tris(trimethylsi loxy)si lane isomer); 메틸옥타데실 비스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란 (methyl-octadecyl  Methacryloxy methy lpenethyl tris (trimethylsi loxy) si lane isomer; methyl octadecyl bis (trimethylsiloxy) silane (methyl-octadecyl
bis(tr imethylsi loxy)si lane); bis (tr imethylsi loxy) si lane);
폴리옥시에틸렌소르비탄 트리스테아레이트 (polyoxyethylenesorbitane tr i stearate);  Polyoxyethylenesorbitane tr i stearate;
도데실페닐술폰산 (dodecylphenyl sulfonic acid);  Dodecylphenyl sulfonic acid;
하기 화학식 3j의 갈레이트 유도체 (Gallate derivative);  Gallate derivative of Formula 3j;
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
폴리옥시에틸렌 (2) 스테아릴 에테르 (polyoxyethylen (2) stearyl ether );  Polyoxyethylen (2) stearyl ether;
데실 갈레이트 (Decyl gal late); 팔미트산 (Palmitic acid) . Decyl gal late; Palmitic acid.
[청구항 15]  [Claim 15]
제 1항에 있어서,  The method of claim 1,
상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 상기 친액정성 영역과 비친액정성 영역 중 적어도 어느 한 영역에 광반응성기를 더 포함하는 것인 액정수직 배향 유도제 .  The liquid crystalline-non-lipophilic compound further comprises a photoreactive group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
[청구항 16]  [Claim 16]
제 15항에 있어서,  The method of claim 15,
상기 광반웅성기가 아크릴기 , 메타크릴기, 신나메이트기 , 쿠마린기 챠 콘기, 비닐기, 티올기, 엔기, 디엔기, 티을엔기 , 및 아세틸렌기로 이루어 진 군에서 선택되는 액정수직배향 유도제 .  Liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent wherein the photo-banung group is selected from the group consisting of acryl group, methacryl group, cinnamate group, coumarin group chacon group, vinyl group, thiol group, en group, diene group, thiene group, and acetylene group.
[청구항 17]  [Claim 17]
제 15항에 있어서,  The method of claim 15,
상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 상기 친액정성 영역과 비친액정성 영역 중 적어도 어느 한 영역에 광반웅성기를 더 포함하는 광반웅성 친액 정성 -비친액정성 화합물이며,  The lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound is a photo-banung lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound further comprising a photobanung group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region,
상기 광반웅성 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물은 하기 화합물들로 이루어 진 군에서 선택되는 것인 액정 수직배향 유도제 :  The photo-banung lipophilic crystalline-non-lipophilic crystalline compound is selected from the group consisting of the following liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer:
펜타에리쓰리를 디아크릴레이트 모노스테아레이트 (Pentaerythritol diacrylate monostearate);  Pentaerythritol to pentaerythritol diacrylate monostearate;
펜타에리쓰리를 모노아크릴레이트 모노스테아레이트 (Pentaerythritol monoacrylate monostearate);  Pentaerythritol monopentathritol monoacrylate monostearate;
글루코실 메타크릴레이트 (methacryloctyloxyphenolglucose) 또는 그 유 도체;  Glucosyl methacrylate (methacryloctyloxyphenolglucose) or derivatives thereof;
[4- (메타크릴로일옥시메틸)페닐]에틸-트리스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란( [4- (methacryloy loxymethyl ) phenyl ]ethyl-tris(trimethylsi lyloxy)si 1 ane) ); 메타크릴옥시메틸펜에틸트리스 (트리메틸실톡시 )실란  [4- (methacryloyloxymethyl) phenyl] ethyl-tris (trimethylsiloxy) silane ([4- (methacryloyloxymethyl) phenyl] ethyl-tris (trimethylsiyloxy) si 1 ane)); methacryloxymethylphene Ethyltris (trimethylsiloxy) silane
(methacryloxymethylphenethyl tr i s(tr imethylsi loxy)si lane) . (methacryloxymethylphenethyl tr i s (tr imethylsi loxy) si lane).
[청구항 18]  [Claim 18]
제 17항에 있어서,  The method of claim 17,
상기 광반응성 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물은 액정 수직배향 유도체 총 증량에 대하여 3 내지 100중량 %의 함량으로 포함되는 것인 액정 수직배향 유도제 .  The photoreactive lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound is a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer is included in an amount of 3 to 100% by weight based on the total amount of the liquid crystal vertical alignment derivative.
[청구항 19]  [Claim 19]
제 1항에 있어서, 상기 액정 수직배향 유도제가 하기 화합물로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 광반웅성의 제 2의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 더 포함하는 것인 액정 수직배향 유도제 : The method of claim 1, Wherein the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer further comprises a second photoliquid crystalline -non-liquid crystalline compound selected from the group consisting of the following compounds:
펜타에리쓰리를 트리아크릴레이트 (pentaerythritol tr iacrylate); 펜타에리쓰리를 테트라아크릴레이트 (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate); 폴리 (에틸렌글리콜)메틸에테르 메타크릴레이트 (poly(ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacry 1 at e);  Pentaerythritol tr iacrylate; pentaerythritol tetraacrylate; poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacry 1 at e;
폴리 (에틸렌글리콜) 메틸 에테르 아크릴레이트 (Poly(ethylene glycol) methyl ether acrylate);  Poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether acrylate;
히드록시부틸 아크릴레이트;  Hydroxybutyl acrylate;
하기 화학식 4j의 글리세를 유도체 ;
Figure imgf000091_0001
A glycerol derivative of the formula 4j;
Figure imgf000091_0001
글리코실옥시에틸 메타크릴레이트 (Glycosyloxyethyl methacrylate); 트리데카플루오로옥틸 메타크릴레이트 (tridecafluorooctyl  Glycosyloxyethyl methacrylate; Tridecafluorooctyl
methacrylate); 및 methacrylate); and
폴리 (에틸렌글리콜)메틸에테르 메타크릴레이트 (poly(ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacrylate) .  Poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacrylate.
[청구항 20]  [Claim 20]
게 1항에 있어서,  According to claim 1,
상기 액정 수직배향 유도제가 하기 화합물로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 제 2의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 더 포함하는 것인 액정 수직배향 유 도제:  Liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer wherein the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer further comprises a second lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound selected from the group consisting of the following compounds:
핵실 갈레이트 (Hexyl gal late);  Hexyl gal late;
n-도데실 β一으말톡사이드 (n—dodecyl β -D-mal toside);  n-dodecyl β-D-mal toside;
프로필 갈레아트 (Propyl gal late);  Propyl gal late;
1, 2-헥산디을 ( 1 , 2-Hexanedi o 1 );  1, 2-hexanedi (1, 2-Hexanedi o 1);
핵사노익산 (Hexanoic acid);  Hexanoic acid;
1-핵사놀 (1-Hexanol);  1-nuxanol;
1-핵실아민 (1-Hexylamine);  1-Hexylamine;
1,3-비스 (3-메타아크릴옥시프로필 )테트라키스 (트리메틸실록시 )디실록산 ( 1 ,3-bis(3-methacryloxypropyl ) tetraki s(tr imethy lsi loxy)di s i loxane); 1,3-bis (3-methacryloxypropyl) tetrakis (trimethylsiloxy) disiloxane (1,3-bis (3-methacryloxypropyl) tetraki s (tr imethy lsi loxy) di s i loxane);
3-메타크릴옥시프로필펜타메틸디실록산 (3-methacryloxypropyl 3-methacryloxypropylpentamethyldisiloxane (3-methacryloxypropyl
pentamethyl disi loxane); (3-아크릴옥시프로필)트리스 (트리메틸실록시 )실란 ^- acry loy loxypropy 1 )tris(tr imethylsi loxy)si lane); 및 pentamethyl disi loxane); (3-acryloxypropyl) tris (trimethylsiloxy) silane ^ -acryloy loxypropy 1) tris (tr imethylsi loxy) si lane); and
(3-메타크릴아미도프로필)비스 (트리메틸실록시 )메틸실란 ((3- methacryl ami dopropyl )bis(trimethylsi 1 oxy )methy 1 s i lane) .  (3-methacrylamidopropyl) bis (trimethylsiloxy) methylsilane ((3-methacryl ami dopropyl) bis (trimethylsi 1 oxy) methy 1 s i lane).
[청구항 21]  [Claim 21]
액정 호스트; 및  Liquid crystal host; And
액정 호스트에 대해 화학적으로 친화성이 높은 친액정성기를 포함하는 친액정성 영역과 액정 호스트에 대해 친화성이 낮은 비친액정성기를 포함 하는 비친액정성 영역올 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물올 1종 이 상 포함하고, 상기 친액정성ᅳ비친액정성 화합물 중 적어도 하나는 친액정 성 영역에 탄소수 8 이상의 친액정성기를 1개 이상 포함하는 것이며 , 하기 수학식 1에 따라 계산된 비친액정성 비율 (χ')이 0.5 내지 6인 액 정 수직배향 유도제를 포함하는 액정층 형성용 조성물.  A lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound comprising a lipophilic crystalline region including a lipophilic crystalline group having a high chemical affinity for a liquid crystal host and a non-lipophilic crystalline region including a non-lipophilic crystalline group having a low affinity for a liquid crystal host. At least one of the above-mentioned lipophilic crystalline non-lipophilic crystalline compounds includes at least one lipophilic crystalline group having 8 or more carbon atoms in the lipophilic crystalline region, and is calculated according to Equation 1 below. Composition for forming a liquid crystal layer comprising a liquid crystal vertical alignment guide having a sex ratio (χ ') of 0.5 to 6.
[수학식 1]
Figure imgf000092_0001
상기 수학식 1에서,
[Equation 1]
Figure imgf000092_0001
In Equation 1,
n은 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 총류 의 개수를 나타내는 1 이상의 정수이고,  n is an integer equal to or greater than 1 indicating the number of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds total constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent,
X는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 비친액정성 비율로 하 기 수학식 1-1에 따라 계산되며,  X is a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is calculated according to Equation 1-1 below. ,
[수학식 1-1]  [Equation 1-1]
해당화합울중비진액정성 기의분자량  Molecular weight of non-separable liquid crystalline group
X= —— ΧΪ0  X = —— ΧΪ0
해당화합울의 ^자량  ^ Weight of the unit
Y는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 중량비로, 하기 수학식 1-2에 따라 계산된다. Y is a weight ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, and is calculated according to the following formula 1-2.
[수학식 1-2]  [Equation 1-2]
해당화합물의중량  Weight of the compound
Y= Y =
O| 2E  O | 2E
-ϊ-Γᄒ S  -ϊ-Γ
i=d s s― I o o o  i = d s s― I o o o
[청구항 22] 제 21항에 있어서, [Claim 22] The method of claim 21,
상기 액정 수직배향 유도제가 자가조립에 의해 안정화된 미세조립체의 형태로 액정호스트 중에 분산되어 존재하는 액정층 형성용 조성물.  The liquid crystal layer forming composition wherein the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is dispersed in the liquid crystal host in the form of a fine assembly stabilized by self-assembly.
[청구항 23]  [Claim 23]
제 21항에 있어서,  The method of claim 21,
상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 상기 친액정성 영역과 비친액정성 영역 중 적어도 어느 한 영역에 광반웅성기를 더 포함하는 것인 액정층 형성용 조성물.  The composition for forming a liquid crystal layer, wherein the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound further includes an optical semi-animal group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
[청구항 24]  [Claim 24]
제 21항에 있어서, .  The method of claim 21, wherein.
상기 액정 수직배향 유도제가 액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 0.01 내지 5중량 ¾로 포함되는 것인 액정층 형성용 조성물.  The composition for forming a liquid crystal layer, wherein the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is contained in an amount of 0.01 to 5 weight ¾ with respect to the total weight of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer.
[청구항 25]  [Claim 25]
제 1기판 및 제 2기판에 대해 각각 제 1및 제 2전극을 형성하는 전극형 성단계 ; 그리고  An electrode forming step of forming first and second electrodes on the first substrate and the second substrate, respectively; And
상기 제 1 및 제 2전극을 각각 포함하는 제 1기판과 제 2기판을 전극들 끼리 대면하도톡 하여 접합한 후 제 1기판과 제 2기판 사이의 공간에 액 정층 형성용 조성물을 주입하거나 또는 상기 제 1 및 제 2전극을 각각 포함하는 제 1기판과 제 2기판 중 어느 하나에 대해 진공 하에서 액정층 형성용 조성물을 적하하여 액정층을 형성한 후 나머지 기판을 전극들끼리 대면하도록 접합하여 조립체를 제조하는 단계를 포함하며,  The first substrate and the second substrate including the first and second electrodes, respectively, are bonded to each other by facing each other, and then the liquid crystal layer forming composition is injected into the space between the first substrate and the second substrate, or A liquid crystal layer is formed by dropping the liquid crystal layer forming composition under vacuum with respect to any one of the first substrate and the second substrate including the first and second electrodes, respectively, and then bonding the remaining substrates so that the electrodes face each other. Including manufacturing step,
상기 액정층 형성용 조성물은  The liquid crystal layer forming composition
액정호스트, 및  Liquid crystal host, and
액정 호스트에 대해 화학적으로 친화성이 높은 친액정성기를 포함하는 친액정성 영역과 액정 호스트에 대해 친화성이 낮은 비친액정성기를 포함 하는 비친액정성 영역을 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 1종 이 상 포함하고, 상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 중 적어도 하나는 친액정 성 영역에 탄소수 8 이상의 친액정성기를 1개 이상 포함하는 것이며, 하 기 수학식 1에 따라 계산된 비친액정성 비율 (χ')이 0.5 내지 6인 액정 수 직배향 유도제를 포함하는 것인 액정표시장치의 제조방법 .  A lipophilic-non-lipophilic compound comprising a lipophilic crystalline region including a lipophilic crystalline group having a high chemical affinity for a liquid crystal host and a non-lipophilic crystalline region including a non-lipophilic crystalline group having a low affinity for a liquid crystal host. At least one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds include at least one lipophilic crystalline group having 8 or more carbon atoms in the lipophilic crystalline region, and A liquid crystal display device manufacturing method comprising a liquid crystal vertical alignment guide having a liquid crystal ratio (χ ') of 0.5 to 6.
[수학식 1]  [Equation 1]
Η| u|¾(X') ί - V), 상기 수학식 1에서, Η | u | ¾ (X ') ί-V),
n은 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 종류 의 개수를 나타내는 1 이상의 정수이고,  n is an integer of 1 or more indicating the number of types of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer,
X는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 하 X is one of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent. Ha
상며상액  Supernatant
기기정,  Instrument,
임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 비친액정성 비율로 하 기 수학식 1-1에 따라 계산되며 , The non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds is calculated according to Equation 1-1 below,
[수학식 1ᅳ 1]
Figure imgf000094_0001
[Equation 1 ᅳ 1]
Figure imgf000094_0001
Y는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 중량비로, 하기 수학식 1-2에 따라 계산된다. Y is a weight ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, and is calculated according to the following formula 1-2.
[수학식 1-2]  [Equation 1-2]
훼당화합불의중량  Weight of Failed Unit
Ϋ= : Ϋ = :
화합晕들으 1 %중^  1% of harmony
[청구항 26] [Claim 26]
제 25항에 있어서,  The method of claim 25,
상기 액정층 형성용 조성물은 액정 수직배향 유도제가 자가조립에 의해 안정화된 미세조립체의 형태로 액정호스트 중에 분산되어 존재하는 것인 액정표시장치의 제조방법 .  The composition for forming a liquid crystal layer is a method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device in which the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is dispersed in the liquid crystal host in the form of a fine assembly stabilized by self-assembly.
[청구항 27]  [Claim 27]
제 25항에 있어서,  The method of claim 25,
상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 상기 친액정성 영역과 비친액정성 영역 중 적어도 어느 한 영역에 광반응성기를 더 포함하는 것인 액정표시 장치의 제조방법 .  And wherein the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound further comprises a photoreactive group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region.
[청구항 28]  [Claim 28]
제 25항에 있어서,  The method of claim 25,
상기 액정 수직배향 유도제가 액정층 형성용 조성물 총 중량에 대하여 0.01 내지 5중량 %로 포함되는 것인 액정표시장치의 제조방법 .  The liquid crystal display of claim 1, wherein the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent is contained in an amount of 0.01 to 5% by weight based on the total weight of the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer.
[청구항 29]  [Claim 29]
제 25항에 있어서,  The method of claim 25,
상기 조립체의 제조 후 제 1기판과 제 2기판 사이에 전기장을 인가하고, 광 조사하는 단계를 더 포함하는 액정표시장치의 제조방법 .  The manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display device further comprising the step of applying an electric field between the first substrate and the second substrate after the assembly and light irradiation.
[청구항 30]  [Claim 30]
서로 대향하여 위치하는 제 1기판과 제 2기판;  A first substrate and a second substrate positioned opposite to each other;
상기 제 1기판과 제 2기판의 상호 대향되는 면에 각각 형성된 제 1전극과 제 2전극; 그리고  First and second electrodes formed on opposite surfaces of the first substrate and the second substrate, respectively; And
제 1기판과 상기 제 2기판 사이에 개재되어 위치하는 액정층을 포함 액정층은 액정호스트, 및  A liquid crystal layer interposed between the first substrate and the second substrate, the liquid crystal layer comprising: a liquid crystal host; and
호스트에 대해 화학적으로 친화성이 높은 친액정성기를 포함하는 친액정성 영역과 액정 호스트에 대해 친화성이 낮은 비친액정성기를 포함 하는 비친액정성 영역을 포함하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물을 1종 이 상 포함하고, 상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 중 적어도 하나는 친액정 성 영역에 탄소수 8 이상의 친액정성기를 1개 이상 포함하는 것이며, 하기 수학식 1에 따라 계산된 비친액정성 비율 (Χ')이 0.5 내지 6인 액 정 수직배향 유도제를 포함하는 것인 액정표시장치 . Containing a lipophilic group that is chemically affinity for the host At least one lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound comprising a lipophilic crystalline region and a non-lipophilic crystalline region including a non-lipophilic crystalline group having a low affinity for a liquid crystal host, wherein the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline At least one of the compounds includes at least one lipophilic crystalline group having 8 or more carbon atoms in the lipophilic crystalline region, and a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent having a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio (Χ ') calculated according to Equation 1 below. Liquid crystal display comprising a.
[수학식 1]
Figure imgf000095_0001
상기 수학식 1에서 ,
[Equation 1]
Figure imgf000095_0001
In Equation 1,
n은 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물 종류 의 개수를 나타내는 1 이상의 정수이고,  n is an integer of 1 or more indicating the number of types of lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer,
X는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 비친액정성 비율로 하 기 수학식 1-1에 따라 계산되며,  X is a non-lipophilic crystalline ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducer, and is calculated according to Equation 1-1 below. ,
[수학식 1-1]  [Equation 1-1]
해당화합물중비친액정성 기의분자량  Molecular weight of non-lipophilic crystalline group in the compound
X= ~ ―—— X 10  X = ~ ―—— X 10
해¾화합물의 ^자량  ^ Volume of Sea Compound
Y는 액정수직배향 유도제를 구성하는 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물들 중 임의의 어느 1종의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 중량비로, 하기 수학식 1-2에 따라 계산된다. Y is a weight ratio of any one of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds of the lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compounds constituting the liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent, and is calculated according to the following formula 1-2.
[수학식 1—2]  [Equation 1—2]
히!당화합울의충량  Hi!
Y= ——  Y = ——
화합울들의총중¾  ¾ of unity wool
[청구항 31]  [Claim 31]
제 30항에 있어서,  The method of claim 30,
상기 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물이 상기 친액정성 영역과 비친액정성 영역 중 적어도 어느 한 영역에 광반응성기를 더 포함하는 광반응성의 친 액장성 -비친액정성 화합물이며,  The lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound is a photoreactive lipophilic-non-lipophilic crystalline compound further comprising a photoreactive group in at least one of the lipophilic crystalline region and the non-lipophilic crystalline region,
상기 액정층은 상기 광반웅성의 친액정성 -비친액정성 화합물의 광중합 체를 더 포함하는 것인 액정표시장치 .  Wherein the liquid crystal layer further comprises a photopolymer of the photo-banung lipophilic-non-liquid crystalline compound.
[청구항 32]  [Claim 32]
제 30항에 있어서, 상기 액정표시장치는 액정층과 제 1 또는 제 2전극 사이에 액정 수직배향 유도제를 포함하는 액정의 수직배향 및 광안정화 층올 더 포함하는 것인 액정표시장치 . The method of claim 30, The liquid crystal display device further comprises a vertical alignment and light stabilization layer of the liquid crystal comprising a liquid crystal vertical alignment guide between the liquid crystal layer and the first or second electrode.
[청구항 33]  [Claim 33]
제 30항에 있어서,  The method of claim 30,
상기 제 1 및 제 2 전극 중 어느 하나 또는 둘 모두가 패턴화된 것인 액 정표시장치 .  A liquid crystal display device in which one or both of the first and second electrodes are patterned.
[청구항 34]  [Claim 34]
액정 수직배향 유도제가 자가조립에 의해 미세조립체를 형성하여 액정 호스트증에 균일하게 분산되어 있는 액정층 형성용 조성물을 이용하여 배 향 안정성을 갖는 액정의 수직배향을 유도하는 방법 .  A method of inducing vertical alignment of liquid crystals having alignment stability by using a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer in which a liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent forms a microassembly by self-assembly and is uniformly dispersed in a liquid crystal host.
[청구항 35]  [Claim 35]
광반응성의 액정 수직배향 유도제가 자가조립에 의해 미세조립체를 형 성하여 액정 호스트중에 균일하게 분산되어 있는 액정층 형성용 조성물을 이용하여 액정의 수직배향 및 광안정화를 유도하는 방법 .  A method of inducing vertical alignment and photo stabilization of a liquid crystal using a composition for forming a liquid crystal layer in which a photoreactive liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent forms a microassembly by self-assembly and is uniformly dispersed in a liquid crystal host.
[청구항 36]  [Claim 36]
광반웅성의 액정 수직배향 유도제가 자가조립에 의해 미세조립체를 형 성하여 액정 호스트중에 균일하게 분산되어 있는 액정층 형성용 조성물에 대하여 전기장을 인가하고 광 조사를 실시함으로써 액정층과 전극층의 사 이에 절연성의 액정 수직배향 및 광안정화 층을 형성하는 방법 .  The self-assembly liquid crystal vertical alignment inducing agent forms a microassembly by self-assembly and applies an electric field to the composition for forming a liquid crystal layer uniformly dispersed in the liquid crystal host, and irradiates light between the liquid crystal layer and the electrode layer by applying light irradiation. Formation of Liquid Crystal Vertical Orientation and Light Stabilization Layers.
PCT/KR2013/008055 2012-09-17 2013-09-06 Inducer for vertically aligning liquid crystals and liquid crystal display device manufactured using same WO2014042389A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR10-2012-0103007 2012-09-17
KR20120103007 2012-09-17
KR1020130056088A KR101976215B1 (en) 2012-09-17 2013-05-16 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the same
KR10-2013-0056088 2013-05-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014042389A1 true WO2014042389A1 (en) 2014-03-20

Family

ID=50278441

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2013/008055 WO2014042389A1 (en) 2012-09-17 2013-09-06 Inducer for vertically aligning liquid crystals and liquid crystal display device manufactured using same

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2014042389A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016006738A1 (en) * 2014-07-10 2016-01-14 전북대학교산학협력단 Inducer for vertically aligning liquid crystals and liquid crystal display device manufactured using same

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20070102372A (en) * 2006-04-13 2007-10-18 삼성전자주식회사 Alignment film and method of fabricating the same and lcd having the same
US20090096966A1 (en) * 2006-02-08 2009-04-16 Nitto Denko Corporation Liquid Crystal Cell Substrate With Color Filter, Liquid Crystal Cell And Liquid Crystal Display
US7799391B2 (en) * 2006-06-15 2010-09-21 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal composition, color filter and liquid crystal display
US20100266821A1 (en) * 2007-12-21 2010-10-21 Rolic Ag Functionalized photoreactive compounds

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090096966A1 (en) * 2006-02-08 2009-04-16 Nitto Denko Corporation Liquid Crystal Cell Substrate With Color Filter, Liquid Crystal Cell And Liquid Crystal Display
KR20070102372A (en) * 2006-04-13 2007-10-18 삼성전자주식회사 Alignment film and method of fabricating the same and lcd having the same
US7799391B2 (en) * 2006-06-15 2010-09-21 Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal composition, color filter and liquid crystal display
US20100266821A1 (en) * 2007-12-21 2010-10-21 Rolic Ag Functionalized photoreactive compounds

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
KUNDU, SUDARSHAN ET AL.: "In situ homeotropic alignment of nematic liquid crystals based on photoisomerization of azo-dye, physical adsorption of aggregates, and consequent topographical modification.", ADVANCED MATERIALS., vol. 25, no. 24, 13 May 2013 (2013-05-13), pages 3365 - 3370 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016006738A1 (en) * 2014-07-10 2016-01-14 전북대학교산학협력단 Inducer for vertically aligning liquid crystals and liquid crystal display device manufactured using same

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101976215B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the same
CN105384638B (en) Polymerizable compounds and their use in liquid crystal displays
KR101419962B1 (en) Silicon-containing liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal alignment film
Kim et al. Asymmetric organic–inorganic hybrid giant molecule: cyanobiphenyl monosubstituted polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxane nanoparticles for vertical alignment of liquid crystals
KR102088630B1 (en) Composite of silicon oxide nanoparticles and silsesquioxane polymer, method for producing same, and composite material produced using composite thereof
TWI553040B (en) Silicon liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display components
KR20080023307A (en) Dichroic guest-host polarizer
Kim et al. Photoresponsive carbohydrate-based giant surfactants: automatic vertical alignment of nematic liquid crystal for the remote-controllable optical device
CN109627658B (en) Composition comprising functionalized polyvinyl alcohol and nanocapsules containing a liquid crystalline medium
Kumar et al. Nano particles induced vertical alignment of liquid crystal for display devices with augmented morphological and electro-optical characteristics
JP2011511953A (en) Electronic device manufacturing method
CN101845039B (en) Second-order nonlinear optical chromophore with D-pai-A structure and synthetic method and use thereof
US20120262662A1 (en) Blue phase liquid crystal nanocomposites and devices containing the same
JP2002358821A (en) Liquid crystalline ion conductor and manufacturing method of the same
TWI749118B (en) Polymerisable compounds and the use thereof in liquid-crystal displays
KR20130056167A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, forming method for liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
Yoon et al. Giant surfactants for the construction of automatic liquid crystal alignment layers
JP5241853B2 (en) Micro functional materials
TWI747947B (en) Uv curable adhesion promoters based on functionalised polyvinyl alcohols
KR101212674B1 (en) Liquid crystal photo-alignment agent, and liquid crystal photo-alignment film manufactured by the same, and liquid crystal display including the same
KR20130072931A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film using the same, and liquid crystal display device including the liquid crystal alignment film
KR20000011880A (en) Liquid-crystalline nematic organosiloxanes which can be crosslinked to form optically anisotropic polymer layers
WO2018189068A1 (en) Composition for nanoencapsulation and nanocapsules comprising a liquid-crystalline medium
KR101373669B1 (en) Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing the same
KR101671782B1 (en) Composition for forming liquid crystal layer and liquid crystal display device manufactured by using the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13836593

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13836593

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1